Ford - Transit - Owners Manual - 2020 - 2020

FORD TRANSIT Owner's Manual The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. In the interest of continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or equipment at any time without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission. Errors and omissions excepted. © Ford Motor Company 2020 All rights reserved. Part Number: CG3796en 202008 20200819095319 Table of Contents Introduction Supplementary Restraints System About This Manual ..........................................9 Symbols Glossary ............................................9 REACH .................................................................11 Replacement Parts Recommendation .............................................................................11 Special Notices ...............................................12 Mobile Communications Equipment ............................................................................12 Principle of Operation ..................................33 Driver Airbag ....................................................33 Passenger Airbag ..........................................34 Switching the Passenger Airbag On and Off ...................................................................34 Side Airbags ....................................................35 Side Curtain Airbags ....................................36 Data Privacy Automatic Crash Notification System Data Privacy .....................................................13 Service Data .....................................................14 Event Data ........................................................14 Settings Data ...................................................15 Connected Vehicle Data - Vehicles With: Modem ...........................................................15 Mobile Device Data - Vehicles With: SYNC 3 ...........................................................15 Emergency Call System Data ....................16 Emergency Assistance ................................37 Keys and Remote Controls General Information on Radio Frequencies ................................................40 Remote Control - Vehicles Without: Power Sliding Door ..................................40 Remote Control - Vehicles With: Power Sliding Door ................................................40 Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Control ...........................................................................42 Environment Protecting the Environment .......................17 MyKey™ At a Glance Principle of Operation .................................43 MyKey Settings ..............................................43 Creating a MyKey ..........................................44 Programming a MyKey ................................44 Clearing All MyKeys ......................................45 Checking MyKey System Status .............46 Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems ........................................................47 MyKey – Troubleshooting ..........................47 Instrument Panel - LHD ...............................18 Instrument Panel - RHD ..............................19 Child Safety Installing Child Restraints ...........................21 Child Restraint Positioning ........................25 Child Safety Locks - Vehicles Without: Power Sliding Door ...................................29 Child Safety Locks - Vehicles With: Power Sliding Door ...................................29 Doors and Locks Locking and Unlocking ...............................48 Seatbelts Fastening the Seatbelts .............................30 Seatbelt Height Adjustment ......................31 Seatbelt Reminder ........................................32 1 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Table of Contents Lighting Control .............................................70 Autolamps .........................................................71 Instrument Lighting Dimmer .....................72 Headlamp Exit Delay ....................................72 Automatic High Beam Control .................72 Front Fog Lamps ...........................................74 Rear Fog Lamps .............................................74 Headlamp Leveling .......................................74 Cornering Lamps ...........................................75 Direction Indicators .......................................76 Interior Lamps - Bus .....................................76 Interior Lamps - Van .....................................77 Rear Floodlamps ...........................................78 Sliding Door - Vehicles Without: Power Sliding Door Sliding Door Precautions ............................52 Opening the Sliding Door ...........................52 Closing the Sliding Door .............................52 Sliding Door - Vehicles With: Power Sliding Door Sliding Door Precautions ...........................54 Opening the Sliding Door ...........................54 Closing the Sliding Door .............................55 Stopping the Sliding Door Movement ..........................................................................56 Resetting the Power Sliding Door ...........56 Sliding Door – Troubleshooting ...............57 Windows and Mirrors Power Windows .............................................79 Exterior Mirrors ..............................................80 Interior Mirror ...................................................81 Sliding Windows .............................................81 Rear Quarter Windows ................................81 Security Passive Anti-Theft System .......................59 Anti-Theft Alarm - Vehicles Without: Anti-Theft Alarm Horn with Integral Battery ..........................................................59 Anti-Theft Alarm - Vehicles With: Anti-Theft Alarm Horn with Integral Battery ..........................................................60 Instrument Cluster Gauges ..............................................................83 Warning Lamps and Indicators ...............84 Power Running Boards Information Displays Using Power Running Boards ...................62 General Information ....................................89 Trip Computer .................................................91 Personalized Settings ..................................93 Steering Wheel Adjusting the Steering Wheel ..................65 Locking the Steering Wheel ......................65 Remote Start - Automatic Transmission Wipers and Washers What Is Remote Start .................................95 Remote Start Limitations ..........................95 Enabling Remote Start ...............................95 Remotely Starting and Stopping the Vehicle ...........................................................95 Remote Start Settings ................................95 Windshield Wipers .......................................66 Autowipers ......................................................66 Windshield Washers ....................................68 Rear Window Wiper and Washers .........69 Lighting General Information .....................................70 2 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Table of Contents Climate Control Storage Manual Climate Control .............................97 Hints on Controlling the Interior Climate ..........................................................................98 Rear Passenger Climate Controls ...........99 Heated Windshield .......................................99 Heated Rear Window ..................................99 Heated Exterior Mirrors - Vehicles Without: Heated Rear Window ...........99 Heated Exterior Mirrors - Vehicles With: Heated Rear Window ..............................99 Auxiliary Heater ...........................................100 Bottle Holders ................................................118 Cup Holders ....................................................118 Overhead Storage ........................................118 Front Door Storage ......................................119 Under Seat Storage .....................................119 Rear Overhead Storage .............................120 Device Holder ................................................120 Starting and Stopping the Engine General Information ....................................122 Ignition Switch ..............................................122 Starting a Diesel Engine - Automatic Transmission .............................................122 Starting a Diesel Engine - Manual Transmission .............................................124 Switching Off the Engine ..........................126 Seats Sitting in the Correct Position ................104 Head Restraints ...........................................104 Manual Seats ................................................105 Power Seats ...................................................107 Rear Seats ......................................................109 Heated Seats ..................................................112 Unique Driving Characteristics Rear Occupant Alert System Hybrid Vehicle Operation - Mild Hybrid Electric Vehicle (MHEV) ........................127 What is the Rear Occupant Alert System ..........................................................................113 How Does the Rear Occupant Alert System Work ..............................................113 Rear Occupant Alert System Precautions ..........................................................................113 Rear Occupant Alert System Limitations ..........................................................................113 Switching Rear Occupant Alert System On and Off ...................................................113 Rear Occupant Alert System Indicators ..........................................................................114 Rear Occupant Alert System Audible Warnings ......................................................114 Auto-Start-Stop - Manual Transmission, Excluding: Mild Hybrid Electric Vehicle (MHEV) What Is Auto-Start-Stop ..........................128 Auto-Start-Stop Precautions .................128 Switching Auto-Start-Stop On and Off .........................................................................128 Stopping the Engine ...................................128 Restarting the Engine ................................128 Auto-Start-Stop Indicators .....................129 Auto-Start-Stop Audible Warning ........129 Auto-Start-Stop – Troubleshooting .........................................................................129 Auxiliary Power Points Auxiliary Power Points ................................115 Cigar Lighter ....................................................117 3 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Table of Contents Transmission Auto-Start-Stop - Mild Hybrid Electric Vehicle (MHEV) Manual Transmission .................................152 Automatic Transmission - 6-Speed Automatic Transmission .......................152 Automatic Transmission - 10-Speed Automatic Transmission ......................155 What Is Auto-Start-Stop ...........................131 Auto-Start-Stop Precautions ..................131 Auto-Start-Stop Settings ..........................131 Switching Auto-Start-Stop On and Off ..........................................................................131 Stopping the Engine ....................................131 Restarting the Engine .................................132 Auto-Start-Stop Indicators ......................132 Auto-Start-Stop Audible Warning ........132 Auto-Start-Stop – Troubleshooting .........................................................................132 All-Wheel Drive Using All-Wheel Drive ................................159 Brakes General Information ...................................160 Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Brakes ........................................................................160 Hill Start Assist ............................................160 Auto-Start-Stop - Automatic Transmission Parking Brake - Automatic Transmission, Vehicles With: Conventional Mechanical Parking Brake What Is Auto-Start-Stop ..........................134 Auto-Start-Stop Precautions .................134 Switching Auto-Start-Stop On and Off .........................................................................134 Stopping the Engine ...................................134 Restarting the Engine .................................134 Auto-Start-Stop Indicators .....................135 Auto-Start-Stop – Troubleshooting .........................................................................135 Applying the Parking Brake .....................163 Releasing the Parking Brake ...................163 Parking Brake Audible Warning ..............163 Parking Brake – Troubleshooting ..........163 Parking Brake - Automatic Transmission, Vehicles With: Drop Down Parking Brake Fuel and Refueling Safety Precautions ......................................137 Fuel Quality - Hydrotreated Vegetable Oil ...................................................................137 Fuel Quality - Diesel ...................................138 Fuel Filler Funnel Location .......................138 Running Out of Fuel ...................................138 Refueling .........................................................139 Fuel Consumption .......................................142 Applying the Parking Brake ....................164 Releasing the Parking Brake ...................164 Parking Brake Audible Warning .............164 Parking Brake – Troubleshooting ..........164 Parking Brake - Manual Transmission, Vehicles With: Conventional Mechanical Parking Brake Engine Emission Control Selective Catalytic Reductant System .........................................................................143 Diesel Particulate Filter ..............................147 Applying the Parking Brake .....................165 Releasing the Parking Brake ...................165 Parking Brake Audible Warning ..............165 4 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Table of Contents Traffic Sign Recognition ..........................206 Wrong Way Alert ........................................208 Eco ...................................................................209 Pre-Collision Assist .....................................210 Front View Camera .....................................215 Drive Control ..................................................215 Parking Brake – Troubleshooting ..........165 Parking Brake - Manual Transmission, Vehicles With: Drop Down Parking Brake Applying the Parking Brake ....................166 Releasing the Parking Brake ...................166 Parking Brake Audible Warning .............166 Parking Brake – Troubleshooting ..........166 Local Hazard Information Traction Control What Is Local Hazard Information .........217 Enabling Local Hazard Information ......217 Checking Local Hazard Information Status ...........................................................217 Principle of Operation ................................167 Using Traction Control ...............................167 Load Carrying General Information ...................................218 Luggage Covers ............................................218 Roof Racks and Load Carriers - Bus ......219 Roof Racks and Load Carriers - Van .........................................................................219 Load Retaining Fixtures ............................220 Tailgate ............................................................221 Bed Access ....................................................222 Stability Control Principle of Operation ...............................168 Using Stability Control ..............................168 Parking Aids Principle of Operation ...............................169 Rear Parking Aid ..........................................169 Front Parking Aid ...........................................171 Side Sensing System ..................................173 Active Park Assist .........................................175 Rear View Camera .......................................177 180 Degree Camera ...................................180 Towing Towing a Trailer ............................................225 Trailer Sway Control ..................................226 Tow Ball ..........................................................226 Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels Automatic Transmission ......................226 Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels Manual Transmission ............................227 Cruise Control Principle of Operation ................................182 Using Cruise Control ...................................182 Using Adaptive Cruise Control ...............183 Driving Hints Reduced Engine Performance ...............228 Economical Driving ....................................228 Cold Weather Precautions ......................228 Breaking-In ....................................................229 Driving Through Water ..............................229 Floor Mats ......................................................229 Driving Aids Speed Limiter ................................................192 Intelligent Speed Limiter ..........................192 Driver Alert .....................................................194 Lane Keeping System ................................196 Blind Spot Information System .............199 Cross Traffic Alert .......................................203 5 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Table of Contents Changing the Rear Wiper Blades .........266 Removing a Headlamp .............................267 Changing a Bulb .........................................268 Roadside Emergencies Hazard Flashers ............................................231 Emergency Exit .............................................231 Fuel Shutoff ...................................................231 Jump Starting the Vehicle ........................232 Towing Points ...............................................234 Vehicle Care Storing a First Aid Kit .................................236 Storing a Warning Triangle ......................236 Cleaning the Exterior .................................274 Cleaning the Interior ...................................275 Repairing Minor Paint Damage ..............277 Cleaning the Wheels ..................................277 Body Styling Kits ..........................................277 Fuses Wheels and Tires Fuse Box Locations ....................................237 Fuse Specification Chart .........................238 Changing a Fuse .........................................250 General Information ..................................278 Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit ....................278 Tire Care ..........................................................281 Using Summer Tires ...................................281 Using Winter Tires .......................................281 Using Snow Chains ....................................282 Tire Pressure Monitoring System .........284 Changing a Road Wheel ..........................287 Tire Pressures - Van ...................................295 Tire Pressures - Bus ..................................300 Lug Nuts .........................................................302 Emergency Equipment Maintenance General Information ..................................252 Opening and Closing the Hood .............252 Under Hood Overview - AWD/RWD/LHD ........................................................................253 Under Hood Overview - FWD/LHD ......254 Under Hood Overview - AWD/RWD/RHD ........................................................................255 Under Hood Overview - FWD/RHD ......256 Engine Oil Dipstick ......................................257 Engine Oil Check .........................................257 Draining the Fuel Filter Water Trap ......258 Engine Cooling Fan ....................................259 Engine Coolant Check ..............................259 Brake Fluid Check ......................................260 Clutch Fluid Check ......................................261 Power Steering Fluid Check .....................261 Changing the 12V Battery .........................261 Adjusting the Headlamps .......................264 Fuel Filter Service Indicator Check .......265 Washer Fluid Check ...................................265 Checking the Wiper Blades ....................265 Changing the Front Wiper Blades ........266 Capacities and Specifications Vehicle Dimensions - Bus/Kombi/Van ........................................................................303 Vehicle Dimensions - Chassis Cab/ Chassis Double Cab ..............................304 Towbar Dimensions - Bus/Kombi/Van .......................................................................306 Towbar Dimensions - Chassis Cab/ Chassis Double Cab ..............................308 Vehicle Identification Plate ......................310 Vehicle Identification Number .................311 Capacities and Specifications .................311 Bulb Specification Chart - Vehicles With: Halogen Headlamps ..............................314 6 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Table of Contents Bulb Specification Chart - Vehicles With: High Intensity Discharge Headlamps .........................................................................316 Fuel Consumption Figures .......................318 Fuel Consumption Figures - 2.0L EcoBlue .........................................................................318 Audio Unit Clock and Date Displays Vehicles With: SYNC 2.5 .......................331 Connecting a Bluetooth® Device Vehicles Without: SYNC ........................331 Connecting a Bluetooth® Device Vehicles With: SYNC 2.5 ......................332 Streaming Bluetooth Audio - Vehicles Without: SYNC .........................................332 Streaming Bluetooth Audio - Vehicles With: SYNC 2.5 ........................................332 Playing Media From a USB Device Vehicles Without: SYNC .......................333 Playing Media From a USB Device Vehicles With: SYNC 2.5 ......................333 USB Port ........................................................334 Apps - Vehicles With: SYNC 2.5 ............334 Using Voice Recognition ...........................337 Connected Vehicle What Is a Connected Vehicle ..................319 Connected Vehicle Requirements ........319 Connected Vehicle Limitations ..............319 Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile Network ......................................................319 Connecting the Vehicle to a Wi-Fi Network .....................................................320 Connected Vehicle – Troubleshooting Vehicles With: Modem .........................320 Connected Vehicle – Troubleshooting Vehicles With: SYNC 3/SYNC 2.5 ......321 SYNC™ 3 General Information ..................................338 Using Voice Recognition ..........................340 Entertainment .............................................346 Phone ..............................................................348 Navigation .....................................................350 Apps ................................................................354 Settings ..........................................................355 SYNC™ 3 Troubleshooting .....................357 Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot Creating a Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot .........323 Changing the Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot Name or Password .................................323 Audio System General Information ..................................324 Audio Unit - Vehicles Without: SYNC ........................................................................324 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: SYNC 3 ......326 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: SYNC 2.5 .........................................................................327 AM/FM Radio - Vehicles Without: SYNC ........................................................................329 AM/FM Radio - Vehicles With: SYNC 2.5 ........................................................................329 Digital Radio - Vehicles Without: SYNC ........................................................................330 Digital Radio - Vehicles With: SYNC 2.5 ........................................................................330 Audio Unit Clock and Date Displays Vehicles Without: SYNC ........................331 Appendices Electromagnetic Compatibility .............367 End User License Agreement .................370 Declaration of Conformity ......................395 7 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing 8 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Introduction ABOUT THIS MANUAL Thank you for choosing Ford. We recommend that you take some time to get to know your vehicle by reading this manual. The more that you know about your vehicle, the greater the safety and pleasure you will get from driving it. WARNING: Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. E154903 A Right-hand side. B Left-hand side. SYMBOLS GLOSSARY These are some of the symbols you may see on your vehicle. Safety alert. See the Owner's Manual. Note: This manual describes product features and options available throughout the range of available models, sometimes even before they are generally available. It may describe options not fitted to the vehicle you have purchased. Air conditioning system. E162384 Anti-lock braking system. Note: Some of the illustrations in this manual may show features as used in different models, so may appear different to you on your vehicle. Avoid smoking, flames or sparks. Note: Always use and operate your vehicle in line with all applicable laws and regulations. Battery. Note: Pass on this manual when selling your vehicle. It is an integral part of your vehicle. Battery acid. This manual may qualify the location of a component as left-hand side or right-hand side. The side is determined when facing forward in the seat. Brake fluid level. 9 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Introduction Brake system. Explosive gas. Brake failure. Fan warning. Cabin air filter. Fasten seatbelt. E71880 Front airbag. Check fuel cap. E67017 Child safety door lock. Front fog lamps. Child safety door unlock. Fuel pump reset. Child seat lower anchor. Fuse compartment. Child seat tether anchor. Hazard warning flashers. Cruise control. Heated rear window. Do not open when hot. Heated windshield. Electronic power steering malfunction. Interior luggage compartment release. Engine air filter. Jack. Engine coolant. Keep out of reach of children. E161353 Engine coolant temperature. Lighting control. Engine oil. Low tire pressure warning. 10 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Introduction Maintain correct fluid level. REACH We are committed to promoting the responsible manufacturing, handling and use of our products and support the underlying goals of REACH, a European Union regulation that concerns the registration, evaluation, authorisation and restriction of chemicals. Panic alarm. Parking aid. Parking brake. We specifically support Regulation EC 1907/2006 Article 33(1) that relates to substances of very high concern which appear on the current list for authorisation. Power steering fluid. If these substances do exist in a product, it is important to guarantee their safe use so the regulation is designed to enable you to take any appropriate risk management measures. Power windows. Power window lockout. To find out more about the REACH directive, search REACH on the local Ford website. Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL). Note: To find the local Ford website, visit https://corporate.ford.com/ global-links.html#s0f0. Service engine soon. REPLACEMENT PARTS RECOMMENDATION Side airbag. We have built your vehicle to the highest standards using quality parts. We recommend that you demand the use of genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts whenever your vehicle requires scheduled maintenance or repair. You can clearly identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts by looking for the Ford, FoMoCo or Motorcraft branding on the parts or their packaging. Shield the eyes. E167012 Stability control. E138639 Windshield wash and wipe. 11 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Introduction Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical Repairs MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT One of the best ways for you to make sure that your vehicle provides years of service is to have it maintained in line with our recommendations using parts that conform to the specifications detailed in this Owner’s Manual. WARNING: Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. Genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these specifications. Collision Repairs We hope that you never experience a collision, but accidents happen sometimes. Genuine Ford replacement collision parts meet our stringent requirements for fit, finish, structural integrity, corrosion protection and dent resistance. During vehicle development we validate that these parts deliver the intended level of protection as a whole system. A great way to know for sure you are getting this level of protection is to use genuine Ford replacement collision parts. Using mobile communications equipment is becoming increasingly important in the conduct of business and personal affairs. However, you must not compromise your own or others’ safety when using such equipment. Mobile communications can enhance personal safety and security when appropriately used, particularly in emergency situations. Safety must be paramount when using mobile communications equipment to avoid negating these benefits. Mobile communication equipment includes, but is not limited to, cellular phones, pagers, portable email devices, text messaging devices and portable two-way radios. Warranty on Replacement Parts Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement parts are the only replacement parts that benefit from a Ford Warranty. The Ford Warranty may not cover damage caused to your vehicle as a result of failed non-Ford parts. For additional information, refer to the terms and conditions of the Ford Warranty. SPECIAL NOTICES If converting or modifying your vehicle from production specification, refer to the Body and Equipment Mounting Manual at www.etis.ford.com/BEMM. 12 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Data Privacy • WARNING: Do not connect wireless plug-in devices to the data link connector. Unauthorized third parties could gain access to vehicle data and impair the performance of safety related systems. Only allow repair facilities that follow our service and repair instructions to connect their equipment to the data link connector. • • Events or errors in essential systems, for example headlamps and brakes. System responses to driving situations, for example airbag deployment and stability control. Environmental conditions, for example temperature. Some of this data, when used in combination with other information, for example an accident report, damage to a vehicle or eyewitness statements, could be associated with a specific person. We respect your privacy and are committed to protecting it. The information contained in this manual was correct at the time of publication, but as technology rapidly changes, we recommend that you visit the local Ford website for the latest information. Services That We Provide If you use our services, we collect and use data, for example account information, vehicle location and driving characteristics, that could identify you. We transmit this data through a dedicated, protected connection. We only collect and use data to enable your use of our services to which you have subscribed, with your consent or where permitted by law. For additional information, see the terms and conditions of the services to which you have subscribed. Your vehicle has electronic control units that have data recording functionality and the ability to permanently or temporarily store data. This data could include information on the condition and status of your vehicle, vehicle maintenance requirements, events and malfunctions. The types of data that can be recorded are described in this section. Some of the data recorded is stored in event logs or error logs. For additional information about our privacy policy, refer to the local Ford website. Note: Error logs are reset following a service or repair. Services That Third Parties Provide Note: We may provide information in response to requests from law enforcement, other government authorities and third parties acting with lawful authority or through a legal process. Such information could be used by them in legal proceedings. We recommend that you review the terms and conditions and data privacy information for any services equipped with your vehicle or to which you subscribe. We take no responsibility for services that third parties provide. Data recorded includes, for example: • Operating states of system components, for example fuel level, tire pressure and battery charge level. • Vehicle and component status, for example wheel speed, deceleration, lateral acceleration and seatbelt status. 13 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Data Privacy The event data recorder in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: • How various systems in your vehicle were operating. • Whether or not the driver and passenger seatbelts were buckled/fastened. • How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or the brake pedal. • How fast the vehicle was traveling. • Where the driver was positioning the steering wheel. SERVICE DATA Our dealers collect service data through the data link connector in your vehicle. They use service data, for example error logs, to help them if you take your vehicle for repair. They share this data with our technical team, if required, to help with diagnosis. In addition to using the information for diagnosis and repair, we use and share service data with our service providers, for example parts suppliers, where required and where permitted by law, for continuous improvement or with other information that we have about you, for example your contact information, to offer you products and services that may be of interest to you according to your preferences and where allowed by law. Our service providers are equally required by law to protect your data and retain it in accordance with data retention policies. This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. Note: Event data recorder data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data is recorded by the event data recorder under normal driving conditions and no personal data or information (for example name, gender, age, and crash location) is recorded. However, parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the event data recorder data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation. Note: Third party repair facilities can also collect service data through the data link connector. EVENT DATA This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder. The main purpose of an event data recorder is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle; this data will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. The event data recorder is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. To read data recorded by an event data recorder, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the event data recorder is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have such special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the event data recorder. 14 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Data Privacy service providers could have access to additional information, for example cell phone network tower identification. For additional information about our privacy policy, visit www.FordConnected.com or refer to your local Ford website. SETTINGS DATA Your vehicle has electronic control units that have the ability to store data based on your personalized settings. The data is stored locally in the vehicle or on devices that you connect to it, for example, a USB drive or digital music player. You can delete some of this data and also choose whether to share it through the services to which you subscribe. See Settings (page 355). Note: The modem continues to send this information unless you disable the modem or stop the modem from sharing vehicle data by changing the modem settings. See Connected Vehicle (page 319). Note: The service can be unavailable or interrupted for a number of reasons, for example environmental or topographical conditions and data plan coverage. Comfort and Convenience Data Data recorded includes, for example: • Seat and steering wheel position. • Climate control settings. • Radio presets. Note: To find out if your vehicle has a modem, visit www.FordConnected.com. Entertainment Data MOBILE DEVICE DATA VEHICLES WITH: SYNC 3 Data recorded includes, for example: • Music, videos or album art. • Contacts and corresponding address book entries. • Navigation destinations. If you connect a mobile device to your vehicle, you can display data from your device on the touchscreen for example, music and album art. You can share your vehicle data with mobile apps on your device through the system. See Apps (page 354). CONNECTED VEHICLE DATA VEHICLES WITH: MODEM The mobile apps function operates by your connected device sending data to us in the United States. The data is encrypted and includes, for example, the vehicle identification number of your vehicle, the SYNC module serial number, odometer, enabled apps, usage statistics and debugging information. We retain it only as long as necessary to provide the service, to troubleshoot, for continuous improvement and to offer you products and services that may be of interest to you according to your preferences and where allowed by law. The modem has a SIM. The modem was enabled when your vehicle was built and periodically sends messages to stay connected to the cell phone network, receive automatic software updates and send vehicle-related information to us, for example diagnostic information. These messages could include information that identifies your vehicle, the SIM and the electronic serial number of the modem. Cell phone network 15 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Data Privacy operators your vehicle location or other details about your vehicle or crash to assist emergency services operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services. If you do not want to disclose this information, do not activate the emergency call system. If you connect a cell phone to the system, the system creates a profile that links to that cell phone. The cell phone profile enables more mobile features and efficient operation. The profile contains, for example data from your phonebook, read and unread text messages and call history, including history of calls when your cell phone was not connected to the system. Note: You cannot deactivate emergency call systems that are required by law. If you connect a media device, the system creates and retains a media device index of supported media content. The system also records a short diagnostic log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity. The cell phone profile, media device index and diagnostic log remain in your vehicle unless you delete them and are generally accessible only in your vehicle when you connect your cell phone or media device. If you no longer plan to use the system or your vehicle, we recommend you use the master reset function to erase the stored information. See Settings (page 355). System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to your vehicle's module. For additional information about our privacy policy, refer to the local Ford website. Note: To find out if your vehicle has connectivity technology, visit www.FordConnected.com. EMERGENCY CALL SYSTEM DATA When the emergency call system is active, it may disclose to emergency services that your vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or updates to the emergency call system may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to emergency services 16 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Environment PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT You should play your part in protecting the environment. Correct vehicle usage and the authorized disposal of waste, cleaning and lubrication materials are significant steps toward this aim. For additional information about our sustainability progress and initiatives, visit www.sustainability.ford.com. 17 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing At a Glance INSTRUMENT PANEL - LHD A M E292630 L B K C D E J F I H G A Cruise control buttons. See Cruise Control (page 182). Speed limiter buttons. See Speed Limiter (page 192). Audio buttons. B Instrument cluster. See Instrument Cluster (page 83). C Information display controls. See Information Displays (page 89). Audio and voice control buttons. See Audio System (page 324). D Traction control switch. See Traction Control (page 167). Parking aid button. See Parking Aids (page 169). Active park assist button. See Active Park Assist (page 175). E Audio unit. See Audio System (page 324). F Auto-Start-Stop deactivation switch.Sliding door button. See Opening the Sliding Door From Inside Your Vehicle (page 54). G Climate control unit. See Climate Control (page 97). H Auxiliary power point. USB port. See Auxiliary Power Points (page 115). I Passenger airbag deactivation indicator. See Switching the Passenger Airbag On and Off (page 34). 18 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing At a Glance J Hazard flasher switch. See Hazard Flashers (page 231). K Ignition switch. See Ignition Switch (page 122). L Lighting control. See Lighting (page 70). M Exterior mirror switch. See Exterior Mirrors (page 80). INSTRUMENT PANEL - RHD E F H I D A J B G C K L M E292631 A Cruise control buttons. See Cruise Control (page 182). Speed limiter buttons. See Speed Limiter (page 192). Audio buttons. B Instrument cluster. See Instrument Cluster (page 83). C Information display controls. See Information Displays (page 89). Audio and voice control buttons. See Audio System (page 324). D Traction control switch. See Traction Control (page 167). Parking aid button. See Parking Aids (page 169). Active park assist button. See Active Park Assist (page 175). E Audio unit. See Audio System (page 324). 19 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing At a Glance F Auto-Start-Stop deactivation switch.Sliding door button. See Opening the Sliding Door From Inside Your Vehicle (page 54). G Climate control unit. See Climate Control (page 97). H Auxiliary power point. USB port. See Auxiliary Power Points (page 115). I Passenger airbag deactivation indicator. See Switching the Passenger Airbag On and Off (page 34). J Hazard flasher switch. See Hazard Flashers (page 231). K Ignition switch. See Ignition Switch (page 122). L Lighting control. See Lighting (page 70). M Exterior mirror switch. See Exterior Mirrors (page 80). 20 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Child Safety INSTALLING CHILD RESTRAINTS WARNING: You must switch the passenger airbag off when using a rearward facing child restraint on the front seat. WARNING: You must switch the passenger airbag on following the removal of the child restraint. WARNING: Read and follow the manufacturer's instructions when you are installing a child restraint. E161855 WARNING: Do not modify child restraints in any way. WARNING: Do not hold a child on your lap when your vehicle is moving. WARNING: Do not leave children or pets unattended in your vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. E133140 WARNING: If your vehicle has been involved in a crash, have the child restraints checked. Only child restraints certified to ECE-R129 or ECE-R44.03 (or later) have been tested and approved for use in your vehicle. Note: Mandatory use of child restraints varies from country to country. Child Seats for Different Mass Groups Use the correct child seat as follows: E68916 WARNING: Extreme Hazard! Never use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an active airbag in front of it. Death or serious injury to the child can occur. 21 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Child Safety Rearward Facing Baby Safety Seat WARNING: Do not install a booster seat or a booster cushion with a seatbelt that is slack or twisted. WARNING: Do not put the shoulder section of the seatbelt or allow the child to put the shoulder section of the seatbelt under their arm or behind their back. Failure to follow this instruction could reduce the effectiveness of the seatbelt and increase the risk of injury or death in a crash. WARNING: Do not use pillows, books or towels to boost your child's height. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. E68918 Secure children that weigh less than 13 kg (29 lb) in a rearward facing baby safety seat (Group 0+) on the front seat. WARNING: Make sure that your children sit in an upright position. WARNING: When using a child restraint on a rear seat, the child restraint must rest tightly against the vehicle seat. It must not touch the head restraint. If necessary remove the head restraint. Child Safety Seat WARNING: You must reinstall the head restraint following the removal of the child restraint. Secure children that weigh more than 15 kg (33 lb) but are less than 150 cm (60 in) tall in a booster seat or a booster cushion. E68920 Secure children that weigh between 13 kg (29 lb) and 18 kg (40 lb) in a child safety seat (Group 1) on the front seat. Booster Seats WARNING: Do not install a booster seat or a booster cushion with only the lap strap of the seatbelt. 22 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Child Safety ISOFIX Anchor Points Booster Seat (Group 2) E70710 We recommend that you use a booster seat that combines a cushion with a backrest instead of a booster cushion only. The raised seating position will allow you to position the shoulder strap of the adult seatbelt over the center of your child's shoulder and the lap strap tightly across their hips. E68945 WARNING: Use an anti-rotation device when using the ISOFIX system. We recommend the use of a top tether or support leg. Booster Cushion (Group 3) Your vehicle may have ISOFIX anchor points that accommodate universally approved ISOFIX child seats. WARNING: When using a booster cushion, make sure you adjust the vehicle head restraint on that seating position. The ISOFIX system has two rigid attachment arms on the child seat that attach to anchor points on the second row seats, where the cushion and backrest meet. Tether anchor points are fitted to the underside or rear of the second row seats for child seats with a top tether. Note: When you are purchasing an ISOFIX seat, make sure that you know the correct mass group and ISOFIX size class for the intended seating locations. See Child Restraint Positioning (page 25). E68924 23 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Child Safety Attaching a Child Seat with Top Tethers Type 2 WARNING: Do not attach the top tether strap to anything other than the correct top tether strap anchor point. Follow the child seat manufacturer's instructions for installing a child seat with a top tether. Type 1 E188215 Attaching a Child Seat with a Support Leg WARNING: If you use a child restraint that has a support leg, make sure the support leg rests securely on the floor. WARNING: Make sure that the child restraint manufacturer lists your vehicle as suitable for use with this type of child restraint. E188718 Follow the child seat manufacturer's instructions for installing a child seat with a support leg. 24 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Child Safety WARNING: If you use a child restraint that has a support leg, make sure the support leg rests securely on the floor. WARNING: You must reinstall the head restraint following the removal of the child restraint. WARNING: If you use a child restraint and a seatbelt, make sure that the seatbelt is not slack or twisted. WARNING: Make sure the child restraint rests tightly against the vehicle seat. If necessary, adjust the seat backrest to an upright position. It may also be necessary to lift or remove the head restraint. E162148 Note: When using a child restraint on a front seat, always adjust the front passenger seat as far back as possible. If it proves difficult to tighten the lap section of the seatbelt without slack remaining, adjust the seat backrest to the fully upright position and raise the height of the seat. CHILD RESTRAINT POSITIONING WARNING: Extreme Hazard! Never use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an active airbag in front of it. Death or serious injury to the child can occur. See an authorized dealer for the latest details relating to our recommended child restraints. 25 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Child Safety Mass group categories Seating positions 0 0+ 1 2 3 0–10 kg 0–13 kg 9–18 kg 15–25 kg 22–36 kg (0–22 lb) (0–29 lb) (20–40lb) (33–55lb) (49–79 lb) Front passenger seat with airbag ON X Front passenger seat with airbag OFF U Rear seats - second row, center position bus 1 X 1 1 UF 1 1 UF 1 1 UF 1 U U U U U U U U U X X X X X L L L L L X X X X X Rear seats - second row - double cab in van U U U U U Rear seats - second row - double chassis cab L L L L L Rear seats - second row - kombi wide U U U U U Rear seats - second row - kombi narrow (window and center seat) X X UF Rear seats - second row, center position 2 bus Rear seats - second row, outboard positions and third row to sixth row - bus Rear seats - second row, outboard positions and third row to sixth 2 row - bus 1 26 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing 1 UF 1 UF Child Safety Mass group categories 0 Seating positions 0+ 1 2 3 0–10 kg 0–13 kg 9–18 kg 15–25 kg 22–36 kg (0–22 lb) (0–29 lb) (20–40lb) (33–55lb) (49–79 lb) Rear seats - second row - kombi narrow (door side seat) X X X X X Rear seats - third row kombi L L L L L 1 We recommend that you secure children in a government approved child restraint, on a rear seat. 2 Vehicles with non-removable head restraints. L Suitable only for the following child restraints: • Group 0 and 0+ Britax Baby-safe plus (E1-04301146). • Group 1 Maxi-Cosi Priori XP (E1-04301153). • Group 2 and 3 Britax Kid (E1-04301148). U Suitable for universal category child restraints approved for use in this mass group. UF Suitable for universal category forward facing child restraint systems. X Not suitable for children in this mass group. ISOFIX Child Restraints Mass group categories 0 Seating positions Rear ISOFIX - second row 0+ 1 0–10 kg 0–13 kg (0–22 lb) (0–29 lb) 9–18 kg (20–40 lb) Baby safety restraint Child safety restraint Size type IU IU IU - bus Size class E D, E A, B, B1, D Rear ISOFIX - second row - double cab in van Size type IU IU IU Size class E C, D, E Size type IU IU 1 Rear ISOFIX - second row - double chassis cab 2 27 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing A, B, B1, C, D IU Child Safety Mass group categories 0 Seating positions Rear ISOFIX - second row - kombi Rear ISOFIX - third row kombi 0+ 1 0–10 kg 0–13 kg (0–22 lb) (0–29 lb) 9–18 kg (20–40 lb) Baby safety restraint Child safety restraint Size class E C, D, E Size type IU IU Size class E C, D, E X X Size type Size class 2 A, B, B1, C, D IU 2 A, B, B1, C, D IU A, B, B1 1 If your vehicle has a single passenger front row seat, C-type seats are suitable. If your vehicle has dual passenger front row seats, only D-type seats are suitable. 2 No ISOFIX available if the vehicle seats have non-removable head restraints. IU Suitable for universal category ISOFIX child restraints approved for use in this mass group. Note: When you are purchasing an ISOFIX child restraint, make sure that you know the correct mass group and ISOFIX size class for the intended seating locations. The ISOFIX size class for both universal and semi-universal child restraints systems is defined by the capital letters A to E. These identification letters are displayed on ISOFIX child restraints. 28 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Child Safety Left-Hand Side CHILD SAFETY LOCKS VEHICLES WITHOUT: POWER SLIDING DOOR (IF EQUIPPED) Turn it counterclockwise to switch the child lock on and clockwise to switch it off. Right-Hand Side Turn it clockwise to switch the child lock on and counterclockwise to switch it off. WARNING: You cannot open the rear doors from inside if you have put the child safety locks on. CHILD SAFETY LOCKS VEHICLES WITH: POWER SLIDING DOOR WARNING: You cannot open the rear doors from inside if you have put the child safety locks on. The child safety lock switch is on the instrument panel. E176719 Press the switch to switch the child safety locks on. A child safety lock is on the rear edge of each rear door. You must set the child safety lock separately on each door. Note: ON illuminates in the switch. Press the switch again to switch them off. Child Safety Locks Information Messages Message Child lock malfunction See manual Action Try to switch the child safety locks on again. If the message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. 29 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Seatbelts FASTENING THE SEATBELTS WARNING: Insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear a distinct click. You have not fastened the seatbelt correctly if you do not hear a click. WARNING: Make sure that your seatbelt is securely stored away and is not outside your vehicle when closing the door. E68586 Pull the seatbelt out steadily. It may lock if you pull it sharply or if your vehicle is on a slope. Press the red button on the buckle to release the seatbelt. Hold the seatbelt tongue and let it retract completely and smoothly to its stowed position. Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy WARNING: Position the seatbelt correctly for your safety and that of your unborn child. Do not use only the lap strap or the shoulder strap. E68584 E170730 E68585 30 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Seatbelts 3. Pull down on the seatbelt loop to make sure it is secure in position. Pregnant women should always wear their seatbelt. The lap belt portion of a combination lap and shoulder seatbelt should be positioned low across the hips below the stomach and worn as tight as comfort will allow. The shoulder belt should be positioned to cross the middle of the shoulder and the center of the chest. Rear Seatbelt (If Equipped) WARNING: The occupant must make sure that the slider is above the line. SEATBELT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT WARNING: Position the seatbelt height adjuster so that the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder. Failure to adjust the seatbelt correctly could reduce the effectiveness of the seatbelt and increase the risk of injury in a crash. Front Seatbelt E173416 1 2 Adjust the lower edge of the slider so that it is above the white line. 2 3 E143981 1. Support the seatbelt loop while pressing the adjuster button. 2. Slide the adjuster to the desired position then release the button. E173524 31 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Seatbelts If, when sitting upright, your shoulder is below the white line, you can adjust the slider to a position below the line so that the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder. The warning lamp illuminates and an audible warning sounds when the following conditions have been met: • The driver seatbelt has not been fastened. • Your vehicle exceeds a relatively low speed. M2 Bus Rear Seatbelt with Non-Removable Head Restraints It also illuminates when the driver seatbelt is unfastened when your vehicle is moving. 1 2 If you do not fasten the driver seatbelt both the audible and visual warnings switch off automatically after approximately five minutes. Turning the Seatbelt Reminder Off Contact an authorized dealer. 2 3 E143981 1. Support the seatbelt loop while pressing the adjuster button. 2. Slide the adjuster to the desired position then release the button. 3. Pull down on the seatbelt loop to make sure it is secure in position. SEATBELT REMINDER WARNING: The system will only provide protection when you use the seatbelt correctly. 32 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Supplementary Restraints System Note: Only wipe airbag covers with a damp cloth. PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION DRIVER AIRBAG WARNING: Extreme Hazard! Do not use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an airbag in front of it! WARNING: Do not modify the front of your vehicle in any way. This could adversely affect deployment of the airbags. WARNING: Wear a safety belt and keep sufficient distance between yourself and the steering wheel. Only when you use the safety belt properly, can it hold you in a position that allows the airbag to achieve its optimum effect. See Sitting in the Correct Position (page 104). E268726 The airbag is designed to deploy during a significant frontal or near-frontal crash. The airbag inflates within a few thousandths of a second cushioning forward body movement and deflates on contact with the occupant. The airbag is not designed to deploy during a minor frontal crash, rear crash, side crash or a vehicle rollover. WARNING: Repairs to the steering wheel, steering column, seats, airbags and safety belts must be carried out by an authorized dealer. WARNING: Keep the areas in front of the airbags free from obstruction. Do not affix anything to or over the airbag covers. WARNING: Do not puncture the seat with sharp objects. This could damage and adversely affect deployment of the airbags. WARNING: Use seat covers designed for seats with side airbags. Have these fitted by an authorized dealer. Note: You will hear a loud bang and see a cloud of harmless powdery residue if an airbag deploys. This is normal. Note: The front passenger airbag protects both positions of a double seat. 33 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Supplementary Restraints System PASSENGER AIRBAG SWITCHING THE PASSENGER AIRBAG ON AND OFF E268726 The airbag is designed to deploy during a significant frontal or near-frontal crash. The airbag inflates within a few thousandths of a second cushioning forward body movement and deflates on contact with the occupant. The airbag is not designed to deploy during a minor frontal crash, rear crash, side crash or a vehicle rollover. E71313 The passenger airbag on and off indicators are close to the climate control unit. Switching the Passenger Airbag Off WARNING: You must switch the passenger airbag off when using a rearward facing child restraint on the front seat. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Settings. Select Vehicle settings. Select Passenger airbag. Select Off. Press and hold the OK button until a confirmation message appears in the information display. Switch the ignition off and on and check that the passenger airbag off indicator illuminates. 34 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Supplementary Restraints System Note: If it does not illuminate, this indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. WARNING: Accessory seat covers not released by Ford could prevent the deployment of the airbags and increase the risk of injuries in a crash. Switching the Passenger Airbag On WARNING: Do not attempt to service, repair, or modify the supplementary restraint system or associated components. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. WARNING: You must switch the passenger airbag on following the removal of the child restraint. 1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Settings. 2. Select Vehicle settings. WARNING: If a supplementary restraint system component has deployed, it will not function again. Have the system and associated components inspected as soon as possible. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. 3. Select Passenger airbag. 4. Select On. 5. Press and hold the OK button until a confirmation message appears in the information display. 6. Switch the ignition off and on and check that the passenger airbag on indicator illuminates. Note: If it does not illuminate, this indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. SIDE AIRBAGS WARNING: Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the headliner at the siderail that may come into contact with a deploying curtain airbag. Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash. E72658 The side airbags are on the outermost side of each front seat backrest. There is a label attached to the side of each backrest to indicate this. WARNING: Do not lean your head on the door. The side airbag could injure you as it deploys from the side of the seatback. 35 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Supplementary Restraints System SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAGS E152533 The side airbags are designed to inflate between the door panel and the occupant to enhance the protection in certain crashes. E68905 The side airbags are designed to deploy during a significant lateral crash. They could also deploy during a significant frontal crash. The side airbags are not designed to deploy during a minor lateral or frontal crash, rear crash or a vehicle rollover. Side curtain airbags are located over both side windows where there are driver and front passenger seats. There are molded badges in the headlining above the side windows to indicate this. The airbags will deploy during significant lateral collisions. They will also deploy during significant frontal angled collisions. The side curtain airbags will not deploy in minor lateral and frontal collisions, rear collisions or overturns. Airbag Warning Lamp If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on, continues E67017 to flash or remains on when the engine is running, this indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Airbag Secondary Warning Audible Warning Sounds when the airbag warning lamp is not working. 36 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Automatic Crash Notification System Note: When you switch Emergency Assistance on or off, the settings apply to all paired mobile phones. If you switch Emergency Assistance off and a previously paired phone connects when you switch the ignition on, either a voice message plays, a display message or icon is shown or both. EMERGENCY ASSISTANCE WARNING: Unless the Emergency Assistance setting is on prior to a collision, the system does not attempt to place an emergency call. This could delay the response time, increasing the risk of serious injury or death. Note: Every mobile phone operates differently. While Emergency Assistance works with most mobile phones, some mobile phones may experience difficulties using this feature. WARNING: For this feature to work, your mobile phone must be Bluetooth-enabled and compatible with the system. Note: In the case of an emergency, the system, as a means of communication aid, can help you contact specific rescue departments of public emergency services. The system does not deploy the rescue operations. The local public emergency service deploys specific rescue operations according to the actual situation. WARNING: Always place your phone in a secure location in your vehicle so it does not become a projectile or get damaged in a crash. Failure to do so may cause serious injury to someone or damage the phone which could prevent Emergency Assistance from working properly. To make sure that Emergency Assistance works correctly: • The system must have power and be working correctly at the time of the crash and during feature activation and use. • You must switch on the feature before a crash. • You must have a cell phone connected to the system. • In certain countries, it may be necessary to have a valid and registered SIM card with credit in order to place and maintain an emergency call. • A connected cell phone must have the ability to make and maintain an outgoing call at the time of the crash. • A connected cell phone must have adequate network coverage, battery power and signal strength. • Your vehicle must have battery power. Note: Not all accidents activate the system. If an accident does trigger the system, it initiates a call to the emergency services. Do not wait for the system to initiate a call if you are able to do so. Call emergency services immediately to avoid a delayed response time. If you do not hear the system within five seconds of the accident, the system could be non-functional. If an accident results in an attempt to deploy an airbag, excluding knee airbags and rear inflatable seatbelts, or to shut off the fuel pump, the system initiates a call to the emergency services. Note: Before setting the feature on, please read the important notice about the Emergency Assistance feature and the Emergency Assistance privacy notice later in this section for important information. 37 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Automatic Crash Notification System Note: This feature only works in a country where Emergency Assistance can call the local emergency services. For additional information, please refer to the local Ford website. During a call: • Emergency Assistance uses your vehicle GPS or cellular network information when available to determine the most appropriate language to use. It alerts the emergency operator of the crash and delivers the introductory message. This may include your vehicle GPS coordinates. • The language the system uses to interact with the occupants of your vehicle may differ from the language used to deliver information to the emergency operator. • After the delivery of the introductory message the voice line opens so that you can speak hands-free with the emergency operator. • When the line is connected, you must be prepared to provide your name, phone number and location information immediately. In the Event of a Crash Before making a call: • If you do not cancel the call, an introductory message plays for the emergency operator. After this message, there is hands-free communication between your vehicle's occupants and the operator. • The system provides a short window of time (approximately 10 seconds) to cancel the call. If you do not cancel the call, the system initiates a call to the emergency services. • The system plays a message letting you know when it attempts to make an emergency call. You can cancel the call by selecting the relevant button or by pressing the end call button on the steering wheel. Note: While the system provides information to the emergency operator, the system plays a message letting you know it is sending important information. It then lets you know when the line is open to start hands-free communication. Note: Not every crash deploys an airbag or triggers the fuel pump shut off, which may turn on Emergency Assistance. However, if Emergency Assistance is triggered, the system tries to contact the emergency services. If a connected cell phone sustains damage or loses connection to the system, it searches for and tries to connect to any available previously paired cell phone and initiates a call to the emergency services. Note: During an Emergency Assistance call, an emergency priority screen appears which contains vehicle GPS coordinates when available. Note: It is possible that GPS location information is not available at the time of the crash; in this case, Emergency Assistance will still attempt to place an emergency call. Note: It is possible that the emergency services will not receive the GPS coordinates; in this case, hands-free communication with an emergency operator is available. 38 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Automatic Crash Notification System Note: The emergency operator may also receive information from the cellular network such as cell phone number, cell phone location and cell phone carrier name independent from Emergency Assistance. Emergency Assistance Privacy Notice When you switch on Emergency Assistance, it may disclose to emergency services that your vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut off. This feature has the capability to disclose your location information to the emergency operator or other details about your vehicle or crash to provide the most appropriate emergency services. Emergency Assistance may not work if: • • • • • Your cell phone or Emergency Assistance hardware sustains damage in the crash. The vehicle battery or the system has no power. A crash ejects your cell phone from your vehicle. You do not have a valid and registered SIM card with credit in your cell phone. You are in a country where Emergency Assistance cannot call the local emergency services. For additional information, please refer to the local Ford website. If you do not want to disclose this information, do not switch on the feature. Important Information About Emergency Assistance Emergency Assistance does not currently call emergency services in the following countries: • Albania. • Armenia. • Azerbaijan. • Belarus. • Bosnia and Herzegovina. • Georgia. • Macedonia. • Moldova. • Netherlands. • Russia. • Ukraine. 39 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Keys and Remote Controls GENERAL INFORMATION ON RADIO FREQUENCIES REMOTE CONTROL - VEHICLES WITHOUT: POWER SLIDING DOOR Note: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. Your vehicle comes with a rechargeable remote control. The remote control battery automatically charges when the key is in the ignition and the engine is running. You should use all remote controls to drive your vehicle at least once every year, to prevent the remote control battery from losing charge. The typical operating range for your transmitter is approximately 10 m (33 ft). A decrease in operating range could be caused by: • weather conditions • nearby radio towers • structures around your vehicle • other vehicles parked next to your vehicle. Note: The remote control battery cannot be replaced. Do not attempt to remove or replace the battery as this could cause damage to the key housing not covered by the vehicle Warranty. You can purchase replacement keys or remote controls from an authorized dealer. The radio frequency used by your remote control can also be used by other radio transmitters, for example amateur radios, medical equipment, wireless headphones, wireless remote controls, cell phones, battery chargers and alarm systems. If the frequencies are jammed, you will not be able to use your remote control. You can lock and unlock the doors with the key. Reprogramming the Unlocking Function Note: When you press the unlock button, either all the doors are unlocked or only the driver and passenger doors are unlocked. Pressing the unlock button again unlocks all the doors. Note: Make sure your vehicle is locked before leaving it unattended. Press and hold the unlock and lock buttons on the remote control simultaneously for at least four seconds with the ignition off. The direction indicators flash twice to confirm the change. To return to the original unlocking function, repeat the process. Note: If you are in range, the remote control will operate if you press any button unintentionally. Note: The remote control contains sensitive electrical components. Exposure to moisture or impact may cause permanent damage. REMOTE CONTROL - VEHICLES WITH: POWER SLIDING DOOR Use the key blade to start your vehicle and unlock or lock the driver door from outside your vehicle. The buttons on the key operate the remote control function. 40 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Keys and Remote Controls E302820 E302821 1. Changing the Remote Control Battery Press the release button. WARNING: Keep batteries away from children to prevent ingestion. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. If ingested, immediately seek medical attention. WARNING: If the battery compartment does not securely close, stop using the remote control and replace it as soon as possible. In the meantime, keep the remote control away from children. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. E302822 2. Insert a suitable tool, for example a screwdriver, in the position shown and gently push the clip. 3. Press the clip down to release the battery cover. Make sure that you dispose of old batteries in an E107998 environmentally friendly way. Seek advice from your local authority about recycling old batteries. The remote control uses one coin-type three-volt lithium battery CR2032 or equivalent. E151799 4. Carefully remove the cover. 41 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Keys and Remote Controls E151800 E151801 5. Insert a screwdriver in the position shown to release the battery. Note: Do not touch the battery contacts or the printed circuit board with the screwdriver. 6. Remove the battery. 7. Insert a new battery with the + facing upward. Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals or on the back surface of the circuit board. 8. Reinstall the battery cover. Locating Your Vehicle E138623 Press the lock button on the key twice within three seconds. The direction indicators flash. Remote Control Information Messages Message Action Key battery low Replace soon Displays when the remote control battery requires replacing. REPLACING A LOST KEY OR REMOTE CONTROL You can purchase replacement keys or remote controls from an authorized dealer. Authorized dealers can program remote controls for your vehicle. See Remote Control (page 40). To re-program the passive anti-theft system see an authorized dealer. 42 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing MyKey™ Speed Limit PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION The system is designed to promote good driving behaviors using keys that you have programmed with some restricted settings. WARNING: Do not set MyKey maximum speed limit to a limit that will prevent the driver from maintaining a safe speed considering posted speed limits and prevailing road conditions. The driver is always responsible to drive in accordance with local laws and prevailing conditions. Failure to do so could result in accident or injury. MYKEY SETTINGS Non-Configurable Settings Seatbelt Reminder The audio system mutes when the seatbelt reminder turns on. The seatbelt reminder cannot be switched off with a MyKey. You can set a speed limit for your vehicle. Warning messages appear in the information display and a tone sounds if your vehicle reaches the set speed. You cannot override the set speed when using a MyKey. Early Low Fuel The low fuel level warning lamp turns on earlier. Speed Reminder Driving and Parking Aids You can set a speed reminder for your vehicle. Warning messages appear in the information display and a tone sounds if your vehicle exceeds the set speed. Parking aids, blind spot information system and cross traffic alert turn on when you start the engine and cannot be switched off with a MyKey. Audio System Volume Limit Pre-collision assist and lane keeping alert turn on when you start the engine, but can be switched off with a MyKey. The audio system maximum volume is reduced. A message appears in the information display if you attempt to exceed the volume limit. Automatic volume control turns off. A new destination in the navigation system can only be set using voice commands, when using a MyKey and your vehicle is moving. Emergency Assistance Configurable Settings If you set emergency assistance to be always on, it cannot be switched off with a MyKey. You can configure the following settings after creating a MyKey. See Creating a MyKey (page 44). Do Not Disturb If you set do not disturb to be always on, it cannot be switched off with a MyKey. Traction Control If you set traction control to be always on, it cannot be switched off with a MyKey. 43 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing MyKey™ Switch the ignition on using an admin key. CREATING A MYKEY To create a MyKey, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following: Menu Item Action Settings Press the menu button. MyKey Press the OK button. Create MyKey Press and hold the OK button until a confirmation message appears in the information display. Switch the ignition off. Note: We recommend that you label this key. MyKey Information Messages Message Description Key is already a MyKey Displays when trying to create a MyKey with a key already designated as a MyKey. Key restricted at next start. Label this key Displays to confirm that the key is restricted after you switch the ignition off. Switch the ignition on using an admin key. PROGRAMMING A MYKEY You can only program MyKeys to the same settings. To program a MyKey, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following: Menu Item Action Settings Press the menu button. MyKey Press the OK button. Select a setting and press the OK button. Configure the setting. Switch the ignition off. 44 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing MyKey™ CLEARING ALL MYKEYS restrictions and return all MyKeys to their original admin key status. When you clear all MyKeys, you remove all Switch the ignition on using an admin key. To clear all MyKeys, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following: Menu Item Action Settings Press the menu button. MyKey Press the OK button. Clear MyKeys Press and hold the OK button until a confirmation message appears in the information display. 45 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing MyKey™ Switch the ignition on. CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM STATUS To find information about the distance traveled using a MyKey and also the number of admin keys and MyKeys created for your vehicle, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following: Menu Item Action Settings Press the menu button. MyKey Press the OK button. MyKey info Press the OK button. 46 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing MyKey™ USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE START SYSTEMS The system is not compatible with non-Ford remote start systems. MYKEY – TROUBLESHOOTING What is an admin key? • An admin key is a key that has not been created as a MyKey. See Creating a MyKey (page 44). Why can I not create a MyKey? • • The key used to switch the ignition on is not an admin key. The key used to switch the ignition on is the only admin key. There always has to be at least one admin key. Why can I not program a MyKey? • • The key used to switch the ignition on is not an admin key. No MyKeys are created. See Creating a MyKey (page 44). Why can I not clear the MyKeys? • • The key used to switch the ignition on is not an admin key. No MyKeys are created. See Creating a MyKey (page 44). Why does the MyKey distance not accumulate? • • • The key used to start the engine is an admin key. No MyKeys are created. See Creating a MyKey (page 44). The MyKeys have been cleared. 47 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Doors and Locks Double Locking the Doors LOCKING AND UNLOCKING Power Door Locks WARNING: Do not use double locking when passengers or animals are inside your vehicle. The doors cannot be unlocked or opened from the inside when double locked. The power door lock control is on the driver and front passenger door panels. E267112 E267111 Press the button to unlock the front doors. Double locking is a theft protection feature that prevents someone from opening the doors from the inside. Press the button to lock all doors. Note: If you double lock your vehicle while inside, switch the ignition on to return the door locks to a single locked state. Door Lock Indicator An LED on the power door lock control illuminates when you lock the door. It remains on for up to five minutes after you switch the ignition off. E267111 Press the button twice within three seconds. The direction indicators will flash. Note: You can double lock your vehicle with the key. Turn the key to the lock position twice within three seconds. Use the key when the remote control is not functioning. Remote Control You can only use the remote control when your vehicle is stationary. Note: When you leave your vehicle unattended for several weeks, the remote control turns off. Unlocking and starting your vehicle once enables the remote control. Reprogramming the Unlocking Function Note: When you press the unlock button, either all the doors are unlocked or only the driver or driver and passenger doors are unlocked. Unlocking the Doors Press the button to unlock the front doors. One long flash of the direction indicators confirms that your vehicle has unlocked. E267112 You can reprogram the unlocking function so that all doors are unlocked. Note: You can unlock the driver door with the key. Use the key if the remote control does not operate. Turn the top of the key toward the rear of your vehicle. Press and hold the unlock and lock buttons on the remote control simultaneously for at least four seconds with the ignition off. The direction indicators flash twice to confirm the change. Unlocking the Cargo Doors To return to the original unlocking function, repeat the process. Press the button on the remote control once to unlock the rear cargo doors. Press the button again within two seconds to unlock all cargo doors. You can also change between the unlocking modes in the information display. 48 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Doors and Locks 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Settings. Select Vehicle settings. Select Locks. Select Unlocking. Select All doors or Driver's door. Locking and Unlocking the Doors From Inside Use the power door lock control to lock or unlock the doors from inside. You can see the door lock status in the power door lock control. The lamp illuminates when you lock your vehicle. E148806 Fully Opening the Double Rear Doors Opening the Double Rear Doors E148805 E178366 Slide the lever to release the catch and open the double rear doors fully. 49 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Doors and Locks Slam Locking 4. Switch Auto lock on or off. Note: If you have turned this function on, either use the interior door unlock button or switch the ignition off and use the key or remote control to unlock the rear or sliding door. Automatic Re-Locking The doors will re-lock automatically if you do not open a door within 45 seconds of unlocking the doors with the remote control. The door locks and the alarm will return to their previous state. Autounlock Autounlock unlocks all the doors when all of the following occur: • The ignition is on, all the doors are closed, and your vehicle speed exceeds a predetermined limit. • Your vehicle comes to a stop. • You open the driver door within 10 minutes of switching the ignition off or to accessory. E171967 When there is no power to your vehicle, slam locking allows you to lock a door automatically when you close it. You can manually lock the front passenger door, sliding doors and rear cargo door using the key. Note: Do not leave the keys in your vehicle. Note: The horn may sound if you try to lock the doors when a door is still open. You can turn this function on using the information display. Autolock (If Equipped) 1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Settings. 2. Select Vehicle settings. 3. Select Locks. 4. Switch Auto unlock on or off. Autolock locks all the doors when all of the following occur: • All doors are closed. • The ignition is on. • You shift into any gear putting your vehicle in motion. • Your vehicle speed exceeds a predetermined limit. Configurable Unlocking Configurable unlocking is set at the time of vehicle purchase. It allows you to select which doors unlock when you press the unlock button or the cargo area unlock button on your remote control once or twice. You cannot switch this feature back on if you have had it switched off. See an authorized dealer for further information. You can turn this function on using the information display. 1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Settings. 2. Select Vehicle settings. 3. Select Locks. 50 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Doors and Locks Rear Emergency Exit E171968 Pull the interior handle up to open the door in an emergency. 51 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Sliding Door - Vehicles Without: Power Sliding Door Opening the Sliding Door From Outside Your Vehicle SLIDING DOOR PRECAUTIONS WARNING: Fully close the sliding door before driving, to prevent passengers and cargo from falling out. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. WARNING: Do not open or close the sliding door when your hands are near the tracks or rollers. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury. Note: Do not leave the sliding door open when you are driving. This could damage the sliding door and its components. E293743 OPENING THE SLIDING DOOR Pull the exterior door handle to open the sliding door. Opening the Sliding Door From Inside Your Vehicle CLOSING THE SLIDING DOOR Closing the Sliding Door From Inside Your Vehicle 2 1 E148804 Pull the interior door handle to open the sliding door. E171966 52 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Sliding Door - Vehicles Without: Power Sliding Door 1. Pull the interior door handle to release the door check feature. 2. Slide the door to close. Closing the Sliding Door From Outside Your Vehicle 1 2 E172313 1. Pull the exterior door handle to release the door check feature. 2. Slide the door to close. 53 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Sliding Door - Vehicles With: Power Sliding Door Opening the Sliding Door From Inside Your Vehicle Using the Sliding Door Handle SLIDING DOOR PRECAUTIONS WARNING: Fully close the power sliding door before driving, to prevent passengers and cargo from falling out. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. WARNING: Do not open or close the power sliding door when your hands are near the tracks or rollers. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury. WARNING: When closing the power sliding door, verify that it is free of obstruction and make sure that people and pets are not in the proximity of the sliding door opening. Note: Do not leave the sliding door open when you are driving. This could damage the sliding door and its components. E148804 Pull and release the door handle to open the sliding door. Note: If you operate the sliding door often during a short period of time, the system could become not available for a certain time to prevent damage due to overheating. Opening the Sliding Door From Inside Your Vehicle in an Emergency - M2 Bus Allow the system to open the sliding door. Do not manually push or pull the sliding door when it is moving. This could damage the sliding door and its components. The emergency release lever is located on the C-Pillar. 1 OPENING THE SLIDING DOOR 2 Opening the Sliding Door From Inside Your Vehicle Opening the Sliding Door From Inside Your Vehicle Using the Instrument Panel Button E293692 Press the button on the instrument panel to open the sliding door. E294173 1. Carefully remove the cover. 54 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Sliding Door - Vehicles With: Power Sliding Door Closing the Sliding Door From Inside Your Vehicle Using the Sliding Door Handle 2. Pull the release lever. 3. Manually open the sliding door. Opening the Sliding Door From Outside Your Vehicle E293744 E293743 Pull and release the interior sliding door handle to close the sliding door. Pull and release the exterior door handle to open the sliding door. Opening the Sliding Door With the Remote Control E293692 Press the button on the remote control twice within three seconds. CLOSING THE SLIDING DOOR Closing the Sliding Door From Inside Your Vehicle Closing the Sliding Door From Inside Your Vehicle Using the Instrument Panel Button Press the button on the instrument panel to close the sliding door. A tone sounds when the sliding door begins to close. E293692 55 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Sliding Door - Vehicles With: Power Sliding Door Closing the Sliding Door From Outside Your Vehicle STOPPING THE SLIDING DOOR MOVEMENT You can stop the sliding door movement by doing any of the following: • Pressing the sliding door button on the remote control twice within three seconds. • Pressing the sliding door button on the instrument panel. • Pulling the sliding door interior or exterior door handle. RESETTING THE POWER SLIDING DOOR Make sure that you complete the procedure within 10 seconds. To reset the power sliding door do the following: E293742 Pull and release the exterior door handle to close the sliding door. 1. Manually close the sliding door. Note: Make sure that the sliding door is fully closed. Closing the Sliding Door With the Remote Control 2. Pull the interior door handle in closing direction three times within three seconds. Press the button on the remote control twice within three seconds. A tone sounds when the sliding door begins to close. E293692 56 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Sliding Door - Vehicles With: Power Sliding Door SLIDING DOOR – TROUBLESHOOTING Sliding Door – Information Messages Message Action Right power sliding door The system has malfunctioned. Manually close the power sliding door. Pull and release the power sliding door handle Calibration needed to open the power sliding door. Left power sliding door If the message continues to appear, have your vehicle Calibration needed checked as soon as possible. Right rear door motor disconnected See manual Left rear door motor disconnected See manual The system has malfunctioned. Reset the power sliding door. See Resetting the Power Sliding Door (page 56). If the message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. 57 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Sliding Door - Vehicles With: Power Sliding Door Sliding Door – Frequently Asked Questions How can I open the sliding door if the system loses power? If the sliding door loses power, you could need to apply more force when trying to open it. Push the back of the sliding door and the interior sliding door handle in opening direction at the same time and open it as normal. Why does the power sliding door stop moving? The power sliding door stops when it detects an obstacle. A tone sounds and the power sliding door starts moving in the opposite direction. After you remove the obstacle, you can continue to operate the power sliding door. Why is the power sliding door moving with reduced speed? You let the power sliding door open for more than five minutes. Fully close the power sliding door using the button on the instrument panel or the power sliding door handles. Open the power sliding door as normal. Why can I not close the power sliding door? If the power sliding door does not close, restart the engine and then close it as normal. See Closing the Sliding Door From Inside Your Vehicle (page 55). If the power sliding door still does not close, manually close the power sliding door and then open it as normal. If the power sliding door still does not close the system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. What can I do if the power sliding door does not operate as normal? If there is a malfunction on the power sliding door, restart the engine. 58 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Security PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM ANTI-THEFT ALARM VEHICLES WITHOUT: ANTITHEFT ALARM HORN WITH INTEGRAL BATTERY Principle of Operation The system prevents someone from starting the engine with an incorrectly coded key. Alarm System The perimeter alarm is a deterrent against unauthorized access to your vehicle through the doors, luggage compartment and the hood. Note: Always take your keys and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle. Coded Keys Triggering the Alarm If you lose a key, you can obtain a replacement from an authorized dealer. If possible, provide them with the key number from the tag provided with the original keys. You can also obtain extra keys from an authorized dealer. Once armed, the alarm is triggered in any of the following ways: • Note: Have all of your remaining keys erased and recoded if you lose a key. Have replacement keys coded together with recoding your remaining keys. Ask an authorized dealer for more information. • If someone opens a door, cargo area or the hood without a valid key or remote control. If you switch the ignition on without a valid key. If the alarm is triggered, the horn will sound for 30 seconds and the hazard warning flasher will flash for five minutes. Note: Metallic objects, electronic devices or a second coded key on the same key chain may result in vehicle starting problems, especially if they are too close to the key when starting your vehicle. Any further attempts to perform one of the above will trigger the alarm again. Arming the Alarm Arming the Engine Immobilizer To arm the alarm, lock your vehicle. See Doors and Locks (page 48). The engine immobilizer arms after a short period of time when you switch the ignition off. Disarming the Alarm Disarm and silence the alarm by unlocking the doors with the key and switching the ignition on with a correctly coded key or by unlocking the doors or the cargo area with the remote control. Disarming the Engine Immobilizer The engine immobilizer disarms when you switch the ignition on with a correctly coded key. If you are unable to start your vehicle with a correctly coded key, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer. 59 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Security Battery Back-up Sounder ANTI-THEFT ALARM VEHICLES WITH: ANTI-THEFT ALARM HORN WITH INTEGRAL BATTERY The battery back-up sounder is an additional alarm system this will sound a siren when the alarm is triggered. When you lock your vehicle the system is armed. The sounder has its own battery and will sound an alarm siren even if someone disconnects your vehicle battery or the battery back-up sounder itself. Alarm System Your vehicle may have one of the following alarm systems: • Category one alarm with interior sensors and battery back-up sounder. • Perimeter alarm. Triggering the Alarm Once armed, the alarm is triggered in any of the following ways: Perimeter Alarm • The perimeter alarm is a deterrent against unauthorized access to your vehicle through the doors and the hood. • • Interior Sensors (If Equipped) • If someone opens a door or the hood without a valid key or remote control. If you switch the ignition on without a valid key. If the interior sensors detect movement within your vehicle. On vehicles with a battery back-up sounder, if someone disconnects your vehicle battery or the battery back-up sounder itself. If the alarm is triggered, the alarm horn will sound for 30 seconds and the hazard warning flashers will flash for five minutes. Any further attempts to perform one of the above will trigger the alarm again. Guard Settings E131656 Note: Do not arm the alarm with full guard if passengers, animals or other moving objects are inside your vehicle, as this could trigger the alarm. Note: Do not cover up the interior scanning sensors. The sensors act as a deterrent against unauthorized intrusion by sensing any movement within your vehicle. 60 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Security Message Description Full guard The interior sensors are on when you arm the alarm. Reduced The interior sensors are off when you arm the alarm. You can set the alarm to reduced guard for the current ignition cycle only. The alarm will reset to full guard the next time you switch the ignition on. Ask on exit You can set the information display to ask you each time which level of guard you wish to set. A message appears in the information display each time you switch the ignition off. If you wish to arm the alarm with reduced guard, press the OK button when this message appears. If you wish to arm the alarm with full guard, leave your vehicle without pressing the OK button. Selecting Full or Reduced Guard Note: Selecting reduced guard does not set the alarm permanently to reduced guard. It sets it to reduced guard only for the current ignition cycle. If you regularly set the alarm to reduced guard, select the option to ask when you exit. You can select full or reduced guard using the information display. See Information Displays (page 89). Arming the Alarm To arm the alarm, lock your vehicle. See Doors and Locks (page 48). Disarming the Alarm Disarm and silence the alarm by unlocking the doors and switching your vehicle on or by unlocking the doors or the liftgate with the remote control. 61 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Power Running Boards Note: In the event of a malfunction you can stow the power running boards manually. USING POWER RUNNING BOARDS Automatic Power Deploy WARNING: In extreme climates, excessive ice buildup may occur, causing the running boards not to deploy. Make sure that the running boards have deployed, and have finished moving before attempting to step on them. The running boards will resume normal function once the blockage is cleared. WARNING: Switch off the running boards before jacking or placing any object under your vehicle. Never place your hand between the extended running board and your vehicle. A moving running board may cause injury. E171469 The power running board extends when you open the door. Automatic Power Stow Note: Do not use the power running boards, front and rear hinge assemblies, running board motors or the running board underbody mounts to lift your vehicle when jacking. Always use proper jacking points. Note: The power running boards may operate more slowly in cool temperatures. Note: The running board mechanism may trap debris such as mud, dirt, snow, ice and salt. This may cause unwanted noise. If this happens, manually set the power running boards to the deployed position. Then wash the system in particular the front and rear hinge arms with a high-pressure car wash wand. E171470 When you close the door, the power running board returns to the stowed position after a two-second delay. Note: If you drive off when the power running boards are deployed the engine may stop. 62 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Power Running Boards Manual Power Deploy To set the power running boards to the deployed position, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following: Message Action Settings Press the menu button. Vehicle settings Press the OK button. Power step Press the OK button. Out Press the OK button. Enabling and Disabling To enable or disable the power running board feature, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following: Message Action and Description Settings Press the menu button. Vehicle settings Press the OK button. Power step Press the OK button. Select one of the following: Off Press the OK button. When disabled the power running boards move to the stowed position regardless of the door position. Auto Press the OK button. When enabled the power running boards move to the correct position based on the door position. When you switch the ignition on, the system turns on. Manual Operation - Excluding: Turkey Bounce-back If the power running board does not return to the stowed position, you can manually stow it. The running board will reverse direction and move to the end of travel if it encounters an object while moving. 63 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Power Running Boards E171471 Insert the lug wrench into the guide hole and turn the handle clockwise until the running board is in the stowed position. Manual Operation - Turkey If the power running board does not return to the stowed position, you can manually stow it. Push the running board to return it to the stowed position. Resetting the System You can reset the system by opening and closing the sliding door. 64 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Steering Wheel ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL WARNING: Do not adjust the steering wheel when your vehicle is moving. Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the correct position. See Sitting in the Correct Position (page 104). 2 3 E95179 3. Lock the steering column. LOCKING THE STEERING WHEEL 1 1. Remove the key from the ignition. 2. Slightly rotate the steering wheel to engage the lock. 2 E95178 Unlocking the Steering Wheel 1. Unlock the steering column. 2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired position. WARNING: Always check that the steering is unlocked before attempting to move your vehicle. 1. Insert the key in the ignition. 2. Turn the key to position I. Note: You may have to slightly rotate the steering wheel to assist unlocking it. 65 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Wipers and Washers Intermittent Wipe WINDSHIELD WIPERS E270969 E197526 E197525 A Single wipe. B Intermittent wipe. C Normal wipe. D High-speed wipe. A Short wipe interval. B Intermittent wipe. C Long wipe interval. Use the rotary control to adjust the intermittent wipe interval. Note: When your vehicle speed increases, the interval between intermittent wipes may decrease. Note: Fully defrost the windshield before you switch the windshield wipers on. Note: Make sure that you switch the windshield wipers off before entering a car wash. AUTOWIPERS Autowipers uses a rain sensor in the area around the interior mirror. The wipers operate when the rain sensor detects water on the windshield in front of it. The rain sensor continues to monitor the amount of water and adjusts the speed of the wipers. Note: If streaks or smears appear on the windshield, clean the windshield and the wiper blades. See Checking the Wiper Blades (page 265). If that does not resolve the issue, install new wiper blades. See Changing the Front Wiper Blades (page 266). Note: The wipers remain in a slightly raised position during operation and only return to the park position a short time after the rain sensor detects no water on the windshield. Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry windshield. This may scratch the glass or damage the wiper blades. Always use the windshield washers before wiping a dry windshield. You can switch autowipers on or off in the information display. Note: If you switch autowipers off in the information display, the windshield wipers operate in intermittent mode. 66 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Wipers and Washers If you leave autowipers on, it may not operate when you switch the ignition on during freezing temperatures. This is because the system has deactivated the rain sensor to prevent damage to the windshield wipers. Defrost the windshield before reactivating the rain sensor. You can reactivate the rain sensor by moving the rotary control or switching autowipers off and on. Note: Fully defrost the windshield before you switch the windshield wipers on. E197526 A High sensitivity. B Autowipers on. C Low sensitivity. Note: Make sure that you switch the windshield wipers off before entering a car wash. Wet or winter weather conditions could cause unexpected wiping or smearing. Move the wiper lever upward to the first position to switch autowipers on. To keep the windshield clear: • Lower the sensitivity of the autowipers to reduce the amount of smearing on the windshield. • Switch autowipers off. Use the rotary control to adjust the sensitivity of the autowipers. When you select low sensitivity, the wipers operate when the sensor detects a large amount of water on the windshield. When you select high sensitivity, the wipers operate when the sensor detects a small amount of water on the windshield. Note: If streaks or smears appear on the windshield, clean the windshield and the wiper blades. See Checking the Wiper Blades (page 265). If that does not resolve the issue, install new wiper blades. See Changing the Front Wiper Blades (page 266). Note: Keep the outside of the windshield clean. The rain sensor is very sensitive and the wipers may operate if dirt, mist or insects hit the windshield. Settings To switch autowipers on or off, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following: Menu Item Action Settings Press the menu button. Vehicle settings Press the OK button. Wipers Press the OK button. Rain sensing Press the OK button. 67 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Wipers and Washers Pull the lever toward you to operate the windshield washers. When you release the lever, the wipers operate for a short time. A courtesy wipe occurs a short time after the wipers stop to clear any remaining washer fluid. WINDSHIELD WASHERS You can switch courtesy wipe on or off in the information display. Note: Do not operate the washers when the washer reservoir is empty. This could cause the washer pump to overheat. E197528 Settings To switch courtesy wipe on or off, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following: Menu Item Action Settings Press the menu button. Vehicle settings Press the OK button. Wipers Press the OK button. Courtesy wipe Press the OK button. 68 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Wipers and Washers REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHERS A Intermittent wipe. B Continuous wipe. Rear Window Wiper C Rear window wiper off. The rear window wiper also turns on when you shift into reverse and the windshield wipers are on. You can switch reverse wipe off in the information display. Note: Make sure that you switch the rear window wiper off before entering a car wash. E171615 Settings To switch reverse wipe on or off, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following: Menu Item Action Settings Press the menu button. Vehicle settings Press the OK button. Wipers Press the OK button. Reverse wiper Press the OK button. Push the lever away from you to operate the rear window washer. When you release the lever, the wiper operates for a short time. Rear Window Washer Note: Do not operate the washers when the washer reservoir is empty. This could cause the washer pump to overheat. E167407 69 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Lighting GENERAL INFORMATION LIGHTING CONTROL Condensation in the Exterior Front Lamps and Rear Lamps Lighting Control Positions Exterior front lamps and rear lamps have vents to accommodate normal changes in air pressure. A B C D Condensation can be a natural by-product of this design. When moist air enters the lamp assembly through the vents, there is a possibility that condensation can occur when the temperature is cold. When normal condensation occurs, a fine mist can form on the interior of the lens. The fine mist eventually clears and exits through the vents during normal operation. Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours under dry weather conditions. Examples of acceptable condensation are: • The presence of a fine mist (no streaks, drip marks or large droplets). • A fine mist covers less than 50% of the lens. E245649 Examples of unacceptable condensation are: • A water puddle inside the lamp. • Streaks, drip marks or large droplets present on the interior of the lens. If you see any unacceptable condensation, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer. A Lamps off. B Parking lamps, instrument panel lamps and license plate lamps. C Headlamps. D Autolamps. See Autolamps (page 71). Switching the Parking Lamps On 1. Switch the ignition off. 2. Set the lighting control to the parking lamps position. Note: Parking lamps could turn off to prevent the vehicle battery from running out of charge. 70 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Lighting Exterior Lamps On Audible Warning Switching High Beam Headlamps On and Off Sounds when you open the driver door and the exterior lamps are on. AUTOLAMPS WARNING: The system does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. You may need to override the system if it does not turn the headlamps on in low visibility conditions, for example daytime fog. E163718 Push the lever away from you to switch the high beam headlamps on. Push the lever forward again or pull the lever toward you to switch the high beam headlamps off. Autolamps turn the headlamps on in low light situations or when the wipers operate. Note: If you switch the autolamps on, you cannot switch the high beam headlamps on until the system turns the headlamps on. Flashing High Beam Headlamps E163719 E253316 Pull the lever toward you and release it to flash the high beam headlamps. Note: When you switch the autolamps on, the headlamps turn on within 10 seconds of switching the wipers on. High Beam Headlamp Indicator Note: If you switch the autolamps and the autowipers on, the headlamps turn on when the windshield wipers continuously operate. It illuminates when you switch the high beam headlamps on. Note: The headlamps turn off approximately 60 seconds after you switch the wipers off. Lamps On Indicator It illuminates when you switch the low beam headlamps or the side and rear lamps on. 71 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Lighting The headlamps remain on for a period of time after you switch the ignition off. Use the information display controls to adjust the period of time that the headlamps remain on. AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL WARNING: The system does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. You may need to override the system if it does not turn the high beams on or off. Adjusting the Period of Time That the Headlamps Remain On 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Settings. Select Vehicle settings. Select Lighting. Select Headlamp delay. Select a setting. Press the OK button. WARNING: You may need to override the system when approaching other road users. WARNING: You may need to override the system during inclement weather. INSTRUMENT LIGHTING DIMMER WARNING: Do not use the system in poor visibility, for example fog, heavy rain, spray or snow. The instrument lighting dimmer buttons are on the lighting control. E291299 WARNING: The system may not switch the high beams off if the lights of oncoming vehicles are hidden by obstacles, for example guard rails. Repeatedly press one of the buttons to adjust the brightness. WARNING: Inspect and replace the windshield wiper blades regularly to make sure the camera sensor has a clear view. The windshield wiper blades must be the correct length. E291298 HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY After you switch the ignition off, you can switch the headlamps on by pulling the direction indicator lever toward you. You will hear a short tone. The headlamps will switch off automatically after three minutes with any door open or 30 seconds after the last door has been closed. You can cancel this feature by pulling the direction indicator lever toward you again or switching the ignition on. About Automatic High Beam Control The system is designed to turn the high beams on if all of the following occur: • You switched the system on in the information display. • You set the lighting control to the autolamps position. • The ambient light level is low enough that high beams are required. 72 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Lighting • • • There is no traffic in front of your vehicle. Your vehicle speed is greater than approximately 40 km/h (25 mph). • • The system is designed to turn the high beams off if any of the following occur: • You switch the system off in the information display. • You set the lighting control to any position except autolamps. • You switch the rear fog lamps on. • • • The ambient light level is high enough that high beams are not required. The system detects an approaching vehicle's headlamps or rear lamps. The system detects severe rain, snow or fog. The system detects street lighting. The camera has reduced visibility. Your vehicle speed falls below approximately 30 km/h (19 mph). Switching Automatic High Beam Control On or Off To switch the system on or off, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following: Menu Item Action Settings Press the menu button. Vehicle settings Press the OK button. Lighting Press the OK button. Auto highbeam Press the OK button. Automatic High Beam Indicator Overriding Automatic High Beam Control It illuminates to confirm when the system is ready to assist. Push the lever away from you to switch between high beam and low beam. Automatic High Beam Control Information Messages Message Description Front camera Low visibility Clean screen The camera has reduced visibility. Clean the windshield. If the message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Front camera temporarily The camera has malfunctioned. Wait a short period of time not available for the camera to cool down. If the message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. 73 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Lighting You can switch the rear fog lamps on if any of the following occur: • You switched the front fog lamps on. • You set the lighting control to the headlamps position. • You set the lighting control to the autolamps position and the headlamps are on. FRONT FOG LAMPS Switching the Front Fog Lamps On or Off Only switch the front fog lamps on during reduced visibility. You can switch the front fog lamps on if any of the following occur: • You set the lighting control to the parking lamps position. • You set the lighting control to the headlamps position. • You set the lighting control to the autolamps position and the headlamps are on. The rear fog lamp button is on the lighting control. E67040 Press the button to switch the rear fog lamps on or off. Rear Fog Lamp Indicator The front fog lamp button is on the lighting control. E67040 Press the button to switch the front fog lamps on or off. It illuminates when you switch the rear fog lamps on. HEADLAMP LEVELING Note: The brightness of the daytime running lamps may decrease when the front fog lamps are switched on. To adjust the level of the headlamp beams, do the following: Front Fog Lamp Indicator It illuminates when you switch the front fog lamps on. 2 REAR FOG LAMPS 2 Switching the Rear Fog Lamps On or Off 1 WARNING: Do not use the rear fog lamps when it is raining or snowing and visibility is more than 50 m (164.0 ft). E132711 1. Press to release the control. 74 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Lighting 2. Rotate the control in accordance with your vehicle load to prevent you from distracting other road users when the headlamps are on. Note: Set the control to zero when your vehicle is unloaded. Note: Set the headlamp beams to give between 35–100 m (115–328 ft) of road surface illumination when your vehicle is partially or fully loaded. 3. Press to close the control. CORNERING LAMPS E72898 A Headlamp beam. B Cornering lamp beam. The cornering lamps illuminate the inside of a corner when you are turning the steering wheel. 75 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Lighting DIRECTION INDICATORS INTERIOR LAMPS - BUS Switching the Direction Indicators On and Off Switching All of the Interior Lamps On and Off E295959 Press the button on the overhead console to switch all of the interior lamps or emergency lighting on and off. E162681 Push the lever up or down to switch the direction indicators on. Note: The interior lamps turn off after approximately 30 minutes unless your vehicle speed is greater than approximately 5 km/h (3 mph) or you lock the doors from outside your vehicle. Note: Tap the lever up or down to make the direction indicators flash three times. Set the lever to the middle position to switch the direction indicators off. Switching the Front Courtesy Lamp On and Off Direction Indicator Flashes when you switch the direction indicators on. Fully press the button on the overhead console to switch the front courtesy lamp on. Note: An increase in the rate of flashing warns of a failed indicator bulb. Fully press the button on the overhead console to switch the front courtesy lamp off. Courtesy Lamp Function When you switch the courtesy lamp function on, the courtesy lamps turn on if: • You open a door. • You press the unlock button on the remote control. • You switch the ignition off. 76 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Lighting Switching the Courtesy Lamp Function On Note: You can only switch the rear reading lamps on and off when the reading lamp function is on. INTERIOR LAMPS - VAN Switching the Courtesy Lamps On and Off Fully press the button on the overhead console to switch the courtesy lamps on. E293629 Set the switch to the middle position. Fully press the button on the overhead console to switch the courtesy lamps off. Switching the Front Map Reading Lamps On and Off Courtesy Lamp Function When you switch the courtesy lamp function on, the courtesy lamps turn on if: • You open a door. • You press the unlock button on the remote control. • You switch the ignition off. E112208 Reading Lamp Function Switching the Courtesy Lamp Function On When you switch the reading lamp function on, the rear reading lamps can be switched on and off. Switching the Reading Lamp Function On and Off Press the button on the overhead console. E262193 Note: The indicator illuminates amber when the reading lamp function is off. E293629 Set the switch to the middle position. Switching the Rear Reading Lamps On and Off Press the button on the interior lamp. E262193 77 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Lighting Switching the Front Map Reading Lamps On and Off E112208 REAR FLOODLAMPS E296616 Press the button on the rear door to switch the rear floodlamp on and off. Note: Rear floodlamp turns off approximately 30 minutes after you switch it on. 78 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Windows and Mirrors 5. Lift the switch again for one more second. Note: Repeat the procedure if the window does not close when you use one-touch. POWER WINDOWS Opening and Closing the Windows Bounce-Back WARNING: Do not leave children unattended in your vehicle and do not let them play with the power windows. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury. The window stops and reverses if it detects an obstruction while closing. Overriding Bounce-Back WARNING: When closing the power windows, verify they are free of obstruction and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the window openings. WARNING: If you override bounce-back, the window does not reverse if it detects an obstacle. Take care when closing the windows to avoid personal injury or damage to your vehicle. Press the control to open the window. Lift the control to close the window. 1. Close the window until it reaches the point of resistance and let it reverse. 2. Close the window a third time to the point of resistance. Bounce-back is now disabled and you can close the window manually. Note: The window goes past the point of resistance and you can fully close it. Note: The power windows operate with the ignition on, and for several minutes after you switch the ignition off or until you open a front door. To reduce wind noise or pulsing noise when one window is open, slightly open the opposite window. Note: If the window does not close, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. One-Touch Open Fully press the control and release it. Press again or lift it to stop the window. Resetting Bounce-Back One-Touch Close WARNING: Bounce-back is off until you reset the memory. Take care when closing the windows to avoid personal injury or damage to your vehicle. Fully lift the control and release it. Press again or lift it to stop the window. Resetting One-Touch Close 1. Lift and hold the switch until the window is fully closed. 2. Release the switch. 3. Lift the switch again for one more second. 4. Release the switch. 1. Lift and hold the switch until the window is fully closed. 2. Release the switch. 3. Lift the switch again for one more second. 4. Release the switch. 79 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Windows and Mirrors 5. Lift the switch again for one more second. Note: Repeat the procedure if the window does not close when you use one-touch. Note: If you have disconnected the battery, you must reset the bounce-back memory. EXTERIOR MIRRORS Power Exterior Mirrors E71281 Move the controller in the direction of the arrows to adjust the mirror. WARNING: Do not adjust the mirrors when your vehicle is moving. This could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death. Power Folding Mirrors (If Equipped) Folding and Unfolding The power folding mirrors operate with the ignition on, and for several minutes after you switch the ignition off. E71280 A Left-hand mirror B Off C Right-hand mirror E72184 Move the controller downward to fold or unfold the mirrors. Note: You can only fold the mirrors when the controller is set to position B. Note: If you fold and unfold the mirrors several times within one minute, the power fold function may turn off to protect the motors from overheating. Note: Do not manually fold or unfold power folding mirrors. 80 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Windows and Mirrors Loose Mirror SLIDING WINDOWS If your power-folding mirrors are manually folded, they may not work properly, even after you re-position them. You need to reset them if: • The mirrors vibrate when you drive. • The mirrors feel loose. • The mirrors do not stay in the folded or unfolded position. • One of the mirrors is not in its normal driving position. 1 2 To reset the power-fold feature, use the power-folding mirror control to fold and unfold the mirrors. You may hear a loud noise as your reset the power-folding mirrors. This sound is normal. Repeat this process as needed each time the mirrors are manually folded. E170035 1. Press and hold the unlock button. 2. Slide the window. REAR QUARTER WINDOWS Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors Opening the Rear Quarter Windows Push the mirror toward the door window glass. Make sure that you fully engage the mirror in its support when you unfold it. 1 INTERIOR MIRROR 2 WARNING: Do not adjust the mirrors when your vehicle is moving. This could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death. Pull the tab below the mirror toward you to reduce the effect of bright light from behind. E170036 1. Press the unlock button to release the catch. Note: Depending on the lock type fitted, you will have to either press the unlock buttons together or down to release the catch. 2. Hold the catch and push the window open. Make sure the catch engages. 81 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Windows and Mirrors Note: There is an audible click when the catch engages. Closing the Rear Quarter Windows 1. Hold and pull the catch to close the window. 2. Press the catch to engage the lock. Note: There is an audible click when the lock engages. 82 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Instrument Cluster GAUGES Instrument Cluster A B C F E260059 A Tachometer. B Information display. E C Speedometer. D Fuel gauge. E Automatic transmission position indicators. F Engine coolant temperature gauge. • • • • • Tachometer Shows the engine speed. Information Display Shows the following information: • Odometer. • Trip computer. • MyView information. • Driver assistance information. • Navigation information. D Audio information. Phone information. Vehicle and system settings. Outside air temperature. Shift indicators. Odometer Records the total distance traveled by your vehicle. 83 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Instrument Cluster Automatic Transmission Position Indicators The system detects unauthorized odometer adjustments to avoid total distance reading fraud. If the system detects an unauthorized odometer adjustment, the total distance reading displays XXXX. Recovery of the original mileage could result in system damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty and may carry a significant expense. The instrument cluster displays the current position. See Automatic Transmission (page 152). Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge At normal operating temperature, the needle remains in the center section. If the needle enters the red section, the engine is overheating. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so, switch the engine off and allow it to cool. Speedometer Shows the vehicle speed. Fuel Gauge The fuel gauge indicates approximately how much fuel is in the fuel tank. Note: The system reduces the engine speed if you continue to operate the engine at a high engine speed. The arrow adjacent to the fuel pump symbol indicates on which side of your vehicle the fuel filler door is located. Note: Do not restart the engine until the cause of overheating has been determined and resolved. Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Lamp A If it illuminates when your vehicle is moving, this indicates that the engine is overheating. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the engine off. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. B E236403 A The fuel filler door is on the left-hand side of your vehicle. B The fuel filler door is on the right-hand side of your vehicle. WARNING LAMPS AND INDICATORS Low Fuel Level Warning Lamp Adaptive cruise control indicator. It illuminates when E144524 you switch the system on. It illuminates white when the system is in standby mode. It illuminates green when you set the adaptive cruise speed. If it illuminates when you are driving, refuel as soon as possible. 84 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Instrument Cluster Airbag warning lamp. If it does not illuminate when you switch E67017 the ignition on, continues to flash or remains on when the engine is running, this indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Brake pad wear warning lamp. It illuminates when the brake pads have worn down to a predetermined limit. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Change engine oil indicator. It displays when the engine oil life is becoming depleted. Have the engine oil changed as soon as possible. Anti-lock brake system warning lamp. If it illuminates when you are driving, this indicates a malfunction. Your vehicle continues to have normal braking without the anti-lock brake system function. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Note: Do not ignore engine oil change indicators and information messages. Resulting component damage is not covered by the Warranty. Auto-Start-Stop indicators. It illuminates green when the engine stops. It flashes amber and a message appears when you need to take action. It E146361 illuminates gray with a strikethrough when the system is not available. Change engine oil now indicators. If both indicators display, the engine oil life is seriously depleted. Engine torque reduces to 70% to further indicate the serious risk of engine damage. Have the engine oil changed immediately. Automatic high beam control on indicator. It illuminates to confirm when the system is ready to assist. Note: Do not ignore engine oil change indicators and information messages. Resulting component damage is not covered by the Warranty. Blind spot information system indicator. When the system detects a vehicle, the indicator illuminates in the exterior mirror on the side the approaching vehicle is coming from. If you turn the direction indicator on for that side of your vehicle, the indicator flashes. Cross traffic alert indicator. When the system detects an approaching vehicle a tone sounds, the indicator illuminates in the relevant exterior mirror and arrows appear in the information display to show which side the approaching vehicle is coming from. E268294 E249861 Blind spot information system and cross traffic alert warning lamp. If the system malfunctions, the warning lamp illuminates in the instrument cluster and a message appears in the information display. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. E249861 E71340 Cruise control indicator. It illuminates when you switch the system on. Direction indicator. It flashes when you switch the direction indicators on. Door ajar warning lamp. It illuminates when you switch the ignition on and remains on if any door or the hood is open. E249859 85 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Instrument Cluster E267164 E308186 Eco mode indicator. It illuminates when the drive mode is selected. Fuel filter service warning lamp. If it illuminates when the engine is running this indicates there is excess water in the fuel filter. You should drain water from the fuel filter water trap whenever the warning lamp illuminates or a message appears in the information display. Efficient drive mode indicator. It indicates that you have to slowly decelerate. Engine coolant temperature warning lamp. If it illuminates when your vehicle is moving, this indicates that the engine is overheating. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the engine off. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Glow plug indicator. If it illuminates, wait until it turns off before starting. Hazard flasher indicator. It flashes when you switch the hazard flashers on. Engine oil pressure warning lamp. It illuminates when you switch the ignition on. If it illuminates when the engine is running this indicates a malfunction. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the engine off. Check the engine oil level. If the oil level is sufficient, this indicates a system malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. High beam headlamp indicator. It illuminates when you switch the high beam headlamps on. Ignition warning lamp. It illuminates when you switch the ignition on. If it illuminates when the engine is running this indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Engine warning lamps. If both lamps illuminate when the engine is running, stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. Continuing to drive your vehicle may cause reduced power or the engine to stop. Switch the ignition off and attempt to restart the engine. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. E71880 Lamps on indicator. It illuminates when you switch the low beam headlamps or the side and rear lamps on. Lane keeping aid indicator. It illuminates in the information display when you switch the system on and Aid Mode or Alert and Aid Mode are selected. E251020 Fasten seatbelt warning lamp. It illuminates until you fasten your seatbelt. Lane keeping alert indicator. It illuminates in the information display when you switch the system on and Alert Mode is selected. Front fog lamp indicator. It illuminates when you switch the front fog lamps on. Lane keeping system warning lamp. It could illuminate when you switch the system off. If it illuminates when you are driving, this indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. 86 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Instrument Cluster Low fuel level warning lamp. If it illuminates when you are driving, refuel as soon as E67040 possible. Selective catalytic reductant system warning lamp. The warning lamp illuminates if the system detects the fluid level is low or if there is a system malfunction. If the warning lamp illuminates, the information display messages give you an indication whether the concern is fluid related or if there is a selective catalytic reductant system malfunction. If the warning lamp illuminates when your vehicle is moving, and the fluid is at a sufficient level, this indicates a system malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Malfunction indicator lamp. If it illuminates when the engine is running this indicates a malfunction. If it flashes, engine misfire may be occurring. Increased exhaust gas temperatures could damage the diesel particulate filter or other vehicle components. Avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration and have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. E296606 Rear fog lamp indicator. It illuminates when you switch the rear fog lamps on. Mud/Ruts mode indicator. It illuminates when the drive mode is selected. Shift indicator. It illuminates to advise you that shifting to a higher or lower gear may give better performance, fuel economy or lower emissions. Parking brake warning lamp. It illuminates when you engage the parking brake and the ignition is on. If it illuminates when your vehicle is moving, make sure the parking brake is disengaged. If the parking brake is disengaged, this indicates low brake fluid level or a brake system fault. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. E269320 Slippery mode indicator. It illuminates when the drive mode is selected. Stability control and traction control indicator. It flashes during operation. If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on, or remains on when the engine is running, this indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Powertrain warning lamp. If it illuminates when the engine is running this indicates a malfunction. If it flashes when you are driving, immediately reduce the vehicle speed. Avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration and have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. E252028 Stability control and traction control off warning lamp. It E130458 illuminates when you switch the system off. Pre-collision assist warning lamp. It illuminates if your vehicle rapidly approaches another vehicle, to warn you of the risk of a crash with the vehicle in front of you. It could illuminate red if the distance to the vehicle ahead is small. It illuminates amber when you switch the system off or if the system is not available. 87 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Instrument Cluster Tire pressure monitoring system warning lamp. It illuminates if the tire pressure in one or more tires is below the correct tire pressure. If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on, or flashes when the engine is running, this indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. E246592 Tow/haul mode indicator. It illuminates when the drive mode is selected. 88 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Information Displays GENERAL INFORMATION A WARNING: Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. B C E250032 A Return button. B OK button. C Menu button. Note: For your safety, some features are speed-dependent. Their use is limited to when your vehicle speed is not moving. Return Button Information Display Controls OK Button Use the return button to go back or to exit. Use the OK button to make a selection. You can also use it to scroll through a menu. Menu Button Use the menu button on the main screen to display the submenu. You can also use it to go back to the main screen. Information Display Menus Main Menu E257718 Menu Item Trip computer 1 or Trip computer 2 MyView Driver assist. Navigation 89 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Information Displays Menu Item Menu Item Audio Driver alert Phone Hill Start Assist Settings Cross traffic alert Eco coach Submenus Trailer control Trip computer 1 and Trip computer 2 Cruise control Menu Item Speed limiter Trip computer 1 Rear Park Pilot Trip computer 2 Navigation Reset individual values Menu Item Configure view Home MyView Favourite destinations Menu Item Previous destinations Digital speedometer Audio Fuel economy Menu Item Trip computer/audio Eco coach Radio Calm screen USB device. Bluetooth device. Driver assist. Phone Menu Item Menu Item Traction control BLIS All calls Trailer BLIS Incoming calls Pre-collision Assist Missed calls Traffic sign recognition Outgoing calls Lane keeping system 90 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Information Displays Settings TRIP COMPUTER Menu Item You can reset the trip computer and personalize it using the information display. See Information Displays (page 89). Information Display Resetting the Trip Computer Driver assistance Navigate to the following main menu item. Vehicle settings Vehicle maintenance MyKey Menu Item Action Trip computer 1 Press and hold the OK button until the system reset confirmation appears. Trip computer 2 Press and hold the OK button until the system reset confirmation appears. Alternatively you can reset individual trip values. Menu Item Action Trip computer 1 Press the menu button. Trip computer 2 Press the menu button. Reset individual values Press the OK button. Reset trip odometer Press and hold the OK button until the system reset confirmation appears. Reset trip timer Press and hold the OK button until the system reset confirmation appears. Reset average fuel Press and hold the OK button until the system reset confirmation appears. Reset average speed Press and hold the OK button until the system reset confirmation appears. 91 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Information Displays Personalization Navigate to the following main menu item. Menu Item Action Trip computer 1 Press the menu button. Trip computer 2 Press the menu button. Configure view Press the OK button. Trip odometer Press the OK button. Trip timer Press the OK button. Average fuel consumption Press the OK button. Average speed Press the OK button. Distance to empty Press the OK button. Instantaneous fuel Press the OK button. Note: You can display a maximum of four values. Trip Odometer Average Speed Registers the total distance since you last reset the value. Indicates the average vehicle speed since you last reset the value. Trip Timer Distance to Empty Registers the total time since you last reset the value. Indicates the approximate distance your vehicle could travel on the fuel remaining in the fuel tank. Changes in driving pattern may cause the value to vary. Average Fuel Instantaneous Fuel Indicates the average fuel consumption since you last reset the value. Indicates the current fuel consumption. 92 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Information Displays PERSONALIZED SETTINGS Language Menu Item Action Settings Press the menu button. Display Press the OK button. Language Press the OK button. Choose your applicable setting. Measure Unit Menu Item Action Settings Press the menu button. Display Press the OK button. Measurement unit Press the OK button. Choose your applicable setting. Temperature Unit Menu Item Action Settings Press the menu button. Display Press the OK button. Temperature unit Press the OK button. Choose your applicable setting. Tire Pressure Unit (If Equipped) Menu Item Action Settings Press the menu button. Display Press the OK button. Tyre pressure Press the OK button. Choose your applicable setting. 93 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Information Displays Chimes Menu Item Action Settings Press the menu button. Vehicle settings Press the OK button. Chimes Press the OK button. Parking space found Press the OK button. Information Press the OK button. 94 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Remote Start - Automatic Transmission Use the FordPass App to start the vehicle. WHAT IS REMOTE START Note: The turn signal lamps flash twice. The system allows you to remotely start your vehicle and therefore to heat or cool the interior to a predetermined temperature. Note: The parking lamps turn on when the vehicle is running. Note: The horn sounds if the system fails to start. REMOTE START LIMITATIONS Note: All other vehicle systems remain off when you have remotely started the vehicle. Remote start does not work if: Note: You may have to wait a short period of time before remotely starting the vehicle after the vehicle stops running. • • • • • The alarm horn is sounding. The hood is open. The transmission is not in park (P). Remote start is not enabled. The ignition is on. Note: The vehicle remains secured when you have remotely started it. A valid key must be inside your vehicle to switch the ignition on and drive your vehicle. Note: Do not use remote start if your fuel level is low. Note: A maximum of two remote starts are allowed. After that you need to turn the ignition on and off before you can use remote start again. ENABLING REMOTE START Use the FordPass App to switch the vehicle off. 1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Settings. 2. Select Vehicle settings. 3. Select Remote start. 4. Switch System on. Note: To use remote start, make sure that the modem is enabled. See Enabling and Disabling the Modem (page 319). REMOTE START SETTINGS Climate Control Settings 1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Settings. 2. Select Vehicle settings. 3. Select Remote start. 4. Select Climate control. 5. Select Auto or Last settings. Note: If you select Auto, the system attempts to heat or cool the interior to 22°C (72°F). REMOTELY STARTING AND STOPPING THE VEHICLE WARNING: Do not start the engine in a closed garage or in other enclosed areas. Exhaust fumes are toxic. Always open the garage door before you start the engine. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. Note: If you select Last settings, the system remembers the last used settings. Note: You cannot adjust the climate control settings when you have remotely started the engine. 95 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Remote Start - Automatic Transmission Note: When you switch the ignition on, the climate control system returns to the last used settings. Heated Seat Settings 1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Settings. 2. Select Vehicle settings. 3. Select Remote start. 4. Select Seats. 5. Select Auto or Off. Note: If you switch the heated seat settings on, the heated seats turn on during cold weather. Note: You cannot adjust the heated seat settings when you have remotely started the engine. Setting the Remote Start Duration You can set a duration for Remote Start to run. 1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Settings. 2. Select Vehicle settings. 3. Select Remote start. 4. Select Duration. 96 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Climate Control Switching Maximum Cooling On and Off MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL Switching the Climate Control On and Off Turn the temperature control counterclockwise past the lowest setting to maximize cooling. Note: The temperature control springs back to the lowest setting. Switching the Recirculated Air On and Off Note: When you switch maximum cooling off, air conditioning remains on. Setting the Blower Motor Speed Note: The air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates. Switching the Air Conditioning On and Off Note: Lights on the control illuminate to indicate the blower motor speed. Note: When you switch the blower motor off, air conditioning turns off and the windows could fog up. Note: Under certain conditions, the air conditioning compressor could continue to operate after you switch air conditioning off. Directing Air to the Windshield Air Vents Switching Maximum Defrost On and Off Turn the temperature control clockwise past the highest setting to maximize defrosting. Directing Air to the Instrument Panel Air Vents Note: The temperature control springs back to the highest setting. E244097 Note: When you switch maximum defrost on, the heated windshield, heated rear window and air conditioning turn on. The blower motor is set to the highest speed. Directing Air to the Footwell Air Vents Note: When you switch maximum defrost off, the heated windshield and heated rear window remain on. 97 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Climate Control Setting the Temperature Note: To reduce fogging of the windshield during humid weather conditions, direct air to the windshield air vents. Note: Prolonged use of recirculated air may cause the windows to fog up. Note: Use air conditioning with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency. Quickly Heating the Interior • • • Select the highest blower motor speed. Select the highest temperature. Direct air to the footwell air vents. Recommended Settings for Heating E244106 Turn the temperature control counterclockwise for cooler temperature settings. • • • Turn the temperature control clockwise for warmer temperature settings. Select a medium blower motor speed. Select the required temperature. Direct air to the footwell and windshield air vents. Quickly Cooling the Interior HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE INTERIOR CLIMATE • Select maximum cooling. Note: To improve the time to reach a comfortable temperature in hot weather, drive with the windows open until you feel cold air through the air vents. General Hints Do not place objects under the front seats as this may interfere with directing air to the rear seats. Recommended Settings for Cooling Remove any snow, ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield. • • • Note: You may feel a small amount of air from the footwell air vents regardless of the air distribution setting. • Note: To reduce humidity build-up inside your vehicle, do not drive with the system switched off or with recirculated air always switched on. Select a medium blower motor speed. Select the required temperature. Direct air to the instrument panel air vents. Press A/C. Defogging the Side Windows in Cold Weather • Select maximum defrost. 98 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Climate Control Defogging or Clearing the Windshield of Thin Ice • HEATED REAR WINDOW Press the button to clear the rear window of thin ice and fog. The heated rear window turns off after a short period of time. Select maximum defrost. REAR PASSENGER CLIMATE CONTROLS Note: Make sure the engine is on before operating the heated windows. Adjusting the Blower Motor Speed Note: Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean or remove decals from the inside of the heated rear window. The vehicle Warranty may not cover damage caused to the heated rear window grid lines. Directing Air to the Overhead Air Vents When you direct air to the E244097 overhead air vents, the system distributes cold air. HEATED EXTERIOR MIRRORS - VEHICLES WITHOUT: HEATED REAR WINDOW Directing Air to the Footwell Air Vents Press the button to clear the exterior mirrors of thin ice and fog. Press the button again to switch them off. They switch off after a short period of time. When you direct air to the footwell air vents, the system distributes hot air. Note: Do not remove ice from the mirrors with a scraper or adjust the mirror glass when it is frozen in place. These actions could cause damage to the glass and mirrors. Directing Air to the Overhead Air Vents and the Footwell Air Vents When you direct air to the Overhead and footwell air vents, the system distributes warm air. Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or glass with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum-based cleaning products. HEATED WINDSHIELD HEATED EXTERIOR MIRRORS - VEHICLES WITH: HEATED REAR WINDOW Press the button to clear the windshield of thin ice and fog. The heated windshield turns off after a short period of time. When you switch the heated rear window on, the heated exterior mirrors turn on. Note: Make sure that the engine is running before switching the heated windshield on. Note: Do not remove ice from the mirrors with a scraper or adjust the mirror glass when it is frozen in place. Note: The system does not operate if the battery charge level is low. 99 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Climate Control Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or glass with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum-based cleaning products. The vehicle warranty may not cover damage caused to the mirror housing or glass. WARNING: Do not use the fuel-operated parking heater at fuel filling stations or near sources of combustible vapors, dust or in enclosed spaces. This could result in serious personal injury or death. AUXILIARY HEATER Note: The system does not operate if the battery charge level is low. Principle of Operation The system is designed to reduce the time needed to heat the engine when it is running. It turns on or off depending on the outside air temperature and the coolant temperature. Note: Make sure the heater exhaust outlet, behind the left-hand front tire, is free from snow, ice, mud and any other blockages to avoid issues with the heater operation. The system warms the engine and the vehicle interior. It uses fuel from the vehicle fuel tank. Note: When the system is on, exhaust fumes come from under your vehicle. This is normal. Using the Auxiliary Heater Note: If the heater is in the process of stopping, excess fuel in the heater burns out and there is some heat, exhaust and noise. WARNING: We recommend that you have a qualified technician check and repair the heater system after a crash. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. Switching the Auxiliary Heater On and Off To switch the auxiliary heater on or off, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following: Menu Item Action Settings Press the menu button. Vehicle settings Press the OK button. Aux heater Press the OK button. The system warms the engine and the vehicle interior. It uses fuel from the vehicle fuel tank. Parking Heater Principle of Operation The system is designed to provide heat when your vehicle is parked. 100 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Climate Control Note: Make sure the heater exhaust outlet, behind the left-hand front tire, is free from snow, ice, mud and any other blockages to avoid issues with the heater operation. The system does not operate if the battery charge level is low. Using the Parking Heater When you correctly use the system it: • Keeps the windows clear of thin ice and helps prevent condensation. • Assists the engine to reach normal operating temperature sooner. The system only operates when your vehicle is stationary with the engine off. WARNING: We recommend that you have a qualified technician check and repair the heater system after a crash. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. Note: If the heater is in the process of stopping, excess fuel in the heater burns out and there is some heat, exhaust and noise. WARNING: Do not use the fuel-operated parking heater at fuel filling stations or near sources of combustible vapors, dust or in enclosed spaces. This could result in serious personal injury or death. Parking Heater Information Messages Message Park heater not started Low fuel level Action Displays if the parking heater fails to operate due to low fuel level. Refuel as soon as possible. Note: You can use this mode to maintain a warm cabin after you switch the ignition off. After the heater completes this mode, the check box in the information display resets to unchecked. Switching Continue Heat On When you switch the ignition off, the heater starts or continues running if conditions permit for up to 30 minutes. To switch continue heat on, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following: Menu Item Action Settings Press the menu button. Vehicle settings Press the OK button. Park heater Press the OK button. Continue heat Press the OK button. 101 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Climate Control Setting the Timer The system has three different modes, that you can set in the information display. Timer Mode Description Allows you to set one heating cycle for a specific day. If conditions permit, the heater starts up to 40 minutes prior Once to the set date and time. 1 Time one Allows you to program a heating cycle for each day of the week. The time remains stored and the system warms up your vehicle prior to the programmed departure times. Time two Allows you to program a second heating cycle for each day of the week. The time remains stored and the system warms up your vehicle prior to the programmed departure times. 1 You must set the day and time for this mode before you check the box in the information display. Note: The time and date on your vehicle clock must be correctly set. To set a timer mode, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following: Menu Item Action Settings Press the menu button. Vehicle settings Press the OK button. Park heater Press the OK button. Heater programming Press the OK button. Activate Press the OK button. Once Press the OK button. Activate Press the OK button. Time one Press the OK button. Activate Press the OK button. Time two Press the OK button. Activate Press the OK button. 102 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Climate Control Switching the Parking Heater On and Off With the Remote Control Note: Electronic devices that operate in the same frequency may affect the range of the transmitter. The parking heater transmitter allows you to remotely request the heater to start and run for up to 30 minutes or to stop all heater modes. Press and hold the ON or HEAT button on the transmitter until a green LED light illuminates on the transmitter. Press and hold the OFF button on the transmitter until a red LED light illuminates on the transmitter. This applies only for the heater mode running at the present time, so future timer settings or future continue heat settings do not disable. Note: Up to three transmitters can be paired to your vehicle. Note: The LED light on the remote transmitter does not indicate the actual status of the heater. The light does not guarantee the heater received a signal to start or stop. The following table lists the parking heater remote control indications. Transmitter LED Description Green The transmitter sent a radio signal. Flashing green The transmitter sent a radio signal, but the heater did not receive the signal. Red The transmitter sent a radio signal. Flashing red The transmitter sent a radio signal, but the heater did not receive the signal. 103 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Seats We recommend that you follow these guidelines: • Sit in an upright position with the base of your spine as far back as possible. • Do not recline the seat backrest so that your torso is more than 30 degree from the upright position. • Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible. Make sure that you remain comfortable. • Keep sufficient distance between yourself and the steering wheel. We recommend a minimum of 25 cm (10 in) between your breastbone and the airbag cover. • Hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent. • Bend your legs slightly so that you can press the pedals fully. • Position the shoulder strap of the seatbelt over the center of your shoulder and position the lap strap tightly across your hips. SITTING IN THE CORRECT POSITION WARNING: Do not recline the seat backrest too far as this can cause the occupant to slide under the seatbelt, resulting in personal injury in the event of a crash. WARNING: Always sit upright against your seatback with your feet on the floor. WARNING: Do not place objects higher than the top of the seat backrest. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or crash. Make sure that your driving position is comfortable and that you can maintain full control of your vehicle. HEAD RESTRAINTS E68595 WARNING: Fully adjust the head restraint before you sit in or operate your vehicle. This will help minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a collision. Do not adjust the head restraint when your vehicle is moving. When you use them properly, the seat, head restraint, seatbelt and airbags will provide optimum protection in the event of a crash. 104 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Seats Moving the Seat Backward and Forward E66539 Adjusting the Head Restraint E130249 Note: The driver seat has removable stop bolts on the track to enable access to the vehicle battery. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 261). WARNING: Raise the rear head restraint when the rear seat is occupied by a passenger or a child restraint. Adjusting the Lumbar Support Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head. Removing the Head Restraint Press the locking buttons and remove the head restraint. MANUAL SEATS WARNING: Do not adjust the driver seat when your vehicle is moving. WARNING: Make sure the driver seat fully locks into place by rocking it backward and forward. E146386 105 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Seats Adjusting the Height of the Driver Seat Recline Adjustment E146385 E146384 Adjusting the Armrest Seat Cushion Adjustment 1 3 E95256 2 Swivel Seat E146959 WARNING: Make sure the seat locks into place and is facing forward when your vehicle is moving. 106 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Seats Note: We recommend the seat is unoccupied. 2 POWER SEATS WARNING: Do not adjust the driver seat when your vehicle is moving. WARNING: Do not place cargo or any objects behind the seat backrest before returning it to the original position. 1 WARNING: The driver seat has removable stop bolts on the track to enable access to the vehicle battery. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 261). E170265 The seat can swivel through 180 degrees in an inboard direction. You may need to adjust the seat to allow sufficient clearance for it to swivel in a single motion. 107 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Seats E138647 108 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Seats Power Lumbar Recline Adjustment E138648 With the seat occupied, pull the lever or strap, or press the button to recline or raise the seatback. E172224 REAR SEATS Removing the Seats - M2 Bus WARNING: Do not use the bench seats as a bed when your vehicle is moving. WARNING: Seats can weigh up to 60 kg (132 lb). Do not attempt to lift or carry a seat on your own. Note: Rear seat arrangements vary depending on the vehicle. 109 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Seats 2. Tilt the seat forward to release the seat frame rear catches. 3. Pull the seat backward to release the seat frame front catches. 4. Remove the seat. Note: You can only remove the final row dual seats if the seat is equipped with release handles. Note: The seat back does not fold forward. 1 Removing the Seats - Double Cab In Van and Kombi Van WARNING: Seats can weigh up to 60 kg (132 lb). Do not attempt to lift or carry a seat on your own. 2 Note: Two persons must carry out this procedure. 3 E173870 1. Pull the release handles up. 110 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Seats 2. Reach between the seats and pull the second strap. 3. Tilt the seat forward to release the seat frame floor catches. 4. Remove the seat. 5. To remove the second seat, pull the strap located between the side of the vehicle and the seat. 6. Pull the strap exposed by the removal of the first seat. 7. Tilt the seat forward to release the seat frame floor catches. 8. Remove the seat. Installing the Seats WARNING: Make sure that the floor catches are free from foreign material before installing the seats. WARNING: Make sure that you securely fasten the seat catches when installing. 1. Align the seat frame front catches. 2. Push the seat forward to engage the seat frame front catches. 3. Align the seat frame rear catches. Note: Allow the seat to drop under its own weight for the last 15–20 cm (6–8 in). E208919 1. To remove the first seat, pull the strap located closest to the door. 111 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Seats HEATED SEATS WARNING: Use caution when using the heated seat if you are unable to feel pain to your skin because of advanced age, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal cord injury, medication, alcohol use, exhaustion or other physical conditions. The heated seat could cause burns even at low temperatures, especially if used for long periods of time. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury. WARNING: Do not place anything on the seat that blocks the heat, for example a seat cover or a cushion. This could cause the seat to overheat. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury. WARNING: Do not poke sharp objects into the seat cushion or seat backrest. This could damage the heated seat element and cause it to overheat. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury. Do not switch the heated seat on if the seat is wet. The heated seat button is on the climate control assembly. Repeatedly press the button to adjust the temperature. 112 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Rear Occupant Alert System (If Equipped) WHAT IS THE REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM WARNING: Do not leave children or pets unattended in your vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. The rear occupant alert system monitors vehicle conditions and notifies you to check for rear seat occupants when you switch the ignition off. REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM LIMITATIONS HOW DOES THE REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM WORK The system does not detect the presence of objects or passengers in the rear seat. It monitors when rear doors are opened and closed. The system monitors when rear doors have been opened and closed to indicate the potential presence of an occupant in the rear seat. Note: It is possible to receive an alert when there is no rear seat occupant, but alert conditions are met. A message displays in the information and entertainment display screen and an audible warning sounds when you switch the ignition off after any of the following conditions have been met: • A rear door is opened or closed while the ignition is on. • You switch the ignition on within 15 minutes of a rear door opening and closing. • You switch the ignition on within 15 minutes of the alert having displayed or sounded. Note: It is possible to receive no alert when there is an occupant in the rear seat, if alert conditions are not met. For example, if a rear seat occupant does not enter the vehicle through a rear door. Note: The audible warning does not sound when the front door is opened before you switch the ignition off. SWITCHING REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM ON AND OFF 1. Press Settings on the touchscreen. 2. Press Vehicle. 3. Switch Rear Occupant Alert on or off. Note: The default setting is on. REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS Note: When you switch the system off, a message appears every six months as a reminder that the system is off. You can switch the system back on or leave it off. WARNING: On hot days, the temperature inside the vehicle can rise very quickly. Exposure of people or animals to these high temperatures for even a short time can cause death or serious heat related injuries, including brain damage. Small children are particularly at risk. Note: Performing a master reset causes the system to switch on again. 113 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Rear Occupant Alert System (If Equipped) REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM INDICATORS E325002 Message Check rear seats for occupants. Displays when you switch your vehicle off after the alert conditions are met. The message displays for a short period of time. Press Close to acknowledge and remove the message. REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM AUDIBLE WARNINGS Sounds when you switch your vehicle off after the alert conditions are met. The warning sounds for a short period of time. 114 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Auxiliary Power Points 230 Volt - 150 Watt Capacity AC Power Outlet WARNING: Do not plug optional electrical accessories into the cigar lighter socket. Incorrect use of the cigar lighter can cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty, and can result in fire or serious injury. WARNING: Do not keep electrical devices plugged in the power point whenever the device is not in use. Do not use any extension cord with the 230 volt AC power point, since it will defeat the safety protection design. Doing so may cause the power point to overload due to powering multiple devices that can reach beyond the 150 watt load limit and could result in fire or serious injury. WARNING: Do not use a power point for operating a cigar lighter. Incorrect use of the power points can cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty, and can result in fire or serious injury. Do not hang any accessory from the accessory plug. Do not use the power point over the vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or a fuse may blow. Keep the power point caps closed when not in use. Note: The power points turn off after 30 minutes when the ignition is switched off. The power points could turn off earlier if the vehicle battery charge level is low. Run the vehicle for full capacity use of the power point. E98199 To prevent the battery from running out of charge: • Do not use the power point longer than necessary when the vehicle is not running. • Do not leave devices plugged in overnight or when you park your vehicle for extended periods. The power point is on the parking brake console. When the indicator light on the power point is: • On: The power point is providing power. • Off: The power point is not providing power. • Flashing: The power point is in fault mode. Power points may be in the following locations: • Inside the instrument panel storage compartment. • On the front of the center console. • Inside the cargo area. 115 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Auxiliary Power Points The power outlet temporarily turns off power when in fault mode if the device exceeds the 150 watt limit. Unplug your device and switch the ignition off. Open the driver door to reset the power outlet. Switch the ignition back on and make sure the indicator light remains on. Do not plug your device back in if it exceeds the maximum outlet output. Do not use the power point for certain electric devices, including: • Cathode-ray, tube-type televisions. • Motor loads, such as vacuum cleaners, electric saws and other electric power tools or compressor-driven refrigerators. • Measuring devices, which process precise data, such as medical equipment or measuring equipment. • Other appliances requiring an extremely stable power supply such as microcomputer-controlled electric blankets or touch-sensor lamps. E299832 The power point is on the parking brake console. When the indicator light on the power point is: • On: The power point is providing power. • Off: The power point is not providing power. • Flashing: The power point is in fault mode. 230 Volt - 400 Watt Capacity AC Power Outlet The power outlet temporarily turns off power when in fault mode if the device exceeds the 400 watt limit. Unplug your device and switch the ignition off. Open the driver door to reset the power outlet. Switch the ignition back on and make sure the indicator light remains on. Do not plug your device back in if it exceeds the maximum outlet output. WARNING: Do not keep electrical devices plugged in the power point whenever the device is not in use. Do not use any extension cord with the 230 volt AC power point, since it will defeat the safety protection design. Doing so may cause the power point to overload due to powering multiple devices that can reach beyond the 400 watt load limit and could result in fire or serious injury. Do not use the power point for certain electric devices, including: • Cathode-ray, tube-type televisions. • Motor loads, such as vacuum cleaners, electric saws and other electric power tools or compressor-driven refrigerators. Note: This feature has a maximum output of 400 watts when the vehicle is in park (P). Note: While in drive (D), the maximum outlet output is 300 watts. 116 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Auxiliary Power Points • • Note: When you switch the ignition on, you can use the socket to power 12 volt appliances with a maximum current rating of 15 amps. Measuring devices, which process precise data, such as medical equipment or measuring equipment. Other appliances requiring an extremely stable power supply such as microcomputer-controlled electric blankets or touch-sensor lamps. CIGAR LIGHTER WARNING: Do not plug optional electrical accessories into the cigar lighter socket. Incorrect use of the cigar lighter can cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty, and can result in fire or serious injury. E103382 Press the element in to use the cigar lighter. It pops out after a short period of time. Do not hold the cigar lighter element pressed in. Note: If the power supply does not work after you switch the ignition off, switch the ignition on. Note: If you use the socket when the engine is not running, the battery may run out of charge. 117 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Storage BOTTLE HOLDERS OVERHEAD STORAGE Bottle Holder Precautions Locating the Overhead Storage WARNING: Do not place glass objects in the bottle holder. Items could become loose during hard braking, acceleration or crashes. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury. WARNING: Do not place heavy objects in the overhead console. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or crash. Locating the Bottle Holders E169073 Overhead Storage Load Capacities The maximum evenly distributed shelf load is 20 kg (44 lb). E171160 CUP HOLDERS Cup Holder Precautions WARNING: Use only soft cups in the cup holders. Hard objects can injure you in a crash. Stow items in the cup holder carefully as items may become loose during hard braking, acceleration or crashes, including hot drinks which may spill. 118 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Storage FRONT DOOR STORAGE Opening the Front Door Storage Compartment 1 2 E169150 Turn the retaining clips counterclockwise. UNDER SEAT STORAGE Locating the Under Seat Storage Compartment - Vehicles With: Passenger Double Seat, Vehicles Without: Rear Climate Control, Excluding: Mild Hybrid Electric Vehicle (MHEV) 3 E154714 1. Lift the front of the passenger seat cushion. 2. Pull the seat cushion forward. 3. Tilt the seat cushion forward. Note: Both the inboard and outboard seats have a storage compartment. The under seat storage compartment is under the front passenger seat. Locating the Under Seat Storage Compartment - Mild Hybrid Electric Vehicle (MHEV), Vehicles With: Passenger Double Seat/Rear Climate Control The under seat storage compartment is under the front passenger seat. 119 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Storage REAR OVERHEAD STORAGE Locating the Rear Overhead Storage 1 WARNING: Do not place heavy objects on the shelf. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or crash. 2 3 E223788 Rear Overhead Storage Load Capacities E154714 The maximum evenly distributed shelf load is 18 kg (40 lb). 1. Lift the front of the passenger seat cushion. 2. Pull the seat cushion forward. 3. Tilt the seat cushion forward. Note: Only the inboard seat has a storage compartment. DEVICE HOLDER Installing and Removing a Device WARNING: Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any 120 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Storage hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. E327704 3. Fully rotate the base. E322468 1. Fully lift the device holder. Note: Make sure to pull the device holder all the way out. E322470 4. 5. 6. 7. Lift the arm. Place your device on the base. Release the arm. To close the device holder, reverse the opening procedure. Note: Do not leave your device in the device holder when leaving your vehicle. E327703 2. Bring the device holder to fully horizontal position. 121 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Starting and Stopping the Engine IGNITION SWITCH GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING: Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce very high temperatures in the engine and exhaust system, creating the risk of fire or other damage. WARNING: Do not park, idle or drive your vehicle on dry grass or other dry ground cover. The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system, creating the risk of fire. E72128 Note: Make sure the key is clean before inserting it into any lock cylinder. 0(off) - The ignition is off. WARNING: Do not start the engine in a closed garage or in other enclosed areas. Exhaust fumes can be toxic. Always open the garage door before you start the engine. Note: When you switch the ignition off and leave your vehicle, do not leave your key in the ignition. This could cause your vehicle battery to lose charge. I (accessory) - Allows the electrical accessories such as the radio to operate while the engine is not running. WARNING: Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment. If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle, have your vehicle inspected immediately. Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes. Note: Do not leave the ignition key in position I or II (without the engine running) for too long to avoid vehicle battery losing charge. II (on) - All electrical circuits operational. Warning lamps and indicators are illuminated. If you disconnect the battery, your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics for approximately 8 km (5 mi) after you reconnect it. This is because the engine management system must realign itself with the engine. You can disregard any unusual driving characteristics during this period. III (start) - cranks the engine. Release the key as soon as the engine starts. STARTING A DIESEL ENGINE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION The powertrain control system meets all Canadian interference-causing equipment standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field or radio noise. WARNING: Do not use starting fluid, for example ether, in the air intake system. Such fluid could cause immediate explosive damage to the engine and possible personal injury. When you start the engine, avoid pressing the accelerator pedal before and during operation. Only use the accelerator pedal when you have difficulty starting the engine. 122 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Starting and Stopping the Engine 2. Turn the key to position 0. 3. Apply the parking brake. Before starting your vehicle, check the following: • Make sure the headlamps and electrical accessories are off. • Make sure the parking brake is on. • Make sure the transmission is in park (P). Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Moving WARNING: Switching off the engine when your vehicle is still moving results in a significant decrease in braking assistance. Higher effort is required to apply the brakes and to stop your vehicle. A significant decrease in steering assistance could also occur. The steering does not lock, but higher effort could be required to steer your vehicle. When you switch the ignition off, some electrical circuits, for example airbags, also turn off. If you unintentionally switch the ignition off, shift into neutral (N) and restart the engine. Starting the Engine 1. Turn the key to position II. 2. Wait until the glow plug indicator turns off. 3. Fully press the brake pedal. Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal. 4. Turn the key to position III. Note: Releasing the brake pedal when the engine is starting stops the engine cranking and the ignition returns to on. Note: When the temperature is below -15°C (5°F), you may need to crank the engine for up to 10 seconds. 1. Shift into neutral and use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe stop. 2. Shift into park (P). 3. Turn the key to position 0. 4. Apply the parking brake. Note: You can only attempt to start the engine for a limited amount of time before the starting system temporarily disables. If you exceed the starting time limit, a message may appear and you cannot attempt to start the engine for at least 15 minutes. Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes WARNING: Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment. If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle, have your vehicle inspected immediately. Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes. Failure to Start If the engine does not start, do the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. Fully press the brake pedal. Apply the parking brake. Shift into park (P). Turn the key to position III until the engine starts. Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Stationary 1. Shift into park (P). 123 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Starting and Stopping the Engine Important Ventilating Information If both lamps illuminate when the engine is running, stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. Continuing to drive your vehicle may cause reduced power or the engine to stop. Switch the ignition off and attempt to restart the engine. Have your vehicle immediately checked. If you stop your vehicle and then leave the engine idling for long periods, we recommend that you do one of the following: • Open the windows at least 3 cm (1 in). • Set your climate control to outside air. STARTING A DIESEL ENGINE MANUAL TRANSMISSION Glow Plug Indicator If it illuminates, wait until it turns off before starting. Before starting your vehicle, check the following: • Make sure the headlamps and electrical accessories are off. • Make sure the parking brake is on. • Make sure the transmission is in neutral. Engine Warning Lamps Malfunction Indicator Lamp Check Engine If it illuminates when the engine is running this indicates a malfunction. The On Board Diagnostics system has detected a malfunction of the vehicle emission control system. Starting the Engine 1. Turn the key to position II. 2. Wait until the glow plug indicator turns off. 3. Fully press the clutch pedal. Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal. If it flashes, engine misfire may be occurring. Increased exhaust gas temperatures could damage the diesel particulate filter or other vehicle components. Avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration and have your vehicle immediately serviced. 4. Turn the key to position III. Note: Releasing the clutch pedal when the engine is starting stops the engine cranking and the ignition returns to on. Powertrain Warning Lamp Note: When the temperature is below -15°C (5°F), you may need to crank the engine for up to 10 seconds. If it illuminates when the engine is running this indicates a malfunction. If it flashes when you are driving, immediately reduce the vehicle speed. Avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration and have your vehicle immediately serviced. Note: You can only attempt to start the engine for a limited amount of time before the starting system temporarily disables. If you exceed the starting time limit, a message may appear and you cannot attempt to start the engine for at least 15 minutes. 124 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Starting and Stopping the Engine Failure to Start Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes If the engine does not start, do the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. WARNING: Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment. If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle, have your vehicle inspected immediately. Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes. Fully press the brake pedal. Apply the parking brake. Shift into neutral. Turn the key to position III until the engine starts. Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Stationary Important Ventilating Information If you stop your vehicle and then leave the engine idling for long periods, we recommend that you do one of the following: • Open the windows at least 3 cm (1 in). • Set your climate control to outside air. 1. Shift into neutral. 2. Turn the key to position 0. 3. Apply the parking brake. Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Moving Glow Plug Indicator If it illuminates, wait until it turns off before starting. WARNING: Switching off the engine when your vehicle is still moving results in a significant decrease in braking assistance. Higher effort is required to apply the brakes and to stop your vehicle. A significant decrease in steering assistance could also occur. The steering does not lock, but higher effort could be required to steer your vehicle. When you switch the ignition off, some electrical circuits, for example airbags, also turn off. If you unintentionally switch the ignition off, shift into neutral (N) and restart the engine. Engine Warning Lamps Malfunction Indicator Lamp Check Engine If it illuminates when the engine is running this indicates a malfunction. The On Board Diagnostics system has detected a malfunction of the vehicle emission control system. If it flashes, engine misfire may be occurring. Increased exhaust gas temperatures could damage the diesel particulate filter or other vehicle components. Avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration and have your vehicle immediately serviced. 1. Shift into neutral and use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe stop. 2. Turn the key to position 0. 3. Apply the parking brake. Powertrain Warning Lamp 125 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Starting and Stopping the Engine If it illuminates when the engine is running this indicates a malfunction. If it flashes when you are driving, immediately reduce the vehicle speed. Avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration and have your vehicle immediately serviced. If both lamps illuminate when the engine is running, stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. Continuing to drive your vehicle may cause reduced power or the engine to stop. Switch the ignition off and attempt to restart the engine. Have your vehicle immediately checked. SWITCHING OFF THE ENGINE Vehicles With a Turbocharger WARNING: Do not switch the engine off when it is running at high speed. If you do, the turbocharger will continue running after the engine oil pressure has dropped to zero. This will lead to premature turbocharger bearing wear. Release the accelerator pedal. Wait until the engine has reached idle speed and then switch it off. 126 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Unique Driving Characteristics HYBRID VEHICLE OPERATION - MILD HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE (MHEV) Your vehicle has a 48 volt mild hybrid system. The system is designed to help reduce fuel consumption and CO2 emissions by using regenerative charging and stopping the engine when your vehicle is coasting at a speed less than the engine stop speed that you have set. See Setting the Engine Stop Speed (page 131). Note: Regenerative charging results in a greater degree of engine braking. This is normal. 127 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Auto-Start-Stop - Manual Transmission, Excluding: Mild Hybrid Electric Vehicle (MHEV) Press the switch to switch the system off. WHAT IS AUTO-START-STOP The system is designed to help reduce fuel consumption and CO2 emissions by stopping the engine when it is idling, for example at traffic lights. Note: OFF illuminates in the switch. Press the switch again to switch the system back on. Note: The system is designed to turn off if it detects a malfunction. If the system malfunctions, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. AUTO-START-STOP PRECAUTIONS STOPPING THE ENGINE WARNING: Apply the parking brake, shift into neutral, switch the ignition off and remove the key before you leave your vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. 1. Stop your vehicle. 2. Shift into neutral. 3. Release the clutch pedal and the accelerator pedal. Note: To obtain maximum benefit from the system, shift into neutral and release the clutch pedal whenever you stop your vehicle for more than three seconds. WARNING: Apply the parking brake, shift into neutral, switch the ignition off and remove the key before you open the hood or have any service or repair work completed. If you do not switch the ignition off, the engine could restart at any time. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. Note: Power assist steering turns off when the engine stops. RESTARTING THE ENGINE Press the clutch pedal. SWITCHING AUTO-STARTSTOP ON AND OFF A message appears in the information display if the system requires you to take action. The system turns on when you switch the ignition on. Message Condition Action Auto StartStop Press a pedal to start engine The system needs to restart Press the accelerator pedal, the engine but requires your brake pedal or clutch pedal confirmation. to restart the engine. Auto StartStop Select neutral to start engine The system needs to restart Shift into neutral to restart the engine but cannot the engine. because the transmission is in gear. 128 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Auto-Start-Stop - Manual Transmission, Excluding: Mild Hybrid Electric Vehicle (MHEV) The Auto-Start-Stop indicator illuminates gray with a strikethrough when the system is not available. AUTO-START-STOP INDICATORS E146361 Note: You can display the reason why the system is not available in the information display. WARNING: The system may require the engine to automatically restart when the auto-start-stop indicator illuminates green or flashes amber. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury. AUTO-START-STOP AUDIBLE WARNING The Auto-Start-Stop indicator illuminates green when the engine stops. It flashes amber and a message appears when you need to take action. The Auto-Start-Stop audible warning sounds if you open the driver door when the system has stopped the engine. AUTO-START-STOP – TROUBLESHOOTING Auto-Start-Stop – Information Messages Message Auto StartStop Manual restart required Condition The system is not functioning. Action Shift into neutral and restart the engine yourself. 129 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Auto-Start-Stop - Manual Transmission, Excluding: Mild Hybrid Electric Vehicle (MHEV) Auto-Start-Stop – Frequently Asked Questions Can I permanently switch the system off? Why does the engine not always stop when I expect it to? No. The system plays an important role in reducing the fuel consumption and the CO2 emissions. The system is designed to work in a way that complements other vehicle systems, allowing them to operate at optimum performance. Will the frequent engine starts cause parts to wear out? Your vehicle has an enhanced battery and starter motor that are designed for the increased number of engine starts. The system does not stop the engine if: • The driver door is open. • Your vehicle is at high altitude. • The heated windshield is on. • The engine is warming up. • The outside temperature is too low or too high. • The battery charge is low. • The battery temperature is outside the optimal operating range. • The engine is required to run to maintain interior climate and reduce fogging. Why does the engine sometimes restart when I do not expect it to? The system is designed to work in a way that complements other vehicle systems, allowing them to operate at optimum performance. The system restarts the engine if: • You switch the heated windshield on. • You switch maximum defrost on. • Your vehicle starts to roll downhill in neutral. • The engine is required to run to maintain adequate brake system assistance. • The engine is required to run to maintain interior climate and reduce fogging. 130 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Auto-Start-Stop - Mild Hybrid Electric Vehicle (MHEV) SWITCHING AUTO-STARTSTOP ON AND OFF WHAT IS AUTO-START-STOP The system is designed to help reduce fuel consumption and CO2 emissions by stopping the engine when it is idling, for example at traffic lights or when your vehicle is coasting at a speed less than the engine stop speed that you have set. See Setting the Engine Stop Speed (page 131). The system is designed to stop the engine when the transmission is in gear or in neutral. The system turns on when you switch the ignition on. Press the switch to switch the system off. Note: OFF illuminates in the switch. Press the switch again to switch the system back on. Note: The system is designed to turn off if it detects a malfunction. If the system malfunctions, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. AUTO-START-STOP PRECAUTIONS STOPPING THE ENGINE WARNING: Apply the parking brake, shift into neutral, switch the ignition off and remove the key before you leave your vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. Stopping the Engine in Gear 1. Press the brake pedal and slow your vehicle down to 12 km/h (7 mph) or less. Note: You can set the speed at which the system stops the engine through the information display. WARNING: Apply the parking brake, shift into neutral, switch the ignition off and remove the key before you open the hood or have any service or repair work completed. If you do not switch the ignition off, the engine could restart at any time. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. 2. Fully press the clutch pedal. Note: Power assist steering remains on when the engine stops. Stopping the Engine in Neutral 1. Press the brake pedal and slow your vehicle down to 12 km/h (7 mph) or less. Note: You can set the speed at which the system stops the engine through the information display. AUTO-START-STOP SETTINGS Setting the Engine Stop Speed 1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Settings. 2. Select Vehicle settings. 3. Select Rolling StartStop. 4. Select a setting and press the OK button. 2. Press the clutch pedal and shift into neutral. 3. Release the clutch pedal. Note: Power assist steering remains on when the engine stops. 131 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Auto-Start-Stop - Mild Hybrid Electric Vehicle (MHEV) The Auto-Start-Stop indicator illuminates green when the engine stops. It flashes amber and a message appears when you need to take action. RESTARTING THE ENGINE Restarting the Engine in Gear Release the brake pedal. Restarting the Engine in Neutral The Auto-Start-Stop indicator illuminates gray with a strikethrough when the system is not available. 1. Fully press the clutch pedal. 2. Select a gear. E146361 Note: You can display the reason why the system is not available in the information display. AUTO-START-STOP INDICATORS AUTO-START-STOP AUDIBLE WARNING WARNING: The system may require the engine to automatically restart when the auto-start-stop indicator illuminates green or flashes amber. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury. The Auto-Start-Stop audible warning sounds if you open the driver door when the system has stopped the engine. AUTO-START-STOP – TROUBLESHOOTING Auto-Start-Stop – Information Messages Message Condition Action Auto StartStop Manual restart required The system is not functioning. Shift into neutral and restart the engine yourself. Auto StartStop Select neutral to start engine The system cannot restart the engine. Shift into neutral. Auto StartStop Press clutch The system cannot restart to start engine the engine. Fully press the clutch pedal. 132 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Auto-Start-Stop - Mild Hybrid Electric Vehicle (MHEV) Auto-Start-Stop – Frequently Asked Questions Can I permanently switch the system off? Why does the engine not always stop when I expect it to? No. The system plays an important role in reducing the fuel consumption and the CO2 emissions. The system is designed to work in a way that complements other vehicle systems, allowing them to operate at optimum performance. Will the frequent engine starts cause parts to wear out? Your vehicle has an enhanced battery and starter generator that are designed for the increased number of engine starts. The system does not stop the engine if: • The driver door is open. • The driver seatbelt is unfastened. • The engine is warming up. • The outside temperature is too low or too high. • The battery charge is low. • The battery temperature is outside the optimal operating range. • The engine is required to run to maintain interior climate and reduce fogging. Why does the engine sometimes restart when I do not expect it to? The system is designed to work in a way that complements other vehicle systems, allowing them to operate at optimum performance. The system restarts the engine if: • You switch MAX A/C on. • You switch maximum defrost on. • Your vehicle starts to roll downhill in neutral. • The engine is required to run to maintain adequate brake system assistance. • The engine is required to run to maintain interior climate and reduce fogging. 133 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Auto-Start-Stop - Automatic Transmission Press the switch to switch the system off. WHAT IS AUTO-START-STOP The system is designed to help reduce fuel consumption and CO2 emissions by stopping the engine when it is idling, for example at traffic lights. Note: OFF illuminates in the switch. Press the switch again to switch the system back on. Note: The system is designed to turn off if it detects a malfunction. If the system malfunctions, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. AUTO-START-STOP PRECAUTIONS STOPPING THE ENGINE WARNING: Apply the parking brake, shift into park (P), switch the ignition off and remove the key before you leave your vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. Stop your vehicle, keep your foot on the brake pedal and the transmission in drive (D). Note: The engine stops when you shift into park (P) whether you have your foot on the brake pedal or not. WARNING: Apply the parking brake, shift into park (P), switch the ignition off and remove the key before you open the hood or have any service or repair work completed. If you do not switch the ignition off, the engine could restart at any time. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. Note: Power assist steering turns off when the engine stops. RESTARTING THE ENGINE Release the brake pedal or press the accelerator pedal. A message appears in the information display if the system requires you to take action. SWITCHING AUTO-STARTSTOP ON AND OFF The system turns on when you switch the ignition on. Message Condition Action Auto StartStop Press brake The system needs to restart Press the brake pedal to to start engine the engine but requires your restart the engine. confirmation. Auto StartStop Press a pedal to start engine The system needs to restart Press the brake pedal or the the engine but requires your accelerator pedal to restart confirmation. the engine. 134 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Auto-Start-Stop - Automatic Transmission The Auto-Start-Stop indicator illuminates green when the engine stops. It flashes amber and a message appears when you need to take action. AUTO-START-STOP INDICATORS WARNING: The system may require the engine to automatically restart when the auto-start-stop indicator illuminates green or flashes amber. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury. The Auto-Start-Stop indicator illuminates gray with a strikethrough when the system is not available. E146361 Note: You can display the reason why the system is not available in the information display. AUTO-START-STOP – TROUBLESHOOTING Auto-Start-Stop – Information Messages Message Condition Action Auto StartStop Shift to P Restart engine The system is not functioning. Shift into park (P) and restart the engine yourself. Auto StartStop Manual restart required The system is not functioning. Restart the engine yourself. 135 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Auto-Start-Stop - Automatic Transmission Auto-Start-Stop – Frequently Asked Questions • Why does the engine not always stop when I expect it to? • The system is designed to work in a way that complements other vehicle systems, allowing them to operate at optimum performance. Can I permanently switch the system off? The engine is required to run to maintain adequate brake system assistance. The engine is required to run to maintain interior climate and reduce fogging. No. The system plays an important role in reducing the fuel consumption and the CO2 emissions. The system does not stop the engine if: • The driver door is open. • The driver seatbelt is unfastened. • Your vehicle is at high altitude. • The heated windshield is on. • The transmission is in manual (M). • Your vehicle is on a steep grade. • The engine is warming up. • The outside temperature is too low or too high. • The battery charge is low. • The battery temperature is outside the optimal operating range. • The engine is required to run to maintain interior climate and reduce fogging. Will the frequent engine starts cause parts to wear out? Your vehicle has an enhanced battery and starter motor that are designed for the increased number of engine starts. Why does the engine sometimes restart when I do not expect it to? The system is designed to work in a way that complements other vehicle systems, allowing them to operate at optimum performance. The system restarts the engine if: • You switch the heated windshield on. • You switch maximum defrost on. • Your vehicle starts to roll downhill in neutral. 136 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Fuel and Refueling • SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WARNING: Do not overfill the fuel tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and fire. • WARNING: The fuel system may be under pressure. If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may spray out, which could cause serious personal injury. • WARNING: Fuels can cause serious injury or death if misused or mishandled. WARNING: Fuel may contain benzene, which is a cancer-causing agent. • WARNING: When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the fuel tank filler valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes. Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling fuel vapor can lead to eye and respiratory tract irritation. In severe cases, excessive or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can cause serious illness and permanent injury. Avoid getting fuel in your eyes. If you splash fuel in your eyes, immediately remove contact lenses (if worn), flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention. Failure to seek proper medical attention could lead to permanent injury. Fuels can be harmful if absorbed through the skin. If you splash fuel on your skin, clothing or both, promptly remove contaminated clothing and thoroughly wash your skin with soap and water. Repeated or prolonged skin contact causes skin irritation. Be particularly careful if you are taking Antabuse or other forms of Disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism. Breathing fuel vapors could cause an adverse reaction, serious personal injury or sickness. Immediately call a physician if you experience any adverse reactions. FUEL QUALITY HYDROTREATED VEGETABLE OIL Follow these guidelines when refueling: • Extinguish all smoking materials and any open flames before refueling your vehicle. • Always switch the engine off before refueling. • Automotive fuels can be harmful or fatal if swallowed. Fuel is highly toxic and if swallowed can cause death or permanent injury. If fuel is swallowed immediately call a physician, even if no symptoms are immediately apparent. The toxic effects of fuel may not be apparent for hours. WARNING: Do not mix hydrotreated vegetable oil with gasoline, gasohol or alcohol. This could cause an explosion. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. Use hydrotreated vegetable oil that meets the specification defined by EN 15940 or the relevant national specification. 137 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Fuel and Refueling Note: Do not use normal vegetable oil as this may cause engine damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty. FUEL FILLER FUNNEL LOCATION Note: We do not recommend the use of additional additives to prevent fuel waxing. The fuel filler funnel is in the under seat storage compartment or in the glove compartment. FUEL QUALITY - DIESEL RUNNING OUT OF FUEL Running out of fuel can cause damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty. WARNING: Do not mix diesel with gasoline, gasohol or alcohol. This could cause an explosion. If your vehicle runs out of fuel: • Add a minimum of 5 L (1.1 gal) of fuel to restart the engine. • You may need to switch the ignition from off to on several times after refueling to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel from the tank to the engine. When restarting, cranking time takes a few seconds longer than normal. Use diesel that meets the specification defined by EN 590 or the relevant national specification. Note: If your vehicle is on a steep slope, more fuel may be required. E268503 Filling a Portable Fuel Container Your vehicle is suitable for use with biodiesel blends up to 7% (B7). WARNING: Flow of fuel through a fuel pump nozzle can produce static electricity. This can cause a fire if you are filling an ungrounded fuel container. Note: We recommend that you only use high quality fuel. We do not recommend the use of aftermarket fuel additives or other engine treatments. Note: We do not recommend the use of additional additives to prevent fuel waxing. Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build-up, which can produce a spark, when filling an ungrounded fuel container: • Only use an approved fuel container to transfer fuel to your vehicle. Place the container on the ground when filling it. • Do not fill a fuel container when it is inside your vehicle (including the cargo area). Long-Term Storage Most diesel fuels contain biodiesel. We recommend that you fill the fuel tank with fuel that does not contain biodiesel if you intend to store your vehicle for more than two months. 138 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Fuel and Refueling • • Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container when filling it. Do not use a device that holds the fuel pump nozzle lever in the fill position. Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel Container WARNING: Do not insert the nozzle of a fuel container or an aftermarket funnel into the fuel filler neck. This may damage the fuel system filler neck or its seal and cause fuel to run onto the ground. E157452 WARNING: Do not try to pry open or push open the capless fuel system with foreign objects. This could damage the fuel system and its seal and cause injury to you or others. 3. Add fuel to your vehicle from the fuel container. 4. Remove the fuel filler funnel. 5. Fully close the fuel filler door. 6. Clean the fuel filler funnel and place it back in your vehicle or correctly dispose of it. Note: Extra funnels can be purchased from an authorized dealer if you choose to dispose of the funnel. WARNING: Do not dispose of fuel in the household refuse or the public sewage system. Use an authorized waste disposal facility. When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from a fuel container, use the fuel filler funnel included with your vehicle. See Fuel Filler Funnel Location (page 138). REFUELING Note: Do not use aftermarket funnels as they may not work with the capless fuel system and can damage it. WARNING: Do not overfill the fuel tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and fire. When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from a fuel container, do the following: 1. Fully open the fuel filler door. 2. Fully insert the fuel filler funnel into the fuel filler inlet. WARNING: Do not pry open the fuel tank filler valve. This could damage the fuel system. Failure to follow this instruction could result in fire, personal injury or death. WARNING: Do not remove the fuel pump nozzle from its fully inserted position when refueling. 139 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Fuel and Refueling WARNING: When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the fuel tank filler valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes. WARNING: Wait at least five seconds before removing the fuel pump nozzle to allow any residual fuel to drain into the fuel tank. WARNING: Stop refueling when the fuel pump nozzle automatically shuts off for the first time. Failure to follow this will fill the expansion space in the fuel tank and could lead to fuel overflowing. E139202 3. Insert the fuel pump nozzle up to the first notch on the nozzle A. Keep it resting on the cover of the fuel tank filler pipe opening. Note: The fuel filler nozzle inhibitor only opens when you insert the correct fuel pump nozzle. A E162791 E139203 1. Open the left-hand front door. 2. Fully open the fuel filler door. Note: Your vehicle does not have a fuel tank filler cap. B 4. Hold the fuel pump nozzle in position B when refueling. Holding the fuel pump nozzle in position A could affect the flow of fuel and shut off the fuel pump nozzle before the fuel tank is full. 140 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Fuel and Refueling 1. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the engine off. 2. Shift into park (P) or neutral (N). 3. Apply the parking brake. 4. Open the left-hand front door. 5. Fully open the fuel filler door. 6. Check the fuel filler inlet and the area around it for any items or debris that may be obstructing its movement. 7. Fully insert a fuel pump nozzle or the fuel filler funnel provided with your vehicle into the fuel filler inlet. See Fuel Filler Funnel Location (page 138). This action should dislodge any debris that may be preventing the fuel filler inlet from fully closing. 8. Remove the fuel pump nozzle or fuel filler funnel from the fuel filler inlet. 9. Fully close the fuel filler door. Note: If this action corrects the problem the message may not immediately reset. If the message remains and the service engine soon warning lamp illuminates, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. E162792 5. Operate the fuel pump nozzle within the area shown. Low Fuel Level Warning Lamp If it illuminates when you are driving, refuel as soon as possible. E119081 6. Slightly raise the fuel pump nozzle and then slowly remove it. 7. Fully close the fuel filler door. Note: Do not attempt to start the engine if you have filled the fuel tank with incorrect fuel. Incorrect fuel use can cause damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty. Have your vehicle immediately checked. Low Fuel Level Audible Warning System Warnings (If Equipped) • • • A warning tone sounds and a message appears in the information display when the distance to empty reaches 80 km (50 mi). A warning tone sounds and a message appears in the information display again at the following distance to empty parameters: If the fuel filler nozzle inhibitor does not fully close a warning message appears in the information display. 40 km (20 mi) 20 km (10 mi) 0 km (0 mi) 141 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Fuel and Refueling The first 1,500 km (1,000 mi) of driving is the break-in period of the engine. A more accurate measurement is obtained after 3,000 km (2,000 mi). Note: The low fuel reminder appears at different fuel gauge positions depending on fuel economy conditions. This variation is normal. Impacting Fuel Economy FUEL CONSUMPTION • We derive CO2 and fuel consumption figures in laboratory tests according to Regulation (EC) 715/2007 or CR (EC) 692/2008 and subsequent amendments. • • • They are intended as a comparison between makes and models of vehicles. They are not intended to represent the real world fuel consumption you may get from your vehicle. • Real world fuel consumption is governed by many factors, for example driving style, high speed driving, stop-start driving, air conditioning usage, add-on accessories, payload and towing. • • • Advertised Capacity The advertised capacity is the maximum amount of fuel that you can add to the fuel tank when the fuel gauge indicates empty. See Capacities and Specifications (page 311). Incorrect tire inflation pressures. See Tire Pressures (page 295). Fully loading your vehicle. Carrying unnecessary weight. Adding certain accessories to your vehicle such as bug deflectors, rollbars or light bars, running boards and ski racks. Using fuel blended with alcohol. See Fuel Quality (page 138). Fuel economy may decrease with lower temperatures. Fuel economy may decrease when driving short distances. You may get better fuel economy when driving on flat terrain than when driving on hilly terrain. In addition, the fuel tank contains an empty reserve. The empty reserve is an unspecified amount of fuel that remains in the fuel tank when the fuel gauge indicates empty. Note: The amount of fuel in the empty reserve varies and should not be relied upon to increase driving range. Fuel Economy Your vehicle calculates fuel economy figures through the trip computer average fuel function. See Trip Computer (page 91). 142 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Engine Emission Control Filling the AdBlue® Tank SELECTIVE CATALYTIC REDUCTANT SYSTEM Your vehicle has a selective catalytic reductant system. This reduces exhaust emission levels by injecting AdBlue® into the exhaust system. The engine does not start if you tamper with or disable the selective catalytic reductant system. For the system to correctly operate, you must maintain the fluid level. Note: When you switch the engine off the selective catalytic reductant system pump runs for a short period of time. This is normal. AdBlue® Guidelines • • • • • • • • • • Only use AdBlue® certified to ISO-22241. Do not put in the vehicle fuel tank. This can cause engine damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty. Do not overfill the AdBlue® tank. Do not dilute with water or any other liquid. Do not re-use an empty fluid container. Do not store in direct sunlight. Store at temperatures between -5°C (23°F) and 20°C (68°F). Do not store fluid containers in your vehicle. The fluid is non-flammable, non-toxic, colorless and water-soluble. Immediately remove any residue on painted surfaces when filling with AdBlue®. E204215 The AdBlue® tank filler pipe is next to the fuel tank filler pipe and has a blue cap. Fill the tank using a fluid pump at an AdBlue® filling station or an AdBlue® container. Filling in Cold Climates AdBlue® may freeze when the temperature is below -11°C (12°F). Your vehicle has a preheating system which allows the fluid to operate below -11°C (12°F). If you overfill the AdBlue® tank and the fluid freezes, it may cause damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty. Note: It may not be possible to fully fill the AdBlue® tank when the temperature is below -11°C (12°F). Note: If the AdBlue® tank is frozen, it might not correctly display the fluid level. The AdBlue® level updates once the tank completely thaws out. 143 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Engine Emission Control Filling the AdBlue® Tank Using a Fuel Station Pump WARNING: Do not allow diesel exhaust fluid (AdBlue) to come into contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Should the fluid come into contact with eyes, flush them with plenty of water and seek medical attention. Clean affected skin with soap and water. If swallowed, drink plenty of water and seek medical attention immediately. WARNING: Refill the diesel exhaust fluid (AdBlue) tank in a well-ventilated area. When removing the tank cap or a container cap, ammonia vapor may escape. Ammonia vapor is an irritant to the eyes, skin and mucous membranes. Inhaling ammonia vapor can cause burning to the eyes, throat and nose resulting in watering eyes or severe coughing. E144358 2. Remove the AdBlue® tank filler cap. 3. Fully insert the AdBlue® pump nozzle. Filling the AdBlue® tank using a fuel station pump is similar to refueling your vehicle. 1. Fully open the fuel filler door. E228352 4. Operate the AdBlue® pump nozzle within the area shown. 144 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Engine Emission Control Note: The pump nozzle shuts off when the tank is full. 2. Place the spout on to the container and tighten it until you feel a strong resistance. 3. Remove the AdBlue® tank filler cap. 4. Insert the spout into the AdBlue® tank filler pipe until the seal on the spout fully seats. 5. Pour the fluid into the tank. Note: The fluid stops flowing when the tank is full. 5. Slightly raise the AdBlue® pump nozzle and then slowly remove it. 6. Replace the AdBlue® tank filler cap. Turn it clockwise until you feel a strong resistance and it clicks. Do not attempt to start the engine if you have filled the AdBlue® tank with incorrect fluid. Incorrect fluid use could cause damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. 6. Return the container to the vertical position slightly below the AdBlue® tank filler pipe. 7. Allow any fluid remaining in the spout to drain back into the container. 8. Remove the spout from the AdBlue® tank filler pipe. 9. Remove the spout from the AdBlue® container and replace the cap. 10. Replace the AdBlue® tank filler cap. Turn it clockwise until you feel a strong resistance and it clicks. Filling the AdBlue® Tank Using a Container WARNING: Do not allow diesel exhaust fluid (AdBlue) to come into contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Should the fluid come into contact with eyes, flush them with plenty of water and seek medical attention. Clean affected skin with soap and water. If swallowed, drink plenty of water and seek medical attention immediately. Do not attempt to start the engine if you have filled the AdBlue® tank with incorrect fluid. Incorrect fluid use could cause damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. WARNING: Refill the diesel exhaust fluid (AdBlue) tank in a well-ventilated area. When removing the tank cap or a container cap, ammonia vapor may escape. Ammonia vapor is an irritant to the eyes, skin and mucous membranes. Inhaling ammonia vapor can cause burning to the eyes, throat and nose resulting in watering eyes or severe coughing. Checking the AdBlue® Level 1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Settings. 2. Select Vehicle maintenance. 3. Select DEF gauge. Checking the AdBlue® Level Status Use containers that have a seal on the spout. 1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Settings. 2. Select Vehicle maintenance. 3. Select DEF level. Always follow the manufacturer's instructions. 1. Remove the fluid container cap. 145 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Engine Emission Control AdBlue® Consumption Selective Catalytic Reductant System Warning Lamp AdBlue® consumption is directly related to fuel consumption and is governed by many factors, for example driving style, high speed driving, stop-start driving, air conditioning usage, add-on accessories, payload and towing. The AdBlue® consumption may vary between 1% and 5% of the fuel consumption. The warning lamp illuminates if the system detects the fluid level is low or if there is a system malfunction. If the warning lamp illuminates, the information display messages give you an indication whether the concern is fluid related or if there is a selective catalytic reductant system malfunction. If the warning lamp illuminates when your vehicle is moving, and the fluid is at a sufficient level, this indicates a system malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. AdBlue® consumption is specified for a vehicle variant and not for a single car. Selective Catalytic Reductant System Information Messages AdBlue® Level Message AdBlue® low Range : XXXX km Refill soon AdBlue® low Range : XXXX mls Refill soon AdBlue® low No engine start in XXXX km AdBlue® low No engine start in XXXX mls AdBlue® level empty. Refill to start engine Action Indicates the approximate distance remaining before the AdBlue® tank becomes empty. Refill the AdBlue® tank as soon as possible. Indicates the approximate distance remaining before the AdBlue® tank becomes empty. The engine would not restart if you switch the ignition off. Refill the AdBlue® tank as soon as possible. The AdBlue® tank is empty. The engine would not restart if you switch the ignition off. Refill the AdBlue® tank. The minimum AdBlue® refill quantity required to restart the engine is available in the information display. See Information Displays (page 89). Note: When filling the AdBlue® tank from empty, there may be a short period before the increased AdBlue® level is registered. 146 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Engine Emission Control AdBlue® Malfunction Message Action AdBlue® system malfunction Service required The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. AdBlue® system No engine start in XXXX km Indicates the approximate distance before a detected system fault would restrict the engine from starting. The engine would not restart if you switch the ignition off. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. AdBlue® system No engine start in XXXX mls AdBlue® system Service The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked required to start engine as soon as possible. WARNING: Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment. If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle, have your vehicle inspected immediately. Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes. DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER WARNING: Do not park or idle your vehicle over dry leaves, dry grass or other combustible materials. The regeneration process creates very high exhaust gas temperatures and the exhaust will radiate a considerable amount of heat during and after regeneration and after you have switched the engine off. This is a potential fire hazard. Your vehicle has various emission control components and a diesel particulate filter that enables it to comply with applicable exhaust emission standards. It filters harmful diesel particulates, for example soot from the exhaust gas. WARNING: The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high. Never work around or attempt to repair any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled. Use special care when working around the diesel oxidation catalytic converter or the diesel particulate filter. The diesel oxidation catalytic converter and the diesel particulate filter heat up to very high temperatures after only a short period of engine operation and remain hot after you switch the engine off. To avoid damaging the diesel particulate filter: • Do not crank the engine for more than 10 seconds at a time. • Do not push-start or tow-start your vehicle. Use booster cables. • Do not switch the ignition off when your vehicle is moving. • Do not ignore warning lamps or information messages regarding exhaust system cleaning and regeneration. Note: This could result in damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty. 147 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Engine Emission Control On-Board Diagnostics System WARNING: The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high. Never work around or attempt to repair any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled. Use special care when working around the diesel oxidation catalytic converter or the diesel particulate filter. The diesel oxidation catalytic converter and the diesel particulate filter heat up to very high temperatures after only a short period of engine operation and remain hot after you switch the engine off. Your vehicle has an on-board diagnostics system that monitors the emission control system. If any of the following warning lamps illuminate, this indicates that the on-board diagnostics system has detected an emission control system malfunction. Engine coolant temperature warning lamp. Ignition warning lamp. Malfunction indicator lamp. The diesel particulate filter on your vehicle requires periodic regeneration to maintain correct operation. The emission control system automatically carries out this process. As soot gathers in the system it begins to restrict the filter. The soot that gathers inside the filter is cleaned in two different ways, passive regeneration and active regeneration. Both methods occur automatically and require no actions from the driver. During automatic regeneration, the system cleans the diesel particulate filter by oxidizing the soot. Cleaning happens during normal engine operating conditions at varying levels depending on driving conditions. Water in fuel warning lamp. If you continue to drive your vehicle when the warning lamp is illuminated, the engine could stop without warning. This could result in damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Diesel Particulate Filter Automatic Regeneration If the diesel particulate filter is near or at saturation, an information message appears in the information display. Drive your vehicle in a manner to allow effective diesel particulate filter cleaning. WARNING: Do not park or idle your vehicle over dry leaves, dry grass or other combustible materials. The regeneration process creates very high exhaust gas temperatures and the exhaust will radiate a considerable amount of heat during and after regeneration and after you have switched the engine off. This is a potential fire hazard. Failure to carry out regeneration when required could result in a clogged diesel particulate filter. If the diesel particulate filter fills beyond the regeneration threshold, the system disables the ability to carry out regeneration. This could result in damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty. 148 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Engine Emission Control Where vehicle use meets any of the following conditions: • Driving short distances. • Prolonged engine idling. • Frequently switching the engine on and off. • High levels of acceleration and deceleration. The automatic regeneration process is most effective when you drive at a steady vehicle speed of 48 km/h (30 mph) or above for approximately 20 minutes. The frequency and duration of the regeneration process varies by how you drive your vehicle, the outside air temperature and altitude. Frequency varies between 160 km (100 mi) and 500 km (310 mi) and each regeneration process lasts between 10 and 20 minutes. We recommend you assist the regeneration process by: • Avoiding prolonged engine idling. • Drive your vehicle in a manner to allow effective cleaning. Drive at a steady vehicle speed of 48 km/h (30 mph) or above for approximately 20 minutes. Note: Changes in the engine or exhaust sound may be heard during the regeneration process. Note: During regeneration at low speed or engine idle, you may smell a hot metallic odor and could notice a clicking metallic sound. This is due to the high temperatures reached during the regeneration process. This is normal. If the warning lamp illuminates the diesel particulate filter could have become overloaded. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Diesel Particulate Filter Manual Regeneration (If Equipped) Automatic regeneration raises the exhaust temperature to eliminate the soot particles. During cleaning soot particles are converted to harmless gasses. Once cleaned the diesel particulate filter continues to trap harmful diesel particles. WARNING: Do not park or idle your vehicle over dry leaves, dry grass or other combustible materials. The regeneration process creates very high exhaust gas temperatures and the exhaust will radiate a considerable amount of heat during and after regeneration and after you have switched the engine off. This is a potential fire hazard. If you are driving your vehicle in a manner that allows effective cleaning, a message may appear in the information display to indicate automatic regeneration is in progress. If you are not driving your vehicle in a manner that allows effective cleaning, a message may appear in the information display to instruct you to drive in a manner that allows automatic regeneration. WARNING: The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high. Never work around or attempt to repair any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled. Use special care when working around the diesel oxidation catalytic converter or the diesel 149 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Engine Emission Control Use the manual regeneration feature when: • You are not able to drive in a manner that allows effective automatic cleaning. The automatic regeneration process is most effective when you drive at a steady vehicle speed of 48 km/h (30 mph) or above for approximately 20 minutes. . • You choose to manually start the regeneration process when the engine is idling. particulate filter. The diesel oxidation catalytic converter and the diesel particulate filter heat up to very high temperatures after only a short period of engine operation and remain hot after you switch the engine off. If the diesel particulate filter is near or at saturation, an information message appears in the information display advising you to initiate diesel particulate filter manual regeneration. Before you start manual regeneration, do the following: • Park your vehicle outside of any enclosed structure. • Make sure the transmission is in park (P) or neutral (N). • Make sure the parking brake is on. • Park your vehicle a minimum of 3 m (10 ft) from any obstructions and materials that can easily combust or melt, for example, paper, leaves, fuels, plastics and other dry organic material. • Make sure there is a minimum of 12 L (2.6 gal) of fuel in the fuel tank. • Check the engine oil level. • Check the engine coolant level. Note: Changes in the engine or exhaust sound may be heard during the regeneration process. Note: During regeneration at low speed or engine idle, you may smell a hot metallic odor and could notice a clicking metallic sound. This is due to the high temperatures reached during the regeneration process. This is normal. Starting Manual Regeneration You can only start manual regeneration with the engine running at normal operating temperature using the information display. Note: During the use of manual regeneration, you may observe a light amount of white smoke. This is normal. Manual Regeneration Note: If you press any pedal during manual regeneration the engine may turn off. To protect the exhaust system you may not be able to restart the engine for 10 minutes. Where vehicle use has significant engine idle operation, frequent vehicle speed less than 40 km/h (25 mph), or driving short distances where the engine does not fully warm up, manual regeneration allows you to start diesel particulate filter cleaning when the engine is idling. 1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Settings. 2. Select Vehicle maintenance. 3. Select Exhaust filter. 4. Press and hold the OK button until a confirmation message appears in the information display. 150 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Engine Emission Control Interrupting or Cancelling Manual Regeneration If a warning illuminates you may not be able to start manual regeneration. You can interrupt or cancel manual regeneration by switching the engine off. It may be possible to interrupt or cancel manual regeneration by pressing any pedal. When you start manual regeneration the engine speed rises to approximately 2000–2500 rpm and the cooling fan speed increases. A change in engine noise due to the cooling fan and engine speed increase may be heard during the regeneration process. Note: To protect the exhaust system you may not be able to restart the engine for 10 minutes. Depending on the amount of soot collected by the diesel particulate filter, the regeneration process varies depending on the outside air temperature and altitude. Manual regeneration may last up to 40 minutes. Depending on the amount of time allowed for manual regeneration to operate, soot may not have had sufficient time to be eliminated. The exhaust system may still be very hot for several minutes after regeneration. When manual regeneration is complete the cooling fan and engine speed return to normal idling. The exhaust system remains very hot for several minutes after regeneration is complete. Do not reposition the vehicle over dry leaves, dry grass or other combustible materials until the exhaust system has had sufficient time to cool. If you switch the engine off during manual regeneration, turbo charger flutter occurs. This is a consequence of switching a diesel engine off during turbo charger boost operation, which is normal. Diesel Particulate Filter Information Messages Message Exhaust filter at limit Drive to clean now Action • • • Exhaust filter over limit Service now • • • Drive at a varied range of conditions, including highway conditions for 20 minutes or until the message disappears. Avoid prolonged engine idling. Select a suitable gear to maintain engine speed between 1500 and 4000 RPM. Drive at a moderate speed. Avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. 151 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Transmission 3. Raise the collar and shift into reverse. MANUAL TRANSMISSION Shift Indicator Do not rest your hand on the gearshift lever or use the gearshift lever to hang and support objects. This could cause damage to the transmission not covered by the vehicle Warranty. It illuminates to advise you that shifting to a higher or lower gear may give better performance, fuel economy or lower emissions. Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal or use the clutch pedal to keep your vehicle stationary when waiting on a hill. This could cause damage to the clutch not covered by the vehicle Warranty. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - 6-SPEED AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Failure to fully press the clutch pedal could cause increased shift efforts, prematurely wear transmission components or damage to the transmission. WARNING: Do not apply the brake pedal and accelerator pedal simultaneously. Applying both pedals simultaneously for more than a few seconds will limit engine performance, which may result in difficulty maintaining speed in traffic and could lead to serious injury. If any gear is not fully engaged, fully press the clutch pedal and shift into neutral. Release the clutch pedal for a moment, fully press the clutch pedal again and shift into gear. Shifting Into Reverse Do not shift into reverse when your vehicle is moving. This could cause damage to the transmission not covered by the vehicle Warranty. WARNING: When your vehicle is stationary, keep the brake pedal fully pressed when shifting gears. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury, death or property damage. 1. Fully press the brake pedal. 2. Fully press the clutch pedal and shift into neutral. WARNING: Apply the parking brake, shift into park (P), switch the ignition off and remove the key before you leave your vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. Selector Lever Positions The instrument cluster displays the current position. E99067 152 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Transmission Park (P) • • In park (P), power is not transmitted to the driven wheels and the transmission is locked. You can start the engine with the transmission in this position. Press the + button to upshift. Press the – button to downshift. Shift into another gear to switch the feature off. Brake Shift Interlock Shift into park (P) only when your vehicle is stationary. About Brake Shift Interlock Reverse (R) Brake shift interlock prevents you from shifting out of park (P) when you have switched the ignition on and not pressed the brake pedal. Shift into reverse (R) only when your vehicle is stationary and the engine is at idle speed. Shifting Out of Park (P) Neutral (N) WARNING: Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the stoplamps are working. WARNING: In neutral (N) your vehicle has the ability to roll freely. If you intend to leave your vehicle, make sure you apply the parking brake. WARNING: If the parking brake is fully released, but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated, the brakes may not be working properly. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. In neutral (N), power is not transmitted to the driven wheels but the transmission is not locked. You can start the engine with the transmission in this position. Use the brake shift interlock lever to move the selector lever out of park (P) if you cannot start the engine. Drive (D) Drive (D) is the normal position for driving. In the event of an electrical malfunction, it is possible that a fuse has blown or the stoplamps are not working. See Fuse Specification Chart (page 238). Manual (M) In manual (M), you can upshift or downshift using the buttons on the selector lever. If the vehicle battery has no charge, jump start your vehicle. See Jump Starting the Vehicle (page 232). SelectShift™ About SelectShift™ Use this feature to upshift or downshift using the buttons on the selector lever. WARNING: When doing this procedure, you need to take the transmission out of park (P) which means your vehicle can roll freely. To avoid unwanted vehicle movement, always fully apply the parking brake prior to doing this procedure. Use wheels chocks if appropriate. Using SelectShift™ Shift into manual (M) to switch the feature on. 153 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Transmission 2. Locate the brake shift interlock lever. E182198 1. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, remove the panel. E174827 3. Push the brake shift interlock lever toward the rear of your vehicle and hold it there. 4. Move the selector lever from park (P) to neutral (N). 5. Install the panel. 6. Press the brake pedal, start the engine and release the parking brake. Transmission Not in Park (P) Audible Warning 3 Sounds when you open the driver door and you have not moved the selector lever to park (P). E182199 154 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Transmission Automatic Transmission Information Messages Message Transmission malfunction Service now Description The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Transmission Service required Transmission overtemper- The transmission is overheating and needs to cool. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so, leave the engine running ature Stop safely and allow the transmission to cool. Wait until the message Transmission overdisappears. heating Stop safely Transmission too hot Press brake Transmission limited function See manual The transmission has limited functionality. The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Transmission warming up Please wait Displays at low outside temperatures, if it takes a few seconds for the transmission to engage a gear. Fully press the brake pedal until the message disappears. Transmission not in Park Displays as a reminder to shift into park (P). WARNING: When your vehicle is stationary, keep the brake pedal fully pressed when shifting gears. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury, death or property damage. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - 10-SPEED AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION WARNING: Do not apply the brake pedal and accelerator pedal simultaneously. Applying both pedals simultaneously for more than a few seconds will limit engine performance, which may result in difficulty maintaining speed in traffic and could lead to serious injury. WARNING: Apply the parking brake, shift into park (P), switch the ignition off and remove the key before you leave your vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. Selector Lever Positions The instrument cluster displays the current position. 155 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Transmission Park (P) Progressive Range Selection In park (P), power is not transmitted to the driven wheels and the transmission is locked. You can start the engine with the transmission in this position. Use this feature to lock out gears using the buttons on the selector lever. This may provide you with an improved driving experience, for example, on slippery roads or steep slopes. Shift into park (P) only when your vehicle is stationary. With the transmission in drive (D), press the – button to switch the feature on. Reverse (R) Note: The instrument cluster displays the available and selected gears. Shift into reverse (R) only when your vehicle is stationary and the engine is at idle speed. Press the – button again to lock out gears beginning with the highest gear. For example, press the – button twice to lock out 10th and 9th gears. Neutral (N) Note: The instrument cluster only displays the available gears and the transmission automatically shifts between the available gears. WARNING: In neutral (N) your vehicle has the ability to roll freely. If you intend to leave your vehicle, make sure you apply the parking brake. Press the + button to unlock gears to allow the transmission to shift to higher gears. In neutral (N), power is not transmitted to the driven wheels but the transmission is not locked. You can start the engine with the transmission in this position. Note: The transmission automatically shifts within the gear range you select. Brake Shift Interlock Drive (D) Drive (D) is the normal position for driving. WARNING: Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the stoplamps are working. Manual (M) In manual (M), you can upshift or downshift using the buttons on the selector lever. WARNING: When doing this procedure, you need to take the transmission out of park (P) which means your vehicle can roll freely. To avoid unwanted vehicle movement, always fully apply the parking brake prior to doing this procedure. Use wheels chocks if appropriate. SelectShift™ Use this feature to upshift or downshift using the buttons on the selector lever. Shift into manual (M) to switch the feature on. • • WARNING: If the parking brake is fully released, but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated, the brakes may not be working properly. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Press the + button to upshift. Press the – button to downshift. Shift into another gear to switch the feature off. 156 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Transmission Brake shift interlock prevents you from shifting out of park (P) when you have switched the ignition on and not pressed the brake pedal. Use the brake shift interlock lever to move the selector lever out of park (P) if you cannot start the engine. In the event of an electrical malfunction, it is possible that a fuse has blown or the stoplamps are not working. See Fuse Specification Chart (page 238). If the vehicle battery has no charge, jump start your vehicle. See Jump Starting the Vehicle (page 232). 3 E182199 2. Locate the brake shift interlock lever. E182198 1. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, remove the panel. E174827 3. Push the brake shift interlock lever toward the rear of your vehicle and hold it there. 4. Move the selector lever from park (P) to neutral (N). 5. Install the panel. 157 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Transmission Transmission Not in Park (P) Audible Warning 6. Press the brake pedal, start the engine and release the parking brake. Sounds when you open the driver door and you have not moved the selector lever to park (P). Automatic Transmission Information Messages Message Transmission Service required Description The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Transmission not in Park Displays as a reminder to shift into park (P). Press brake to unlock selector lever Press the brake pedal to unlock the transmission. 158 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing All-Wheel Drive Repeatedly press the button to scroll through the available drive modes. Release the button to confirm your selected drive mode. USING ALL-WHEEL DRIVE E298514 All-Wheel Drive Automatic Mode This mode is suitable for most conditions. Mud/Ruts Note: This is the default mode each time you switch the ignition on. E296606 All-Wheel Drive Lock Mode Select this mode to switch the all-wheel drive lock mode on. Note: The stability control warning lamp illuminates. The anti-lock braking system and traction control continue to fully operate. Only use this mode in certain conditions, for example deep sand or snow. Switching All-Wheel Drive Lock Mode On and Off Normal The button is on the instrument panel. Select this mode to switch the all-wheel drive lock mode off and to return to the all-wheel drive automatic mode. E225310 All-Wheel Drive Information Messages Message AWD malfunction Service required Description The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. 159 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Brakes Brake Assist GENERAL INFORMATION Brake assist detects when you brake heavily by measuring the rate at which you press the brake pedal. It provides maximum braking efficiency as long as you press the pedal. Brake assist can reduce stopping distances in critical situations. Note: Occasional brake noise is normal. If a metal-to-metal, continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present, the brake linings may be worn-out. If your vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer. Anti-lock Brake System Note: Brake dust may accumulate on the wheels, even under normal driving conditions. Some dust is inevitable as the brakes wear. See Cleaning the Wheels (page 277). This system helps you maintain steering control and vehicle stability during emergency stops by keeping the brakes from locking. Note: Depending on applicable laws and regulations in the country for which your vehicle was originally built, the brake lamps may flash during heavy braking. Following this the hazard warning flashers may also flash when your vehicle comes to a stop. HINTS ON DRIVING WITH ANTI-LOCK BRAKES The anti-lock braking system does not eliminate the risks when: • You drive too closely to the vehicle in front of you. • Your vehicle is hydroplaning. • You take corners too fast. • The road surface is poor. Wet brakes result in reduced braking efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a few times when driving from a car wash or standing water to dry the brakes. Brake Over Accelerator Note: If the system activates, the brake pedal may pulse and may travel further. Maintain pressure on the brake pedal. You may also hear a noise from the system. This is normal. In the event the accelerator pedal becomes stuck or entrapped, apply steady and firm pressure to the brake pedal to slow the vehicle and reduce engine power. If you experience this condition, apply the brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe stop. Shift the transmission to park (P) (automatic transmission) or to a low gear (manual transmission), switch the engine off and apply the parking brake. Inspect the accelerator pedal and the area around it for any items or debris that may be obstructing its movement. If none are found and the condition persists, have your vehicle towed to the dealer for service. HILL START ASSIST WARNING: The system does not replace the parking brake. When you leave your vehicle, always apply the parking brake. 160 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Brakes When the system activates, your vehicle remains stationary for a few seconds after you release the brake pedal. This gives you time to move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal. The brakes release when the engine has developed sufficient torque to prevent your vehicle from rolling down the slope. WARNING: You must remain in your vehicle when the system turns on. At all times, you are responsible for controlling your vehicle, supervising the system and intervening, if required. Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death. Using Hill Start Assist WARNING: The system turns off if there is a malfunction or if you excessively rev the engine. 1. Bring your vehicle to a complete standstill. Keep the brake pedal pressed. 2. Select a gear. Note: The system activates if the sensors detect that your vehicle is on a slope. The system makes it easier for you to pull away when your vehicle is on a slope without using the parking brake. 3. Pull away in the normal manner. Note: When you remove your foot from the brake pedal, your vehicle remains on the slope without rolling away for a few seconds. This hold time increases if you are in the process of driving off. Switching Hill Start Assist On or Off Vehicles with Manual Transmission To switch hill start assist on or off, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following: Menu Item Action Driver assist. Press the menu button. Hill Start Assist Press the OK button. Vehicles with Automatic Transmission The system remembers the last setting when you start your vehicle. The system turns on when you switch the ignition on and you cannot switch the system off. Note: There is no indicator to indicate whether the system is on or off. 161 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Brakes Hill Start Assist Information Messages Message Action Hill start assist not avail- Displays when the system is not available. Have your vehicle able checked as soon as possible. 162 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Parking Brake - Automatic Transmission, Vehicles With: Conventional Mechanical Parking Brake APPLYING THE PARKING BRAKE PARKING BRAKE AUDIBLE WARNING Sounds when the parking brake is on and your vehicle is moving. WARNING: Always fully apply the parking brake and make sure you shift into park (P). Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. If the warning tone continues after you have released the parking brake, this indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. 1. Firmly press the brake pedal. 2. Pull the parking lever upward to its fullest extent. Note: Do not press the release button while pulling the parking brake lever upward. PARKING BRAKE – TROUBLESHOOTING Parking Brake – Warning Lamps Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and facing uphill, shift into park (P) and turn the steering wheel away from the curb. WARNING: If you drive extended distances with the parking brake applied, you could cause damage to the brake system. Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and facing downhill, shift into park (P) and turn the steering wheel toward the curb. It illuminates when you engage the parking brake and the ignition is on. RELEASING THE PARKING BRAKE If it illuminates when your vehicle is moving, make sure the parking brake is disengaged. If the parking brake is disengaged, this indicates low brake fluid level or a brake system fault. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. 1. Firmly press the brake pedal. 2. Slightly pull the parking brake lever upward. 3. Press the release button and push the parking brake lever downward. Parking Brake – Information Messages Message Park brake applied Description You have not released the parking brake and your vehicle reaches 5 km/h (3 mph). If the message continues to appear after you have released the parking brake, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. 163 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Parking Brake - Automatic Transmission, Vehicles With: Drop Down Parking Brake 3. Press the release button and push the parking brake lever downward. APPLYING THE PARKING BRAKE PARKING BRAKE AUDIBLE WARNING WARNING: Always fully apply the parking brake and make sure you shift into park (P). Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. Sounds when the parking brake is on and your vehicle is moving. If the warning tone continues after you have released the parking brake, this indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. 1. Firmly press the brake pedal. 2. Pull the parking lever upward to its fullest extent. Note: Do not press the release button while pulling the parking brake lever upward. PARKING BRAKE – TROUBLESHOOTING Note: When applied, the parking brake lever will return to the completely down position and a warning lamp will illuminate. Parking Brake – Warning Lamps Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and facing uphill, shift into park (P) and turn the steering wheel away from the curb. WARNING: If you drive extended distances with the parking brake applied, you could cause damage to the brake system. Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and facing downhill, shift into park (P) and turn the steering wheel toward the curb. It illuminates when you engage the parking brake and the ignition is on. RELEASING THE PARKING BRAKE If it illuminates when your vehicle is moving, make sure the parking brake is disengaged. If the parking brake is disengaged, this indicates low brake fluid level or a brake system fault. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. 1. Firmly press the brake pedal. 2. Pull the parking brake lever upward to its fullest extent. Parking Brake – Information Messages Message Park brake applied Description You have not released the parking brake and your vehicle reaches 5 km/h (3 mph). If the message continues to appear after you have released the parking brake, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. 164 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Parking Brake - Manual Transmission, Vehicles With: Conventional Mechanical Parking Brake APPLYING THE PARKING BRAKE PARKING BRAKE AUDIBLE WARNING Sounds when the parking brake is on and your vehicle is moving. WARNING: Always fully apply the parking brake. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. If the warning tone continues after you have released the parking brake, this indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. 1. Firmly press the brake pedal. 2. Pull the parking lever upward to its fullest extent. Note: Do not press the release button while pulling the parking brake lever upward. PARKING BRAKE – TROUBLESHOOTING Parking Brake – Warning Lamps Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and facing uphill, select first gear and turn the steering wheel away from the curb. WARNING: If you drive extended distances with the parking brake applied, you could cause damage to the brake system. Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and facing downhill, select reverse gear and turn the steering wheel toward the curb. It illuminates when you engage the parking brake and the ignition is on. RELEASING THE PARKING BRAKE If it illuminates when your vehicle is moving, make sure the parking brake is disengaged. If the parking brake is disengaged, this indicates low brake fluid level or a brake system fault. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. 1. Firmly press the brake pedal. 2. Slightly pull the parking brake lever upward. 3. Press the release button and push the parking brake lever downward. Parking Brake – Information Messages Message Park brake applied Description You have not released the parking brake and your vehicle reaches 5 km/h (3 mph). If the message continues to appear after you have released the parking brake, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. 165 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Parking Brake - Manual Transmission, Vehicles With: Drop Down Parking Brake 3. Press the release button and push the parking brake lever downward. APPLYING THE PARKING BRAKE PARKING BRAKE AUDIBLE WARNING WARNING: Always fully apply the parking brake. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. Sounds when the parking brake is on and your vehicle is moving. If the warning tone continues after you have released the parking brake, this indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. 1. Firmly press the brake pedal. 2. Pull the parking lever upward to its fullest extent. Note: Do not press the release button while pulling the parking brake lever upward. PARKING BRAKE – TROUBLESHOOTING Note: When applied, the parking brake lever will return to the completely down position and a warning lamp will illuminate. Parking Brake – Warning Lamps Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and facing uphill select first gear and turn the steering wheel away from the curb. WARNING: If you drive extended distances with the parking brake applied, you could cause damage to the brake system. Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and facing downhill select reverse gear and turn the steering wheel toward the curb. It illuminates when you engage the parking brake and the ignition is on. RELEASING THE PARKING BRAKE If it illuminates when your vehicle is moving, make sure the parking brake is disengaged. If the parking brake is disengaged, this indicates low brake fluid level or a brake system fault. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. 1. Firmly press the brake pedal. 2. Pull the parking brake lever upward to its fullest extent. Parking Brake – Information Messages Message Park brake applied Description You have not released the parking brake and your vehicle reaches 5 km/h (3 mph). If the message continues to appear after you have released the parking brake, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. 166 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Traction Control Press the traction control button on the instrument panel to switch the system off or on. PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION The traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction. E313166 System Indicator Lights and Messages If your vehicle begins to slide, the system applies the brakes to individual wheels and, when needed, reduces engine power at the same time. If the wheels spin when accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces, the system reduces engine power in order to increase traction. The stability and traction control light: E138639 • • USING TRACTION CONTROL • WARNING: The stability and traction control light illuminates steadily if the system detects a failure. Make sure you did not manually disable the traction control system using the information display controls or the switch. If the stability control and traction control light is still illuminating steadily, have the system serviced by an authorized dealer immediately. Operating your vehicle with the traction control disabled could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death. Temporarily illuminates on engine start-up. Flashes when a driving condition activates either of the systems. Illuminates if a problem occurs in either of the systems. The stability and traction control off light temporarily illuminates E130458 on engine start-up and stays on when you switch the traction control system off. The system automatically turns on each time you switch the ignition on. If your vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, switching traction control off may be beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin. Note: When you switch traction control off, stability control remains fully active. Switching the System Off or On When you switch the system off or on, a message appears in the information display showing system status. 167 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Stability Control Stability Control Warning Lamp PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION Flashes during operation. Electronic Stability Control WARNING: The system is designed to aid the driver. It is not intended to replace your attention and judgment. You are still responsible to drive with due care and attention. USING STABILITY CONTROL Note: The system automatically turns on each time you switch the ignition on. You can switch the traction control system off and on. See Using Traction Control (page 167). The system supports stability when your vehicle starts to slide away from your intended path. The system does this by braking individual wheels and reducing engine torque. The system also provides an enhanced traction control function by reducing engine torque if the wheels spin when you accelerate. This helps to pull away on slippery roads or loose surfaces, and improves comfort by limiting wheel spin in hairpin bends. B B B A A B A E72903 A Without ESC. B With ESC. 168 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Parking Aids The sensing system warns the driver of obstacles within a certain range of your vehicle. The system automatically turns on each time you switch the ignition on. PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION WARNING: The system may not detect objects with surfaces that absorb reflection. Always drive with due care and attention. Failure to take care may result in a crash. You can turn the system on or off by pressing the parking aid E139213 button. If your vehicle does not have a parking aid button, the system can be switched off through the information display menu or from the pop-up message that appears once you shift the transmission into reverse (R). See General Information (page 89). WARNING: To help avoid personal injury, always use caution when in reverse (R) and when using the sensing system. If a fault is present in the system, a warning message appears in the information display and does not allow you to switch the system on. WARNING: Traffic control systems, inclement weather, air brakes, external motors and fans may affect the correct operation of the sensing system.This may cause reduced performance or false alerts. REAR PARKING AID WARNING: The system may not detect small or moving objects, particularly those close to the ground. WARNING: The system may not detect objects with surfaces that absorb reflection. Always drive with due care and attention. Failure to take care may result in a crash. Note: Some accessories such as large trailer hitches, bike or surfboard racks can cause reduced performance or false alerts. Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. Blocked sensors may affect system accuracy. Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects. WARNING: The system may not detect small or moving objects, particularly those close to the ground. Note: If your vehicle sustains damage leaving the sensors misaligned, this will cause inaccurate measurements or false alerts. WARNING: To help avoid personal injury, always use caution when in reverse (R) and when using the sensing system. Note: The sensing system cannot be turned off when a MyKey is present. See Principle of Operation (page 43). WARNING: The parking aid system can only assist you to detect objects when your vehicle is moving at parking speeds. To help avoid personal injury you must take care when using the parking aid system. We recommend that you take some time to get to know the system and its limitations by reading this section. If the system malfunctions, a message appears in the information display. 169 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Parking Aids Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. Sensor coverage area is up to 180 cm (70 in) from the rear bumper. Note: Do not cover up the sensors. The system detects large objects when you shift into reverse (R) and any of the following occur: • Your vehicle is moving backward at low speed. • Your vehicle is stationary but an object is approaching the rear of your vehicle at low speed. • Your vehicle is moving backward at low speed and an object is moving toward your vehicle, for example another vehicle at low speed. Note: Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects. Note: If your vehicle sustains damage leaving the sensors misaligned, this may cause inaccurate measurements or false alerts. Note: Some add-on accessories, for example large trailer hitches or bike or surfboard racks can cause reduced performance or false alerts. The sensors are active when the transmission is in reverse (R) and the vehicle speed is less than 5 km/h (3 mph). When the parking aid system sounds a tone, the audio system may reduce the set volume. If your vehicle remains stationary for two seconds the audible warning turns off. If your vehicle moves backward the tone sounds again. Note: If the detected object is 30 cm (12 in) or less from the rear bumper, the audible warning does not turn off. A warning tone sounds when an object approaches your vehicle. As your vehicle moves closer to an object, the rate of the tone increases. The warning tone continuously sounds when an object is 30 cm (12 in) or less from the center of the rear bumper. Object Distance Indicator (If Equipped) When you shift into reverse (R), the system provides object distance indication through the information display. Note: There is a decreased coverage area at the outer corners. • • As the distance to the object decreases, the indicator blocks illuminate and move toward the vehicle icon. If there is no object detected, the distance indicator blocks are gray. E130178 170 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Parking Aids Rear Parking Aid Information Messages Message Description Park Pilot malfunction The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Check Park Pilot The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Check rear Park Pilot The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Rear Park Pilot not available A sensor is blocked or the system has malfunctioned. Sensor blocked See manual Clean the bumper or remove any obstruction. If the message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Note: If your vehicle sustains damage leaving the sensors misaligned, this may cause inaccurate measurements or false alerts. FRONT PARKING AID The sensors are active when the transmission is in any position other than park (P). When the parking aid system sounds a tone, the audio system may reduce the set volume. WARNING: The system may not detect objects with surfaces that absorb reflection. Always drive with due care and attention. Failure to take care may result in a crash. A warning tone sounds when an object approaches your vehicle. As your vehicle moves closer to an object, the rate of the tone increases. The warning tone continuously sounds when an object is 30 cm (12 in) or less from the front bumper. WARNING: The system may not detect small or moving objects, particularly those close to the ground. WARNING: The parking aid system can only assist you to detect objects when your vehicle is moving at parking speeds. To help avoid personal injury you must take care when using the parking aid system. The system turns off when the vehicle speed reaches 8 km/h (5 mph). The sensors are on the front bumper. Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. Note: Do not cover up the sensors. Note: Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects. 171 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Parking Aids • • As the distance to the object decreases, the indicator blocks illuminate and move toward the vehicle icon. If there is no object detected, the distance indicator blocks are gray. When you shift into reverse (R), the system provides audio warnings and visual indication when your vehicle is moving and the detected object is moving toward your vehicle. When you stop your vehicle, the audio warnings stop after two seconds. Visual indication remains on when the transmission is in reverse (R). E187330 Sensor coverage area is up to 70 cm (28 in) from the center of the bumper. When you shift into any forward gear, the system provides audio warnings and visual indication when your vehicle is moving at a speed of approximately 8 km/h (5 mph) or below and the system detects an object within the detection zone. When you stop your vehicle, the audio warnings stop after two seconds and visual indication stops after four seconds. If the transmission is in reverse (R), the system detects objects when your vehicle is moving at low speed or an object is moving toward your vehicle, for example another vehicle at low speed. When you stop your vehicle, the audible warning turns off after two seconds. If the transmission is in any forward gear, the system provides audible warnings when your vehicle is moving and an object is within the detection area. When you stop your vehicle, the audible warning turns off after two seconds and the visual warning turns off after four seconds. Note: If the detected object is 30 cm (12 in) or less from your vehicle, visual indication remains on. When you shift into neutral (N), the system only provides visual indication if your vehicle is moving at a speed of approximately 8 km/h (5 mph) or below, for example, your vehicle is moving on a slope, and the system detects an object moving toward your vehicle. When you stop your vehicle, visual indication stops after four seconds. Press the parking aid button to switch the system off. E139213 If the system malfunctions, a message appears in the information display. Object Distance Indicator (If Equipped) The system provides object distance indication through the information display. 172 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Parking Aids Front Parking Aid Information Messages Message Description Park Pilot malfunction The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Check Park Pilot The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Check front Park Pilot The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Front Park Pilot not available sensor blocked See Manual A sensor is blocked or the system has malfunctioned. Clean the bumper or remove any obstruction. If the message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. The system uses the front and rear outermost parking aid sensors to detect objects that are near to the sides of your vehicle. The system displays them on a virtual map in the information display as your vehicle moves past them. SIDE SENSING SYSTEM WARNING: The system may not detect objects with surfaces that absorb reflection. Always drive with due care and attention. Failure to take care may result in a crash. The sensors are on the front and rear bumpers. Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. WARNING: The system may not detect small or moving objects, particularly those close to the ground. Note: Do not cover up the sensors. Note: Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects. WARNING: To help avoid personal injury, always use caution when in reverse (R) and when using the sensing system. Note: If your vehicle sustains damage leaving the sensors misaligned, this may cause inaccurate measurements or false alerts. WARNING: The parking aid system can only assist you to detect objects when your vehicle is moving at parking speeds. To help avoid personal injury you must take care when using the parking aid system. The system may not function if: • You switch the ignition on, off and back on within a few seconds. • Your vehicle remains stationary for over two minutes. • The anti-lock brake system activates. • The traction control system activates. Note: If you switch traction control off, the side sensing system also turns off. 173 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Parking Aids Object Distance Indicator (If Equipped) Note: Some accessories, for example large trailer hitches or bike or surfboard racks can cause reduced performance or false alerts. To reinitialize the system, you may have to drive your vehicle approximately 3 m (10 ft). E190459 E190458 The system provides object distance indication through the information display. The sensor coverage area is up to 60 cm (24 in) from the side of your vehicle. • When the system detects an object within the coverage area and the driving path of your vehicle, an audible warning sounds. As your vehicle moves closer to the object, the rate of the tone increases. • Note: The system does not detect an object that is moving toward the side of your vehicle, for example another vehicle moving at low speed, if it does not pass a front or rear sensor. As the distance to the object decreases, the indicator blocks illuminate and move toward the vehicle icon. If there is no object detected, the distance indicator blocks are gray. When you shift into reverse (R), the system provides audible warnings and a visual indication when detected objects are within 60 cm (24 in) and are inside the driving path of your vehicle. When you stop your vehicle, the audible warnings turn off after two seconds. 174 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Parking Aids When you shift into any forward gear, the system provides audible warnings and a visual indication when your vehicle is moving at a speed of approximately 8 km/h (5 mph) or below and the system detects an object within the detection zone. When you stop your vehicle, the audible warnings turn off after two seconds and the visual indication turns off after four seconds. WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. When you shift into neutral (N), the system only provides a visual indication if your vehicle is moving at a speed of approximately 8 km/h (5 mph) or below. For example, your vehicle is moving on a slope, and the system detects an object moving toward your vehicle. When you stop your vehicle, the visual indication turns off after four seconds. The active park assist button is next to the gearshift lever. Driving into a Parking Space 1. Press the active park assist button. Note: The system searches for parallel parking spaces on the passenger side. Press the active park assist button again to make the system search for perpendicular spaces. If the system is not available, the side distance indicator blocks do not display. 2. Use the direction indicator lever to search for a parking space on the driver or passenger side of your vehicle. 3. Drive your vehicle approximately 1 m (3 ft) away from and parallel to the other parked vehicles when searching for a parking space. Note: A tone sounds and a message appears in the information display when active park assist finds a suitable parking space. ACTIVE PARK ASSIST The system assists parking into and out of parking spaces. Sensors are used to detect parking spaces. The system then steers as required to maneuver into or out of a parking space. You control the accelerator, brakes and changing gears. Using Active Park Assist 4. Bring your vehicle to a complete standstill. 5. Release the steering wheel and shift into reverse (R). 6. Drive backward and your vehicle steers itself into the parking space. 7. Follow the instructions on the information display. Note: When parking is complete, a tone sounds and an information message appears. WARNING: You must remain in your vehicle when the system turns on. At all times, you are responsible for controlling your vehicle, supervising the system and intervening, if required. Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death. WARNING: The sensors may not detect objects in heavy rain or other conditions that cause interference. 175 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Parking Aids Leaving a Parking Space Canceling Active Park Assist The system assists leaving only parallel parking spaces. To cancel parking assistance at any time, press the active park assist button or turn the steering wheel. 1. Press the active park assist button. 2. Use the direction indicator lever to choose the direction to leave. 3. Release the steering wheel and shift into reverse (R). 4. Follow the instructions on the information display. Note: After the system drives your vehicle to a position where you can exit the parking space in a forward movement, a message appears instructing you to take full control of your vehicle. Note: It also cancels when your vehicle exceeds 9 km/h (6 mph). Brake System Intervention When active park assist is controlling the steering, it may under certain conditions apply the brakes to slow or stop your vehicle. Note: This could cause the parking assistance to cancel. Active Park Assist Troubleshooting Symptom Possible Cause The system does not search for You may have switched traction control off. a parking space. The transmission is in reverse (R). Your vehicle must be moving forward to be able to detect a parking space. The system does not offer a parking space. The sensors may be blocked. For example, snow, ice or large accumulations of dirt. Blocked sensors can affect how the system functions. The sensors in the front or rear bumper could be damaged. There is not enough room in the parking space for your vehicle to safely park. There is not enough space for the parking maneuver on the opposite side of the parking space. The parking space is more than 1.5 m (5 ft) or less than 0.5 m (2 ft) away. The vehicle speed is greater than 35 km/h (22 mph) for parallel parking or greater than 30 km/h (19 mph) for perpendicular parking. 176 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Parking Aids Symptom Possible Cause You recently disconnected or replaced the battery. After you reconnect the battery you must drive your vehicle on a straight road for a short period of time. The system does not correctly An irregular curb along the parking space prevents the position your vehicle in a system from correctly aligning your vehicle. parking space. Vehicles or objects bordering the space may not be correctly parked. Your vehicle stopped too far past the parking space. The tires may not be correctly installed or maintained. For example, not inflated correctly, improper size, or of different sizes. A repair or alteration changes the detection capabilities. A parked vehicle has a high attachment. For example, a salt sprayer, snowplow or moving truck bed. The parking space length or position of parked objects changes after your vehicle passes the space. You are using a spare tire or a tire that is significantly worn more than the other tires. The temperature around your vehicle quickly changes. For example, driving from a heated garage into cold outside temperature, or after leaving a car wash. WARNING: Reverse your vehicle slowly. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. REAR VIEW CAMERA WARNING: The rear view camera system is a reverse aid supplement device that still requires the driver to use it in conjunction with the interior and exterior mirrors for maximum coverage. WARNING: Use caution when the rear cargo door is ajar. If the rear cargo door is ajar, the camera will be out of position and the video image may be incorrect. All guidelines disappear when the rear cargo door is ajar. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury. WARNING: Objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper, might not be seen on the screen due to the limited coverage of the camera system. 177 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Parking Aids Note: The reverse sensing system is not effective at speeds above 5 km/h (3 mph) and may not detect certain angular or moving objects. WARNING: Use caution when turning camera features on or off when the transmission is not in park (P). Make sure your vehicle is not moving. Note: If the transmission is in reverse (R) and the rear cargo door is open, no rear view camera features will display. WARNING: To help avoid personal injury always use caution when in reverse (R) and when using the rear view camera. Note: When towing, the camera only sees what you are towing. This might not provide adequate coverage as it usually provides in normal operation and some objects might not be seen. In some vehicles, the guidelines may disappear when you connect the trailer tow connector. The rear view camera provides an image of the area behind your vehicle. During operation, lines appear in the display that represents the path of your vehicle and proximity to objects behind it. The system may not correctly operate in any of the following conditions: • Nighttime or dark areas if the reverse lamps are not operating. • If the camera is obstructed. Clean the lens with a soft, lint-free cloth and non-abrasive cleaner. • The camera is misaligned due to damage to the rear of your vehicle. Rear View Camera Guidelines WARNING: Objects above the camera may not be visible. Check the area behind your vehicle when necessary. E296493 The camera is integrated to the central high mounted stop lamp. Using the Rear View Camera The rear view camera system displays what is behind your vehicle when you shift the transmission into reverse (R). 178 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Parking Aids A B C D The system uses three types of guidelines to help you see what is behind your vehicle: A. Active guidelines show the intended path of your vehicle when reversing. B. The centerline helps align the center of your vehicle with a trailer. C. Fixed guidelines show the actual path of your vehicle when reversing in a straight line. This can be helpful when backing into a parking space or aligning your vehicle with another object. E Active guidelines are only available with fixed guidelines. To use active guidelines, turn the steering wheel to point the guidelines toward an intended path. If you change the steering wheel position when driving in reverse (R), your vehicle might deviate from the original intended path. The fixed and active guidelines fade in and out depending on the steering wheel position. When the steering wheel position is straight the active guidelines are not visible. Objects in the red zone are closest to your vehicle and objects in the green zone are further from your vehicle. F E142436 A Active guidelines. B Centerline. Note: Guidelines are only available when the transmission is in reverse (R). System Settings C Fixed guideline: Green zone. D Fixed guideline: Yellow zone. E Fixed guideline: Red zone. F Rear bumper. You can adjust the camera settings using the vehicle settings menu. See Settings (page 355). Manual Zoom If the vehicle battery is disconnected, the guidelines are not fully functional directly after the battery is reconnected. The guidelines become fully functional after you drive your vehicle as straight as possible for five minutes at a minimum speed of 50 km/h (31 mph). WARNING: When manual zoom is on, the full area behind your vehicle may not show. Be aware of your surroundings when using the manual zoom feature. Manual zoom is only available when you shift the transmission into reverse (R). 179 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Parking Aids Selectable settings for this feature are Zoom in (+) and Zoom Out (-). Press the symbol in the camera screen to change the view. The default setting is Zoom OFF. The rear bumper remains in the image as a reference point. WARNING: Objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper, might not be seen on the screen due to the limited coverage of the camera system. Note: Only the centerline shows when you switch on manual zoom. WARNING: Use caution when turning camera features on or off when the transmission is not in park (P). Make sure your vehicle is not moving. Rear View Camera Delay You can switch this feature on or off using the vehicle settings menu. See Settings (page 355). The default setting is off. WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. When shifting the transmission out of reverse (R) and into any gear other than park (P), the camera image remains in the display until: • Your vehicle speed sufficiently increases. • You shift your vehicle into park (P). • You engage the parking brake on vehicles with a manual transmission. Note: Use caution using the 180 view when any of the doors are ajar. If a door is ajar, the camera will be out of position and the video image may be incorrect. Enhanced Parking Aids or Park Pilot (If Equipped) Front View Camera You can switch this feature on or off using the vehicle settings menu. See Settings (page 355). WARNING: The front camera system still requires the driver to use it in conjunction with looking out of your vehicle. When the reverse sensing system detects an object, it displays red, yellow and green indicators at the top of the image. Note: The system turns off the front video image when your vehicle is in motion at low speed, except when in reverse (R). 180 DEGREE CAMERA Note: The area displayed on the screen may vary according to your vehicle's orientation or road condition. WARNING: The rear view camera system is a reverse aid supplement device that still requires the driver to use it in conjunction with the interior and exterior mirrors for maximum coverage. Note: The camera system may not operate correctly if mud, water or debris obstructs the camera's view. You can clean the lens with a soft, lint-free cloth and non-abrasive cleaner or by using your front washer. See Wipers and Washers (page 66). 180 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Parking Aids When in park (P), neutral (N) or drive (D), only the front images display when you press the button. When in reverse (R), only the rear images display. E224483 E224784 E188845 The front view camera is located in the grille. It provides a video image of the area in front of your vehicle. It adds assistance to the driver while driving forward at low speeds. E224785 Press the camera view button to toggle between the different camera views. Normal View: Provides an image of what is directly in front or behind your vehicle. Expanded View: Provides an extended view of what is in front or behind your vehicle. Zooms in on the image. E224485 Using the 180 degree camera system The 180 degree camera system consists of front and rear cameras. The system: • Allows you to see what is directly in front or behind your vehicle. • Provides cross traffic view in front and behind your vehicle. • Provides visibility during parking maneuvers. The camera system button is located near the display screen and turns on the front camera when your vehicle is not in reverse (R). E205884 The front view camera will switch off if your vehicle speed exceeds 10 km/h (6 mph). Switch the system back on by pressing the camera system button once below speed threshold. Camera Views Press the camera system button to activate the camera views and the camera view buttons. 181 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Cruise Control Press the toggle button upward or downward to set the current speed. PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION Cruise control lets you maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal. You can use cruise control when your vehicle speed is greater than 30 km/h (20 mph). Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. USING CRUISE CONTROL Note: The set speed appears in the information display. Changing the Set Speed WARNING: Do not use cruise control on winding roads, in heavy traffic or when the road surface is slippery. This could result in loss of vehicle control, serious injury or death. Press the toggle button upward to increase the set speed. Press the toggle button downward to decrease the set speed. WARNING: When you are going downhill, your vehicle speed could increase above the set speed. The system does not apply the brakes. You can adjust the set speed in small or large increments. Press the toggle button upward or downward once to adjust the set speed in small increments. Press and hold the toggle button upward or downward to adjust the set speed in large increments. The cruise controls are on the steering wheel. Switching Cruise Control On Note: If you accelerate by pressing the accelerator pedal, the set speed does not change. When you release the accelerator pedal, your vehicle returns to the speed that you previously set. Press the button. E71340 Switching Cruise Control Off Canceling the Set Speed Press the button when the system is in standby mode. The E71340 system also turns off when you switch the ignition off. Press the button, or press the brake pedal to cancel the set speed. Note: The set speed is stored. Note: The set speed erases when you switch the system off. Note: The system cancels if the vehicle speed drops below 16 km/h (10 mph) under the set speed when driving uphill. Setting the Cruise Speed Drive to the required speed. Resuming the Set Speed Press to resume the set speed. 182 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Cruise Control Cruise Control Indicator WARNING: The system does not detect oncoming vehicles in the same lane. The indicator appears when you switch the system on. E71340 WARNING: Do not use the system in poor visibility, for example fog, heavy rain, spray or snow. USING ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL WARNING: Do not use tire sizes other than those recommended because this can affect the normal operation of the system. Failure to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control, which could result in serious injury. WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. The system adjusts the vehicle speed to maintain the set gap between you and the vehicle in front of you in the same lane. You can select four gap settings. WARNING: Pay close attention to changing road conditions such as entering or leaving a highway, on roads with intersections or roundabouts, roads without visible lanes of travel, roads that are winding, slippery, unpaved, or steep slopes. The system uses a radar that projects a beam directly in front of your vehicle. WARNING: The system may not detect stationary or slow moving vehicles below 10 km/h (6 mph). WARNING: Do not use the system when towing a trailer that has aftermarket electronic trailer brake controls. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. E248321 The adaptive cruise controls are on the steering wheel. WARNING: The system is not a crash warning or avoidance system. Switching Adaptive Cruise Control On WARNING: The system does not detect pedestrians or objects in the road. E144529 Press to set the system in standby mode. 183 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Cruise Control Following a Vehicle WARNING: When following a vehicle that is braking, your vehicle does not always decelerate quickly enough to avoid a crash without driver intervention. Apply the brakes when necessary. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. E260516 The indicator, current gap setting and set speed appear in the information display. WARNING: The system only warns of vehicles detected by the radar sensor. In some cases there may be no warning or a delayed warning. Apply the brakes when necessary. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. Setting the Adaptive Cruise Speed Drive to the required speed. Press the toggle button upward to set the current speed. When a vehicle ahead of you enters the same lane or a slower vehicle is ahead in the same lane, the vehicle speed adjusts to maintain a preset gap distance. A vehicle graphic appears in the information display. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. The indicator, current gap setting and set speed appear in the information display. Note: When you are following a vehicle and you switch on a direction indicator, adaptive cruise control may provide a small temporary acceleration to help you pass. Your vehicle maintains a consistent gap from the vehicle ahead until: • The vehicle in front of you accelerates to a speed above the set speed. • The vehicle in front of you moves out of the lane you are in. • You set a new gap distance. E249552 A vehicle graphic appears in the information display if the system detects a vehicle in front of you. Note: When adaptive cruise control is active, the speedometer may vary slightly from the set speed displayed in the information display. The system applies the brakes to slow your vehicle to maintain a safe gap distance from the vehicle in front. The system only applies limited braking. You can override the system by applying the brakes. If the system determines that its maximum braking level is not sufficient, an audible warning sounds when the system continues to brake. Take immediate action. 184 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Cruise Control Note: The brakes may emit noise when applied by the system. Setting the Gap Distance You can decrease or increase the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front by pressing the gap control. E249552 Note: It is your responsibility to select a gap appropriate to the driving conditions. The selected gap appears in the information display as shown by the bars in the image. You can select four gap settings. Adaptive Cruise Control Distance Between Vehicle Settings Time Gap Seconds Distance Gap km/h (mph) Graphic Display - Bars Indicated Between Vehicles 100 (62) 1 1 28 (31) Sport. Set Speed m (yd) Dynamic Behavior 100 (62) 2 1.4 39 (43) Normal. 100 (62) 3 1.8 50 (55) Normal. 100 (62) 4 2.2 61 (67) Comfort. Changing the Set Speed When you switch the ignition on, the system selects the last chosen gap setting. Press the toggle button upward to increase the set speed. Overriding the System Press the toggle button downward to decrease the set speed. WARNING: If you override the system by pressing the accelerator pedal, it does not automatically apply the brakes to maintain a gap from any vehicle ahead. You can adjust the set speed in small or large increments. Press the toggle button upward or downward once to adjust the set speed in small increments. Press and hold the toggle button upward or downward to adjust the set speed in large increments. Use the accelerator pedal to intentionally exceed the set speed limit. When you override the system, the vehicle graphic disappears from the information display. 185 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Cruise Control Hilly Condition Usage The system may apply the brakes to slow your vehicle to the new set speed. The set speed continuously displays in the information display when the system is active. Select a lower gear when the system is active and you are driving downhill on steep grades, for example in mountainous areas. The system needs additional engine braking in these situations to reduce the load on the brake system to prevent it from overheating. Canceling the Set Speed Press the button, or tap the brake pedal. Note: A tone sounds and the system turns off if it applies brakes for an extended period of time. This allows the brakes to cool. The system operates after the brakes cool. The last set speed displays with a strikethrough and the last gap setting appears but does not erase. Switching Adaptive Cruise Control Off Note: The set speed also cancels if you press the clutch pedal for an extended period. Press the button. Resuming the Set Speed E144529 Note: The set speed erases when you switch the system off. Press the button. Detection Issues The vehicle speed returns to the previously set speed and gap setting. The set speed continuously shows in the information display when the system is active. WARNING: On rare occasions, detection issues can occur due to the road infrastructures, for example bridges, tunnels and safety barriers. In these cases, the system may brake late or unexpectedly. At all times, you are responsible for controlling your vehicle, supervising the system and intervening, if required. Note: Only use resume if you are aware of the set speed and intend to return to it. Automatic Cancellation The system does not operate if the vehicle speed is below 20 km/h (12 mph). A tone sounds and adaptive braking releases if the vehicle speed falls below 20 km/h (12 mph). WARNING: If the system malfunctions, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Automatic cancellation can also occur when: • The tires lose traction. • The engine speed is too low. • You apply the parking brake. The radar has a limited field of view. It does not detect all vehicles in all situations and could detect vehicles later that you expect. The lead vehicle graphic does not display if the system does not detect a vehicle in front of you. Note: If the engine speed drops too low, the information display advises you to shift to a lower gear. 186 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Cruise Control If something hits the front of your vehicle or damage occurs, the radar-sensing zone may change. This could cause the system to malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. System Not Available The system may not turn on if there is: • A blocked sensor. • High brake temperature. • A failure in the system or a related system. Adaptive Cruise Control System Sensors WARNING: The system may not operate properly if the sensor is blocked. Keep the windshield free from obstruction. E71621 Detection issues can occur: A When driving on a different line than the vehicle in front. B With vehicles that edge into your lane. The system can only detect these vehicles once they fully move into your lane. C E243054 The camera is mounted behind the interior mirror. There may be issues with the detection of vehicles in front when driving into and coming out of a bend or curve in the road. In these cases, the system may brake late or unexpectedly. You should stay alert and take action when necessary. 187 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Cruise Control A message displays if something obstructs the radar signals from the sensor. The system cannot detect a vehicle ahead and does not function when something blocks the sensor. Note: You cannot see the sensor, it is behind a fascia panel. Note: Keep the front of your vehicle free of dirt, metal badges or objects. Vehicle front protectors, aftermarket lights, additional paint or plastic coatings could also degrade sensor performance. E244279 The radar is behind the front grille below the license plate. Cause Action The surface of the radar in the radiator grille Clean the radiator grille in front of the radar is dirty or obstructed. or remove any obstruction. The surface of the radar is clean but the message remains in the display. Wait a short period of time. It may take several minutes for the radar to detect that it is free from obstruction. Heavy rain or snow interfere with the radar Do not use the system in these conditions signals. because it may not detect any vehicles ahead. Swirling water, snow or ice on the surface Do not use the system in these conditions of the road interfere with the radar signals. because it may not detect any vehicles ahead. You are in a desert or remote area with no other vehicles and no roadside objects. Wait a short period of time or switch to normal cruise control. Switching to Normal Cruise Control Due to the nature of radar technology, a blocked sensor message could display when the sensor is not blocked. This can happen, for example, when driving in sparse rural or desert environments. A false blocked condition self clears or clears after you switch the ignition off and on. WARNING: Normal cruise control will not brake when your vehicle is approaching slower vehicles. Always be aware of which mode you have selected and apply the brakes when necessary. 188 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Cruise Control You can change from adaptive cruise control to cruise control using the information display. To switch between adaptive cruise control and normal cruise control, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following: Menu Item Action Driver assist. Press the menu button. Cruise control Press the OK button. Mode Press the OK button. Press the toggle button upward or downward to choose your required setting. Press the OK button. The cruise control indicator replaces the adaptive cruise E71340 control indicator if you select normal cruise control. The gap setting does not display, the system does not automatically respond to lead vehicles and adaptive braking does not activate. The system remembers the last setting when you start your vehicle. Adaptive Cruise Control Indicator The indicator appears when you switch the system on. E144524 The indicator appears in the information display when the system is in standby mode and when you set the adaptive cruise speed. Adaptive Cruise Control Information Messages Message Action Adaptive cruise control not available Sensor blocked See manual The radar has reduced visibility. Adaptive cruise control not available The system is not available. Adaptive cruise control malfunction The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Cruise control active Adaptive braking off You have switched normal cruise control on. Adaptive braking turns off. 189 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Cruise Control Adaptive Cruise Control With Speed Sign Recognition (If Equipped) Note: The system does not set the vehicle speed to speed limits shown with a supplementary traffic sign in the information display. WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. Note: You can override the set speed at any time. Note: The adaptive cruise control gap setting normally operates. Switching Between the Cruise Control Modes You can change between the cruise control modes using the information display. The system combines speed sign recognition with adaptive cruise control. The system allows you to set the vehicle speed to the speed limit detected by the speed sign recognition system. For example, if the speed sign recognition system detects a 80 km/h (50 mph) speed limit, the vehicle speed is set to 80 km/h (50 mph). To switch between the cruise control modes, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following: Menu Item Action Driver assist. Press the menu button. Cruise control Press the OK button. Mode Press the OK button. Press the toggle button upward or downward to choose your required setting. Press the OK button. If you select this mode, a bracket appears around the set speed and the detected speed limit sign in the information display. The system is designed to set the vehicle speed to the speed limit detected by the speed sign recognition system before your vehicle passes the speed limit sign. Intelligent Mode Under certain conditions, the system may not adjust the vehicle speed until after your vehicle passes the speed limit sign. E265663 190 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Cruise Control Adjusting the Set Speed Tolerance Settings Note: The set speed adjusts when the system detects a different maximum speed limit. You can set a permanent speed tolerance that is above or below the detected speed limit through the tolerance menu in the information display. If the system does not detect a speed limit, the vehicle speed remains at the current set speed. Automatic Cancellation If the speed sign recognition system detects a speed limit below the minimum adaptive cruise control set speed, a tone sounds and the system returns to standby mode. To adjust the speed tolerance setting, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following: Menu Item Action Driver assist. Press the menu button. Cruise control Press the OK button. Tolerance Press the OK button. Press the toggle button upward or downward to choose your required speed setting. Press the OK button. Normal Mode Adaptive Mode If you select this mode, normal cruise control operates. The gap setting does not display, the system does not automatically respond to lead vehicles and adaptive braking does not activate. If you select this mode, adaptive cruise control operates with manual set speed input. The system does not set the vehicle speed to the speed limit detected by the speed sign recognition system. Adaptive Cruise Control With Speed Sign Recognition Information Messages Message Adaptive cruise control Speed sign recognition not available Action Navigation system based speed limit information is not available. If the message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. 191 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Driving Aids You can adjust the set speed in small or large increments. Press the toggle button upward or downward once to adjust the set speed in small increments. Press and hold the toggle button upward or downward to adjust the set speed in large increments. SPEED LIMITER Principle of Operation WARNING: When you are going downhill, your vehicle speed could increase above the set speed. The system does not apply the brakes. Canceling the Set Speed Press to cancel the set speed limiter. The system returns to standby mode. WARNING: The system is designed to aid the driver. It is not intended to replace your attention and judgment. You are still responsible to drive with due care and attention. Resuming the Set Speed Press to resume the set speed limiter. The system allows you to set a speed to which your vehicle becomes limited. The set speed sets the effective maximum speed of your vehicle. You can temporarily exceed the set speed if required, for example to overtake. Intentionally Exceeding the Speed Limit Firmly press the accelerator pedal to temporarily exceed the set speed limit. The system resumes when the vehicle speed drops below the set speed limit, or when you press the RES button. Using Speed Limiter The controls are on the steering wheel. Switching the System On and Off System Warnings Press to set the system in standby mode. Press again to switch the system off. If you intentionally exceed the set speed, a warning appears in the information display. Setting the Speed Limiter If you unintentionally exceed the set speed, for example when you are going downhill, a warning appears in the information display and a tone sounds. Press the toggle button upward or downward with the system in standby mode to set the speed limiter to the current vehicle speed. The set speed is stored and displayed in the information INTELLIGENT SPEED LIMITER display. Principle of Operation WARNING: When you are going downhill, your vehicle speed could increase above the set speed. The system does not apply the brakes. 192 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Driving Aids Setting the Speed Limiter WARNING: The system is designed to aid the driver. It is not intended to replace your attention and judgment. You are still responsible to drive with due care and attention. Press the toggle button upward or downward with the system in standby mode to set the speed limiter to the current vehicle speed. The set speed is stored and displayed in the information The system allows you to limit the vehicle speed to the maximum speed limit detected by the traffic sign recognition system. For example, if the traffic sign recognition system detects a 80 km/h (50 mph) speed limit, the vehicle speed is limited to 80 km/h (50 mph). You can temporarily exceed the set speed if required, for example to overtake. display. Note: The set speed limiter adjusts when the system detects a different maximum speed limit. Note: If the system cannot detect a maximum speed limit, the system returns to standby mode. You can adjust the set speed in small or large increments. Press the toggle button upward or downward once to adjust the set speed in small increments. Press and hold the toggle button upward or downward to adjust the set speed in large increments. Note: The system does not detect speed limits shown with a supplementary traffic sign. You can change between the speed limiter modes using the information display. See General Information (page 89). You can set a permanent speed tolerance that is in addition to the detected speed limit through the tolerance menu in the information display. See General Information (page 89). Canceling the Set Speed Using Intelligent Speed Limiter Resuming the Set Speed The controls are on the steering wheel. Press to resume the set speed limiter. The system sets the speed limiter to the detected maximum speed limit at the time it resumes. Press to cancel the set speed limiter. The system returns to standby mode. Switching the System On and Off Press to set the system in standby mode. The system prompts you to set a speed or show the detected speed limit as the set speed. Press again to switch the system off. Intentionally Exceeding the Speed Limit Firmly press the accelerator pedal to temporarily exceed the set speed limit. The system resumes when the vehicle speed drops below the set speed limit, or when you press the RES button. Note: The system does not limit the vehicle speed in standby mode. 193 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Driving Aids System Warnings WARNING: In cold and severe weather conditions the system may not function. Rain, snow and spray can all limit sensor performance. A warning appears in the information display if any of the following occur: • The vehicle speed exceeds the current set speed. • The system detects a maximum speed limit that is lower than the current vehicle speed. • You intentionally exceed the set speed. • You unintentionally exceed the set speed, for example when you are going downhill. A tone also sounds. WARNING: The system will not operate if the sensor cannot track the road lane markings. WARNING: If damage occurs in the immediate area surrounding the sensor, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Note: A tone sounds if you continue to exceed the set speed. WARNING: The system may not correctly operate if your vehicle is fitted with a suspension kit not approved by us. Note: If the traffic sign recognition system detects a speed limit outside the operational speed range, a tone sounds and the system returns to standby mode. The system is designed to alert you if it calculates that you are becoming drowsy or if your driving deteriorates. DRIVER ALERT The system calculates your alertness level based upon your driving behavior in relation to the lane markings and other factors when the vehicle speed is greater than approximately 65 km/h (40 mph). WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. Driver Alert System Warnings The warning system has two stages: 1. A temporary warning is issued to advise you to take a rest. This message only appears for a short time. 2. If you do not rest and the system continues to detect that your driving deteriorates, it issues a further warning. This remains in the information display until you cancel it. WARNING: The system may not operate properly if the sensor is blocked. Keep the windshield free from obstruction. WARNING: Take regular rest breaks if you feel tired. Do not wait for the system to warn you. Note: The system does not warn you if the vehicle speed falls below approximately 65 km/h (40 mph). WARNING: Certain driving styles may result in the system warning you even if you are not feeling tired. 194 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Driving Aids Driver Alert System Display Your calculated alertness level is low. You should stop your vehicle and take a rest as soon as it is safe to do so. 1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Settings. 2. Select Information. 3. Select Driver alert. Your calculated alertness level shows in gray if: • The sensor cannot track the road lane markings. • The vehicle speed is less than approximately 65 km/h (40 mph). Your calculated alertness level is shown by six steps as a colored bar. The bar travels from right to left as your calculated alertness level decreases. Switching Driver Alert On and Off 1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Driver assist.. 2. Switch Driver Alert on or off. Note: The system remains on or off depending on how it was last set. E249476 Resetting Driver Alert Your calculated alertness level is good. You can reset the system by: • Switching the ignition off and on when your vehicle is stationary. • Opening and closing the driver door when your vehicle is stationary. E249477 Driver Alert System Messages Message Action Driver fatigue warning Rest suggested Displays when we recommend that you take a break due to low alertness levels. Driver fatigue warning Rest now Displays when you must take a break due to low alertness levels. 195 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Driving Aids The system is designed to alert you by providing temporary steering assistance or steering wheel vibration when it detects an unintended lane departure. The system detects and tracks the road lane markings using a camera mounted behind the interior mirror. The system only operates when the vehicle speed is greater than approximately 60 km/h (37 mph). You can view the system status in the information display. LANE KEEPING SYSTEM WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. Note: The system works when the camera can detect at least one lane marking or the edge of the road. WARNING: The system may not function if the sensor is blocked. The system may not correctly operate in any of the following conditions: • The system does not detect at least one lane marking or the edge of the road. • You switch the direction indicator on. • You apply direct steering, accelerate fast or brake hard. • The vehicle speed is less than 60 km/h (37 mph). • The anti-lock brake, stability control or traction control system activates. • Narrow lane width. WARNING: The sensor may incorrectly track lane markings as other structures or objects. This can result in a false or missed warning. WARNING: In cold and severe weather conditions the system may not function. Rain, snow and spray can all limit sensor performance. WARNING: Large contrasts in outside lighting can limit sensor performance. WARNING: The system will not operate if the sensor cannot track the road lane markings. The system may not correct lane positioning in any of the following conditions: • High winds. • Uneven road surfaces. • Heavy or uneven loads. • Incorrect tire pressure. WARNING: If damage occurs in the immediate area surrounding the sensor, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. WARNING: The system may not correctly operate if your vehicle is fitted with a suspension kit not approved by us. 196 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Driving Aids Switching Lane Keeping System On or Off Note: This setting does not affect aid mode. Note: The system remembers the last setting when you start your vehicle. Adjusting the Lane Keeping System Sensitivity 1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Driver assist.. 2. Select Lane keeping system. 3. Select Sensitivity. 4. Select a setting and press the OK button. E132099 Press the button on the direction indicator stalk. Note: A warning indicator may remain illuminated in the information display when you switch the system off. Aid Mode Provides temporary steering assistance toward the lane center when the system detects an unintended lane departure. Note: The system may turn on when you start your vehicle. Note: When aid mode is on and the system does not detect any steering activity for a short period of time, for example lightly holding the steering wheel, the system alerts you to put your hands on the steering wheel. Lane Keeping System Settings The system has different settings that you can view or adjust using the information display. Note: The system remembers the last setting when you start your vehicle. If the system detects a MyKey, the mode is set to alert. Alert and Aid Mode Provides temporary steering assistance toward the lane center when the system detects an unintended lane departure. If your vehicle continues drifting out of the lane, the steering wheel vibrates. Alert Mode Provides steering wheel vibration when the system detects an unintended lane departure. Adjusting the Steering Wheel Vibration Intensity 1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Driver assist.. 2. Select Lane keeping system. 3. Select Intensity. 4. Select a setting and press the OK button. 197 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Driving Aids Lane Keeping System Display E313922 When the system is on, a graphic of lane markings appears in the information display. E165517 A Alert mode. B Aid mode. Lane Keeping System Warning Lamps and Indicators Note: The diagram illustrates general zone coverage. It does not provide exact zone parameters. Lane Keeping Alert Indicators It illuminates in the information display when you switch the system on and Aid Mode or Alert and Aid Mode are selected. Switching the Lane Keeping System Mode E251020 1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Driver assist.. 2. Select Lane keeping system. 3. Select Mode. 4. Select a setting and press the OK button. It illuminates in the information display when you switch the system on and Alert Mode is selected. Lane Keeping Aid Warning Lamp It could illuminate when you switch the system off. If it illuminates when you are driving, this indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Black and White Information Display Indicator System Status Gray. Unavailable. White. Available. White and inverted. Temporary steering assistance. White and flashing. Temporary steering assistance and steering wheel vibration. 198 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Driving Aids Color Information Display Indicator System Status Gray. Unavailable. Green. Available. Amber. Temporary steering assistance. Red. Temporary steering assistance and steering wheel vibration. Lane Keeping System Messages Message Lane keeping system malfunction Service required Action The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. BLIND SPOT INFORMATION SYSTEM WARNING: Do not use the blind spot information system as a replacement for using the interior and exterior mirrors or looking over your shoulder before changing lanes. The blind spot information system is not a replacement for careful driving. E255695 The system is designed to detect vehicles that may have entered the blind spot zone. The detection area is on both sides of your vehicle, extending rearward from the exterior mirrors to approximately 4 m (13 ft) beyond the rear bumper. The detection area extends to approximately 18 m (59 ft) beyond the rear bumper when the vehicle speed is greater than 48 km/h (30 mph) to alert you of faster approaching vehicles. WARNING: The system may not operate properly during severe weather conditions, for example snow, ice, heavy rain and spray. Always drive with due care and attention. Failure to take care may result in a crash. 199 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Driving Aids Note: The system does not prevent contact with other vehicles. It is not designed to detect parked vehicles, pedestrians, animals or other infrastructures. Note: Do not cover the sensors with bumper stickers, repair compound or other objects. Using the Blind Spot Information System If the sensors are blocked, a message may appear in the information display. The indicators remain illuminated in the exterior mirror but the system does not alert you. Note: Blocked sensors could affect system performance. Vehicles with Automatic Transmission The system turns on when all of the following occur: • You start your vehicle. • You shift into drive (D). • The vehicle speed is greater than 10 km/h (6 mph). Switching the Blind Spot Information System On and Off 1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Settings. 2. Select Driver assistance. 3. Select BLIS. 4. Switch BLIS on or off. Note: The system does not operate in park (P) or reverse (R). When you switch the system off, a warning lamp illuminates in the instrument cluster and the alert indicators flash twice. Vehicles with Manual Transmission The system turns on when all of the following occur: • You start your vehicle. • The vehicle speed is greater than 10 km/h (6 mph). The system remembers the last setting when you start your vehicle. Note: The system may not correctly operate when towing a trailer. The system turns off when you attach a trailer, if your vehicle has an approved trailer tow module and tow bar. For vehicles with an aftermarket trailer tow module or tow bar, turn the system off when you attach a trailer. Note: The system does not operate in reverse (R). Blind Spot Information System Sensors To permanently switch the system off, contact an authorized dealer. Blind Spot Information System Indicator When the system detects a vehicle, an alert indicator illuminates in the exterior mirror on the side the approaching vehicle is coming from. If you turn the direction indicator on for that side of your vehicle, the alert indicator flashes. E249861 E205199 The sensors are behind the rear bumper on both sides of your vehicle. Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. Note: The system may not alert you if a vehicle quickly passes through the detection zone. 200 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Driving Aids Blind Spot Information System with Trailer Tow Setting up the Trailer Length E293526 E293525 The blind spot information system with trailer tow is designed to detect vehicles that may have entered the blind spot zone. The detection area is on both sides of your vehicle and trailer, extending rearward from the exterior mirrors to the end of your trailer. When you attach a trailer and have set up a trailer, the blind spot information system with trailer tow becomes active when driving forward above 10 km/h (6 mph). A Trailer length. B Trailer width. C Trailer hitch. The system operates only if the trailer front width is less than 2.5 m (8.2 ft), and the total length from the trailer hitch to the rear of the trailer is less than 10 m (33 ft). 1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Settings. 2. Select Driver assistance. 3. 4. 5. 6. Select BLIS. Select Trailer lengths. Select Trailer A, Trailer B or Trailer C. Select the trailer length at the closest available value. Note: Proper measurement and measurement entry are required for the system to function as designed. You can set up the trailer length, select a trailer or switch blind spot information system with trailer tow off. Note: The system remembers the last trailer setting when you start your vehicle. 7. Press the OK button. Note: If you attach load carriers such as bike racks or cargo racks with electrical lighting, enter a length of 1 m (3 ft). Cross Traffic Alert remains on. 201 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Driving Aids Blind Spot Information System Limitations Selecting a Trailer If you select a trailer in the information display prior to connecting a trailer, the system loads that configuration and an information message appears in the information display when you connect the trailer. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Some trailers may cause a slight change in system performance: • Wide box trailers, especially those wider than the towing vehicle, may cause false alerts to occur when driving next to infrastructure or near parked cars. A false alert may also occur while making a 90-degree turn or driving through a roundabout. • Wide trailers that have a total length greater than 6 m (20 ft) may cause delayed alerts when a vehicle is passing at high speed. • Box trailers that have a width greater than 2.5 m (8.2 ft) may cause early alerts when you pass a vehicle. • Clam shell or V-Nose box trailers with a width greater than 2.5 m (8.2 ft) may cause delayed alerts when a vehicle traveling the same speed as your vehicle merges lanes. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Settings. Select Driver assistance. Select BLIS. Select Trailer. Select Trailer A, Trailer B or Trailer C. Press the OK button. Switching the Blind Spot Information System with Trailer Tow Off 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Settings. Select Driver assistance. Select BLIS. Select Trailer. Select None. Press the OK button. Blind Spot Information System Warning Lamp E249861 When you switch the system off, a warning lamp illuminates and the alert indicators flash twice. It illuminates in the instrument cluster if you switch the system off. If it illuminates when the system is on this indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Note: The system turns off and a message appears when a trailer is connected, but not set up or selected. 202 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Driving Aids Blind Spot Information System Information Messages Message Trailer BLIS Add trailer Exit Press OK to select Description Displays if the new trailer is attached but not selected. Select a trailer. BLIS not available Sensor Displays if the blind spot information system sensors are blocked See manual blocked. BLIS and cross traffic alert deactivated Trailer attached Displays if you attach a trailer to your vehicle. BLIS malfunction The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. The system is designed to alert you of vehicles approaching from the sides behind your vehicle when you shift into reverse (R). CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT Using Cross Traffic Alert WARNING: Do not use the cross traffic alert system as a replacement for using the interior and exterior mirrors or looking over your shoulder before reversing out of a parking space. The cross traffic alert system is not a replacement for careful driving. The system is designed to detect vehicles that approach at a speed between 6 km/h (4 mph) and 60 km/h (37 mph). Coverage decreases when the sensors are partially, mostly or fully obstructed. Slowly reversing helps increase the coverage area and effectiveness. WARNING: The system may not operate properly during severe weather conditions, for example snow, ice, heavy rain and spray. Always drive with due care and attention. Failure to take care may result in a crash. The system turns on when you start the engine and you shift into reverse (R). The system turns off when you shift out of reverse (R). 203 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Driving Aids E142440 The sensor on the left-hand side is only partially obstructed and zone coverage on the right-hand side is maximized. E142441 204 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Driving Aids Cross Traffic Alert behavior when trailer is attached Zone coverage also decreases when parking at narrow angles. The sensor on the left-hand side is mostly obstructed and zone coverage on that side is severely reduced. Note: The system may not correctly operate when towing a trailer. For vehicles with an approved trailer tow module and tow bar, the system turns off when you attach a trailer. For vehicles with an aftermarket trailer tow module or tow bar, we recommend that you switch the system off when you attach a trailer. Cross Traffic Alert System Sensors Cross traffic alert remains on when you attach a trailer in vehicles equipped with a Blind Sport Information System with Trailer Tow under the following conditions: • • E205199 The sensors are behind the rear bumper on both sides of your vehicle. • Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. You connect a trailer. The trailer is a bike rack or cargo rack with a maximum length of 1 m (3 ft). You set the trailer length to 1 m (3 ft) in the information display. See Blind Spot Information System (page 199). Note: Do not cover the sensors with bumper stickers, repair compound or other objects. Switching the System On and Off Note: Blocked sensors could affect system performance. To switch cross traffic alert on or off, use the Information display. See General Information (page 89). If the sensors are blocked, a message may appear in the information display when you shift into reverse (R). Note: The system turns on every time you switch the ignition on. To permanently switch the system off, contact an authorized dealer. Cross Traffic Alert System Limitations The system may not correctly operate when any of the following occur: • The sensors are blocked. • Adjacently parked vehicles or objects are obstructing the sensors. • Vehicles approach at speeds less than 6 km/h (4 mph) or greater than 60 km/h (37 mph). • The vehicle speed is greater than 12 km/h (7 mph). • You reverse out of an angled parking space. Cross Traffic Alert Indicator When the system detects an approaching vehicle a tone sounds, a warning lamp illuminates in the relevant exterior mirror and arrows appear in the information display to show which side the approaching vehicle is coming from. E268294 Note: If arrows do not display, a message appears in the information display. 205 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Driving Aids If the system malfunctions, a warning lamp illuminates in the instrument cluster and a message appears in the information display. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Note: In exceptional conditions, the system could alert you, even when there is nothing in the detection zone, for example a vehicle passing further away from your vehicle. Cross Traffic Alert Information Messages Message Cross traffic alert Action Displays instead of indication arrows when the system detects a vehicle. Check for approaching traffic. Cross traffic not available Displays if the cross traffic alert system sensors are blocked. Sensor blocked See Clean the sensors. If the message continues to appear, have manual your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Cross traffic malfunction The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Cross traffic alert deactiv- Displays if you attach a trailer to your vehicle. ated Trailer attached The system is designed to detect traffic signs to inform you of the current speed limit and overtaking regulations. Detected traffic signs appear in the information display. The sensor is behind the interior mirror. TRAFFIC SIGN RECOGNITION Principle of Operation Note: Do not carry out windshield repairs in the immediate area surrounding the sensor. WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. Note: Traffic sign data provided by the navigation system contains information integrated to the data carrier release. The system detects recognizable traffic signs, for example: • Speed limit signs. • No overtaking signs. • Speed limit cancellation signs. • No overtaking cancellation signs. WARNING: The system may not operate properly if the sensor is blocked. Keep the windshield free from obstruction. Note: The system may not detect all traffic signs and may incorrectly read signs. 206 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Driving Aids Note: In cold and severe weather conditions the system may not function. Rain, snow, spray and large contrasts in lighting can all prevent the sensor from correctly functioning. The system turns on when you switch the ignition on and you cannot switch the system off. Note: If your vehicle has a suspension kit not approved by us, the system may not correctly function. Setting the System Speed Warning Using Traffic Sign Recognition You can set the system speed warning to alert you when the vehicle speed exceeds the speed limit recognized by the system by a certain speed tolerance. Note: Always fit Ford original parts when replacing headlamp bulbs. Other bulbs may reduce system performance. To switch the system speed warning on or off, or to adjust the speed warning settings, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following: Menu Item Action Driver assist. Press the menu button. Traffic sign recognition Press the OK button. Activate speed warning Press the OK button. Speed warning Press the menu button. Tolerance Press the OK button. Press the toggle button upward or downward to choose your required speed setting. Press the OK button. Overspeed chime Press the OK button. You can view the status at any time using the information display. Traffic Sign Recognition System Display The system displays recognizable traffic signs in four stages as follows: 1. All new traffic signs appear brighter than the others in the display. 2. After a predetermined time they display normally. 3. After a predetermined distance they are greyed out. 4. After another predetermined distance they are deleted. E132994 The system can display two traffic signs in parallel. 207 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Driving Aids If the system detects a supplementary traffic sign, it displays below the respective traffic sign. For example, when passing a reduced speed limit in wet road conditions sign. Note: If your vehicle has a navigation system, stored traffic sign data may influence the indicated speed limit value. Traffic Sign Recognition System Messages Message Traffic sign recognition Reduced performance See manual Action The traffic sign data provided by the navigation system is unavailable due to weak or no signal. Wait for a short period of time for the signal to improve. If the message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Note: Traffic sign data provided by the navigation system contains information integrated to the data carrier release. WRONG WAY ALERT Note: The system is designed to detect traffic signs meeting the Vienna convention. WARNING: The system is designed to aid the driver. It is not intended to replace your attention and judgment. You are still responsible to drive with due care and attention. Note: The system may not detect all traffic signs and may incorrectly read signs. Note: If your vehicle has a suspension kit not approved by us, the system may not correctly function. WARNING: At all times, you are responsible for controlling your vehicle, supervising the system and intervening, if required. Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death. Note: Always fit Ford original parts when replacing headlamp bulbs. Other bulbs may reduce system performance. Note: The system does not operate in some countries. We recommend that you check system availability before use. WARNING: The system may not operate properly if the sensor is blocked. Keep the windshield free from obstruction. If the system detects that you are driving the wrong way on a freeway exit road, a message appears in the information display and a tone sounds. The audio system volume mutes and navigation system guidance pauses. The system is designed to alert you if it detects that you are driving the wrong way on a freeway exit road. The system uses a sensor behind the interior mirror to detect no entry signs and uses information from the navigation system. Note: In cold and severe weather conditions the system may not function. Rain, snow, spray and large contrasts in lighting can all prevent the sensor from functioning correctly. Note: Do not carry out windshield repairs in the immediate area surrounding the sensor. Note: The system may not correctly operate in areas under construction or new infrastructure. 208 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Driving Aids Note: In exceptional conditions, the system could alert you even if you are not driving the wrong way on a freeway exit road. Switching Wrong Way Alert On or Off To switch wrong way alert on or off, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following: Menu Item Action Driver assist. Press the menu button. Wrong way alert Press the OK button. Note: The system remembers the last setting when you start your vehicle. Wrong Way Alert Information Messages Message Check driving direction Action The system has detected that you are driving the wrong way on a freeway exit road. Press the OK button. Instantaneous Efficiency Level ECO The display ring increases as the instantaneous efficiency level increases and illuminates when it reaches maximum efficiency. The level continuously updates to indicate the efficiency level for the current trip. Eco Mode How Does Eco Mode Work The system is designed to monitor certain driving characteristics to help you drive more efficiently. See Economical Driving (page 228). Viewing the Instantaneous Efficiency Level 1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select MyView. 2. Select Eco coach. Note: The efficiency levels do not result in a defined fuel consumption figure. See Fuel Consumption (page 142). Note: The system only indicates the efficiency level for the current trip. The system resets each time you switch the ignition on. 209 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Driving Aids Efficient Drive Mode Indicator Trip Summary The calculated trip summary is shown as four colored bars. The bars travel from left to right as the calculated efficiency levels increase. The bars indicate the average efficiency level for acceleration, deceleration, speed and gear shifting during the total distance traveled by your vehicle for the current trip. E308186 It indicates that you have to slowly decelerate. Trip Summary The calculated trip summary is shown as five colored bars. The bars travel from left to right as the calculated efficiency levels increase. The bars indicate the average efficiency level for acceleration, deceleration, speed, gear shifting and compliance score during the total distance traveled by your vehicle for both last and current trips. Note: Vehicles with an automatic transmission do not have a bar for gear shifting. Viewing the Trip Summary 1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select MyView. 2. Select Eco coach. Note: Vehicles with an automatic transmission do not have a bar for gear shifting. Efficient Drive Mode Viewing the trip summary What Is Efficient Drive Mode 1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select MyView. 2. Select Eco coach. 3. Switch the engine off. 4. Press the OK button. Efficient drive mode is a predictive coach that provides near real-time traffic information to help you drive more efficiently by releasing the accelerator pedal. Switching Efficient Drive Mode On and Off PRE-COLLISION ASSIST 1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Driver assist.. 2. Select Eco coach. 3. Switch Eco advice on and off. WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. Displaying the Efficient Drive Mode 1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Driver assist.. WARNING: The system does not operate during hard acceleration or steering. Failure to take care may lead to a crash or personal injury. The display ring can provide information about speed limit, freeway ramp, slope, curve, crosswalk, etc. 210 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Driving Aids WARNING: The system may fail or operate with reduced function during cold and severe weather conditions. Snow, ice, rain, spray and fog can adversely affect the system. Keep the front camera and radar free of snow and ice. Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death. WARNING: The Pre-Collision Assist system with brake support cannot help prevent all collisions. Do not rely on this system to replace your judgment and the need to maintain correct distance and speed. The pre-collision assist system is active when your vehicle reaches a speed greater than approximately 10 km/h (6 mph). Pedestrian detection is active at speeds up to 80 km/h (50 mph). WARNING: The system may not operate properly if your vehicle has a non-Ford windshield. Do not carry out windshield repairs in the area around the sensor. Note: The system is not designed to detect animals. Note: The system is not designed to detect vehicles or cyclists that are traveling in a different direction. WARNING: In situations where the vehicle camera has limited detection capability, this may reduce system performance. These situations include but are not limited to direct or low sunlight, vehicles at night without tail lights, unconventional vehicle types, pedestrians with complex backgrounds, running pedestrians, partly obscured pedestrians, or pedestrians that the system cannot distinguish from a group. Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death. E156130 If your vehicle is rapidly approaching another stationary vehicle, a vehicle or cyclist traveling in the same direction as yours, or a pedestrian within your driving path, the system is designed to provide three levels of functionality. Level of Functionality Description Alert When activated, a warning lamp flashes and an audible warning sounds. Brake support The system is designed to help reduce the impact speed by preparing the brakes for rapid braking. The system does not automatically apply the brakes. If you press the brake pedal, the system could apply additional braking up to maximum braking force, even if you lightly press the brake pedal. Active braking - vehicles without adaptive cruise control The system is designed to apply the brakes if it detects a crash is imminent. This may help reduce impact or avoid the crash. 211 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Driving Aids Level of Functionality Description The system is active at speeds up to 130 km/h (80 mph). Active braking - vehicles with adaptive cruise control The system is designed to apply the brakes if it detects a crash is imminent. This may help reduce impact or avoid the crash. Setting the Distance Alert Sensitivity Switching Active Braking On and Off 1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Driver assist.. 2. Select Pre-collision Assist. 3. Select Alert sensitivity. 4. Select a setting and press the OK button. 1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Driver assist.. 2. Select Pre-collision Assist. 3. Switch Active braking on or off. Distance Alert (If Equipped) Distance Indication (If Equipped) A warning lamp illuminates if the distance to the vehicle ahead is small. A graphical indication displays the time gap to vehicles ahead of you traveling in the same direction. Note: The warning lamp does not illuminate if cruise control or adaptive cruise control is active. Note: The graphic does not display if you switch on cruise control or adaptive cruise control. Vehicle Speed System Sensitivity Distance Indicator Color 100 km/h (62 mph) Normal. Gray. Distance Gap Time Gap Greater than Greater than 0.9 25 m (82.0 ft) . seconds. Yellow. 17–25 m (55.8–82.0 ft). 0.6-0.9 seconds. Red. Less than 17 m (55.8 ft). Less than 0.6 seconds. 3. Switch Distance indication on or off. Switching Distance Indication On and Off 1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Driver assist.. 2. Select Pre-collision Assist. 212 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Driving Aids Pre-Collision Assist System Sensors The camera is mounted behind the interior mirror. Vehicles without Adaptive Cruise Control E243054 E244279 The camera is mounted behind the interior mirror. The radar sensor is behind the front grille below the license plate. Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. Note: Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects. Note: Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects. Note: If your vehicle sustains damage leaving the sensors misaligned, this may cause inaccurate measurements or false alerts. Note: If your vehicle sustains damage leaving the sensors misaligned, this may cause inaccurate measurements or false alerts. Blocked sensors could affect system accuracy. A message may appear in the information display. Blocked sensors could affect system accuracy. A message may appear in the information display. Vehicles with Adaptive Cruise Control Pre-Collision Assist Warning Lamp It illuminates if your vehicle rapidly approaches another vehicle, to warn you of the risk of a crash with the vehicle in front of you. It could illuminate red if the distance to the vehicle ahead is small. It illuminates when the system is not available. E243054 213 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Driving Aids Pre-Collision Assist Information Messages Message Action Pre-collision assist not available The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Pre-collision assist not The sensors are dirty. Clean the sensors. If the message available Sensor blocked continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. The following table lists possible causes and actions for when a blocked sensor message may display. Cause Action The surface of the radar in the radiator grille Clean the radiator grille in front of the radar is dirty or obstructed. or remove any obstruction. The surface of the radar is clean but the message remains in the display. Wait for a short period of time. It may take several minutes for the system to detect that there is no obstruction. Heavy rain, spray, snow, or fog is interfering The system is temporarily disabled. The system should reactivate after a short with the radar signals. period of time when the weather conditions improve. The radar is misaligned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. The windshield in front of the camera is dirty or obstructed. Clean the outside of the windshield in front of the camera. The windshield in front of the camera is clean but the message remains in the display. Wait for a short period of time. It may take several minutes for the camera to detect that there is no obstruction. Excessive heat around the camera. Wait for a short period of time. The message should clear when the temperature around the camera decreases. 214 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Driving Aids Note: The camera system may not operate correctly if mud, water or debris obstructs the camera's view. You can clean the lens with a soft, lint-free cloth and non-abrasive cleaner or by using your front washer. See Wipers and Washers (page 66). FRONT VIEW CAMERA WARNING: The front camera system still requires the driver to use it in conjunction with looking out of your vehicle. The camera button is located on the audio unit. E188847 Camera Views Press the camera button to toggle between different views. • • E188845 The front view camera is located in the grille. Front Normal View: Provides an image of what is directly in front of your vehicle. Front Split View: Provides an extended view of what is in front of your vehicle. Access this view by pressing the camera button from the Front Normal View screen. DRIVE CONTROL Using the Front View Camera Selectable Drive Modes The front view camera provides a video image of the area in front of your vehicle. Your vehicle has various drive modes that you can select for different driving conditions. Depending on the drive mode that you select, the system adjusts various vehicle settings, for example steering, gear shifting, handling and powertrain response. To use the front view camera system, place the transmission in any gear except reverse (R). An image of the front of your vehicle appears once you press the camera enable button and your vehicle speed is below 10 km/h (6 mph). Selecting a Drive Mode Note: The area displayed on the screen may vary according to your vehicle's orientation or road condition. The button is on the instrument panel. Repeatedly press the button to scroll through the available drive modes. Release the button to confirm your selected drive mode. E298514 Note: The front view camera will switch off if your vehicle speed exceeds 10 km/h (6 mph). You will have to switch the system back on by using the enable button once below the speed threshold. Normal E225310 Vehicle settings suited for balanced driving. 215 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Driving Aids Note: This is the default mode each time you switch the ignition on. Tow/Haul Vehicle settings suited for towing or hauling. Eco E246592 Vehicle settings suited for economical driving. E267164 Mud/Ruts E296606 Slippery E269320 Vehicle settings suited for driving through mud and ruts. Vehicle settings suited for driving on slippery roads. Selectable Drive Modes Information Messages Message Action Drive mode not available The system is not available. If it is still not available the next time you switch the ignition on, the system has detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. 216 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Local Hazard Information WHAT IS LOCAL HAZARD INFORMATION The system is designed to provide near real-time information about the road in front of you. ENABLING LOCAL HAZARD INFORMATION Note: Make sure that the modem is enabled. See Enabling and Disabling the Modem (page 319). 1. 2. 3. 4. Press Settings on the touchscreen. Press Connectivity. Press Connected Vehicle Features. Switch Local hazard information on. CHECKING LOCAL HAZARD INFORMATION STATUS 1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Settings. 2. Select Information. 3. Select Local hazard information. 217 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Load Carrying Note: You must secure the loads carried in the loadspace. GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING: Use load securing straps to an approved standard, e.g. DIN. WARNING: Make sure that you secure all loose items properly. WARNING: Place luggage and other loads as low and as far forward as possible within the luggage or loadspace. WARNING: Do not exceed the maximum front and rear axle loads for your vehicle. WARNING: Do not exceed the maximum gross vehicle weight. See Vehicle Identification Plate (page 310). WARNING: Do not place solid objects outside the loadspace area for example timber and sheet material. Note: The center of the payload should be located within the wheelbase of the vehicle. E199636 Note: Avoid one sided load distribution. When transporting loads for example sand, gravel, soil, use a cover to prevent items falling out of your vehicle. Note: Uneven load distribution could result in unacceptable handling and braking characteristics. LUGGAGE COVERS WARNING: Do not move your vehicle with people or animals in the loadspace. WARNING: The maximum load per rope hook is 200 kg (440 lb). Do not exceed this load. 218 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Load Carrying ROOF RACKS AND LOAD CARRIERS - BUS ROOF RACKS AND LOAD CARRIERS - VAN WARNING: When loading the roof racks, we recommend you evenly distribute the load, as well as maintain a low center of gravity. Loaded vehicles, with higher centers of gravity, may handle differently than unloaded vehicles. Take extra precautions, such as slower speeds and increased stopping distance, when driving a heavily loaded vehicle. WARNING: When loading the roof racks, we recommend you evenly distribute the load, as well as maintain a low center of gravity. Loaded vehicles, with higher centers of gravity, may handle differently than unloaded vehicles. Take extra precautions, such as slower speeds and increased stopping distance, when driving a heavily loaded vehicle. WARNING: Do not exceed the maximum front and rear axle loads for your vehicle. WARNING: Do not exceed the maximum front and rear axle loads for your vehicle. WARNING: Read and follow the manufacturer's instructions when you are fitting a roof rack. WARNING: Read and follow the manufacturer's instructions when you are fitting a roof rack. Maximum Roof Load Variant All Except 310M M1 Kombi With Passenger Double Seat, Second Row Seats & Third Row Seats. kg (lb) Medium-Roof. 150 (331) High-Roof. 100 (220) Variant Make sure that you securely fasten the load. Check that the straps are secure before driving and at each fuel stop. Maximum Roof Load kg (lb) Medium-Roof. 150 (331) High-Roof. 100 (220) 310M M1 Kombi With Passenger Double Seat, Second Row Seats & Third Row Seats. We recommend that you use genuine Ford accessory crossbars specifically designed for your vehicle. Variant Never place loads directly on the roof panel. Medium-Roof. High-Roof. Maximum Roof Load kg (lb) 100 (220) 50 (110) Make sure that you securely fasten the load. Check that the straps are secure before driving and at each fuel stop. 219 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Load Carrying We recommend that you use genuine Ford accessory crossbars specifically designed for your vehicle. Van Never place loads directly on the roof panel. LOAD RETAINING FIXTURES Tie Down Points WARNING: Use the tie down points only for restraining the loads within the loadspace. Using tie down points for any other purpose may lead to serious injury or vehicle damage. Do not use the tie down points for towing. E175810 WARNING: A loaded vehicle alters the vehicle's center of gravity and aerodynamics. Take care when cornering, driving in crosswinds and at high speeds. Variant Maximum Load Value All Van 5,000 N (1,125 lb) Dropside WARNING: Do not exceed the permissible gross weight. See Vehicle Identification Plate (page 310). Note: The number of tie down points may vary depending on your vehicle model. Do not use the tie down points under the following conditions: WARNING: Each tie down point has a maximum load rating. See table below. Exceeding this may lead to serious injury and vehicle damage. • • WARNING: Always inspect the tie down points before use. Any sign of wear or damage. Rail supporting the tie down points show any sign of wear, damage or distortion. WARNING: Make sure that you secure all loose items properly. 220 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Load Carrying Premium 3.5 and 4.7 Tonne Load Retaining Fixtures Maximum Load kg (lb) A 450 kg (990 lb) B 1,000 kg (2,200 lb) C 450 kg (990 lb) D 800 kg (1,760 lb) TAILGATE WARNING: Do not exceed the maximum permissible tailgate load of 150 kg (331 lb). WARNING: Do not drive your vehicle with the tailgate in the lowered position. WARNING: Make sure that you keep a firm grip of the tailgate to prevent it from dropping down. E199710 Note: Lower the tailgate for better access to loads. Basic 3.5 Tonne Load Retaining Fixtures Maximum Load kg (lb) A 450 kg (990 lb) B 500 kg (1,100 lb) C 450 kg (990 lb) D 400 kg (880 lb) Note: When closing the tailgate remove all debris between the tailgate and loadspace. Note: Use the warning triangle when lowering the tailgate. 221 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Load Carrying Lowering the Tailgate Note: We recommend using the foot tread plate, when there is a possibility of load spillage. Note: Lower the side panel for better access to loads. Opening the Side Panel E199736 1. Push the top of the tailgate and push the latch up. 2. Lower the tailgate slightly. 3. Release both support cables from the tailgate. 4. Lower the tailgate. E199737 1. Push the top of the side panel and pull the latch up. 2. Pull to open the side panel. BED ACCESS WARNING: Make sure that you keep a firm grip of the side panel to prevent it from dropping down. 222 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Load Carrying Accessing the Load Bed (If Equipped) Using the Folding Tread Plate E200249 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Lower the side panel or tailgate. Lower the tread plate. Hold the grab handle. Place foot onto the tread plate. Climb onto the load bed. Dismount the load bed in reverse order. E199738 223 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Load Carrying Using the Foot Tread Plate E199739 1. Hold the grab handle. 2. Place foot onto the tread plate. 3. Climb onto the load bed. Dismount the load bed in reverse order. 224 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Towing • TOWING A TRAILER WARNING: Do not exceed 100 km/h (62 mph). This could result in the loss of vehicle control, serious personal injury or death. • WARNING: Do not exceed the maximum gross train weight stated on your vehicle identification plate. This could result in the loss of vehicle control, serious personal injury or death. See Vehicle Identification Plate (page 310). • • WARNING: Do not exceed the maximum permissible trailer nose weight (vertical weight on the tow ball) as stated in the vehicle specification chart. This could result in the loss of vehicle control, serious personal injury or death. See Capacities and Specifications (page 303). Note: The maximum permissible trailer nose weight on the trailer identification plate is the trailer manufacturer’s testing value. The vehicle maximum permissible trailer nose weight may be lower. WARNING: The anti-lock braking system does not control the overrun brake on the trailer. This could result in the loss of vehicle control, serious personal injury or death. Towing a trailer changes the vehicle handling characteristics and increases stopping distances. Adapt your speed and driving behavior to the load of the trailer. The stability of your vehicle to trailer combination is very much dependent on the quality of the trailer. The gross train weight stated on the vehicle identification plate applies for road gradients up to 12% and altitudes up to 1,000 m (3,281 ft) when towing a trailer. In mountainous regions the engine performance decreases due to lower air density with increasing altitude. In high altitude regions above 1,000 m (3,281 ft), the stipulated maximum permitted gross train weight must be reduced by 10% for every extra 1,000 m (3,281 ft). When towing a trailer: • • • The trailer nose weight (vertical weight on the tow ball), is essential for the driving stability of your vehicle and trailer. The vertical weight on the tow ball should be at least 4% of the trailer weight and not exceed the maximum permissable weight. See Capacities and Specifications (page 303). Reduce speed immediately if the trailer shows any sign of swaying. See Trailer Sway Control (page 226). Use a low gear when descending a steep downhill gradient. Obey country specific regulations for towing a trailer. Do not exceed 100 km/h (62 mph) even if a country allows higher speeds under certain conditions. Place loads as low as possible and central to the axle of your trailer. If you are towing with an unladen vehicle, the load in your trailer should be placed toward the nose, within the maximum nose load, as this gives the best stability. See Capacities and Specifications (page 303). Note: Not all vehicles are suitable or approved to have tow bars fitted. See an authorized dealer for further information. Trailer Lighting The electrical system on your vehicle is suitable for towing trailers with LED lamps. 225 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Towing TRAILER SWAY CONTROL WARNING: If your vehicle has a steering wheel lock make sure the ignition is in the accessory or on position when being towed. Note: This feature does not prevent trailer sway, but reduces it once it begins. Note: This feature cannot stop all trailers from swaying. WARNING: You must make sure the transmission selector lever is placed in position N. Failure to follow this warning could damage the transmission and may lead to a crash or injury. Note: In some cases, if your vehicle speed is too high, the system may turn on multiple times, gradually reducing your vehicle speed. This feature applies your vehicle brakes at individual wheels and if necessary, reduces engine power. If the trailer begins to sway, the traction control warning lamp flashes and a message will appear in the information display. Slow your vehicle down, pull safely to the side of the road and check for correct load distribution. See Load Carrying (page 218). WARNING: The brake and steering assistance will not operate unless the engine is running. Press the brake pedal harder and be aware of increased stopping distances and heavier steering. WARNING: Too much tension on a tow rope could cause damage to your vehicle or the vehicle that is towing. TOW BALL WARNING: Do not tow your vehicle if the ambient temperature is below 0°C (32°F). WARNING: Do not exceed the maximum gross train weight stated on your vehicle identification plate. Emergency Towing If your vehicle is disabled without access to wheel dollies, a car-hauling trailer, or a flatbed transport vehicle it can be flat-towed with all wheels on the ground. Make sure you fit a protector to the tailboard if equipped. This prevents damage from the towbar when the tailboard is lowered. Contact an authorized dealer. You may do this under the following conditions: • Your vehicle is facing forward so that it is towed in a forward direction. • The transmission selector lever is placed in position N. If the transmission gear shift lever cannot be moved to position N, it may need to be overridden. See Automatic Transmission (page 152). • Maximum speed is 50 km/h (31 mph). • Maximum distance is 80 km (50 mi). TOWING THE VEHICLE ON FOUR WHEELS - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION WARNING: You must switch the ignition on when your vehicle is being towed. Failure to follow this warning could seriously increase the risk of injury or death. 226 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Towing Drive off slowly and smoothly without jerking the vehicle you are towing. WARNING: Too much tension on a tow rope could cause damage to your vehicle or the vehicle that is towing. You must only use the recovery hook that was delivered with your vehicle. See Towing Points (page 234). WARNING: When towing your vehicle you must select neutral. Failure to follow this warning could damage the transmission and may lead to a crash or injury. Tow ropes or rigid towing bars must be placed on the same side. For example; right hand rear towing point to right hand front towing point. You must use a tow rope or rigid towing bar that is of the correct strength for the weight of the towing vehicle and the vehicle that is being towed. Drive off slowly and smoothly without jerking the vehicle you are towing. You must only use the towing eye that was delivered with your vehicle. See Towing Points (page 234). Note: Using a rigid towing bar is the safest way to tow a vehicle. The weight of the vehicle that is being towed must not exceed the weight of the towing vehicle. Tow ropes or rigid towing bars must be placed on the same side. For example; right hand rear towing point to right hand front towing point. TOWING THE VEHICLE ON FOUR WHEELS - MANUAL TRANSMISSION You must use a tow rope or rigid towing bar that is of the correct strength for the weight of the towing vehicle and the vehicle that is being towed. The weight of the vehicle that is being towed must not exceed the weight of the towing vehicle. WARNING: You must switch the ignition on when your vehicle is being towed. Failure to follow this warning could seriously increase the risk of injury or death. Do not exceed 50 km/h (31 mph). WARNING: The brake and steering assistance will not operate unless the engine is running. Press the brake pedal harder and be aware of increased stopping distances and heavier steering. WARNING: If your vehicle has a steering wheel lock make sure the ignition is in the accessory or on position when being towed. 227 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Driving Hints ECONOMICAL DRIVING REDUCED ENGINE PERFORMANCE The following helps to improve fuel consumption: • Regularly check your tire pressures and make sure that they are inflated to the correct pressure. See Tire Pressures (page 295). • Follow the recommended maintenance schedule and carry out the recommended checks. • Plan your journey and check the traffic before you set off. • Avoid idling the engine in cold weather or for extended periods. Start the engine only when you are ready to set off. • Do not carry unnecessary weight in your vehicle as extra weight wastes fuel. • Do not add unnecessary accessories to the exterior of your vehicle, for example running boards. If you use a roof rack, remember to fold it down or remove it when not in use. • Drive smoothly, accelerate gently and anticipate the road ahead to avoid heavy braking. • Switch off all electric systems when not in use, for example air conditioning. Make sure that you unplug any accessories from the auxiliary power points when not in use. WARNING: If you continue to drive your vehicle when the engine is overheating, the engine could stop without warning. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle. If the engine coolant temperature gauge needle moves to the upper limit position, the engine is overheating. See Gauges (page 83). You must only drive your vehicle for a short distance if the engine overheats. The distance you can travel depends on ambient temperature, vehicle load and terrain. The engine continues to operate with limited power for a short period of time. If the engine temperature continues to rise, the fuel supply to the engine reduces. The air conditioning switches off and the engine cooling fan operates continually. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Gradually reduce your speed and stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. Immediately switch the engine off to prevent severe engine damage. Wait for the engine to cool down. Check the coolant level. See Engine Coolant Check (page 259). Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. COLD WEATHER PRECAUTIONS The functional operation of some components and systems can be affected at temperatures below approximately -25°C (-13°F). 228 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Driving Hints BREAKING-IN Tires New tires need to be run-in for approximately 500 km (300 mi). During this time, you may experience different driving characteristics. Brakes and Clutch Avoid heavy use of the brakes and clutch if possible for the first 150 km (100 mi) in town and for the first 1,500 km (1,000 mi) on freeways. E176913 When driving through standing water, drive very slowly and do not stop your vehicle. Your brake performance and traction may be limited. After driving through water and as soon as it is safe to do so: Engine Avoid driving too fast during the first 1,500 km (1,000 mi). Vary your speed frequently and change up through the gears early. Do not labor the engine. • • • • Vehicles With a Diesel Engine During the first 3,000 km (2,000 mi), you may notice a ticking sound when your vehicle slows down. This is due to adjustments of your new diesel engine and is normal. Lightly press the brake pedal to dry the brakes and to check that they work. Check that the horn works. Check that the exterior lights work. Turn the steering wheel to check that the steering power assist works. FLOOR MATS DRIVING THROUGH WATER WARNING: Use a floor mat designed to fit the footwell of your vehicle that does not obstruct the pedal area. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. WARNING: Do not drive through flowing or deep water as you may lose control of your vehicle. Note: Driving through standing water can cause vehicle damage. WARNING: Pedals that cannot move freely can cause loss of vehicle control and increase the risk of serious personal injury. Note: Engine damage can occur if water enters the air filter. Before driving through standing water, check the depth. Never drive through water that is higher than the bottom of the wheel hubs. 229 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Driving Hints WARNING: Secure the floor mat to both retention devices so that it cannot slip out of position and interfere with the pedals. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. WARNING: Do not place additional floor mats or any other covering on top of the original floor mats. This could result in the floor mat interfering with the operation of the pedals. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. WARNING: Always make sure that objects cannot fall into the driver foot well while your vehicle is moving. Objects that are loose can become trapped under the pedals causing a loss of vehicle control. E142666 To install the floor mats, position the floor mat eyelet over the retention post and press down to lock in position. To remove the floor mat, reverse the installation procedure. Note: Regularly check the floor mats to make sure they are secure. 230 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Roadside Emergencies FUEL SHUTOFF HAZARD FLASHERS The hazard flasher switch is on the instrument panel. WARNING: If your vehicle has been involved in a crash, have the fuel system checked. Failure to follow this instruction could result in fire, personal injury or death. Use the hazard flashers if your vehicle is creating a safety hazard for other road users. Switching the Hazard Flashers On or Off In the event of a moderate to severe crash, your vehicle is fitted with a fuel pump shut-off feature that stops the flow of fuel to the engine. Not every impact will cause a shutoff. Press the button to switch the hazard flashers on. Press the button again to switch the hazard flashers off. Should the engine turn off after a crash, you may restart the engine by carrying out the following. Note: All direction indicators flash. Note: Prolonged use of the hazard flashers could cause the vehicle battery to run out of charge. Ignition Switch 1. 2. 3. 4. Switch the ignition off. Switch the ignition to position III. Switch the ignition off. Switch the ignition on again to re-enable the fuel pump. Note: Various system checks are automatically carried out before the vehicle will restart. if your vehicle fails to restart after the third attempt, the system has detected a fault that requires service. We recommend you contact an authorized dealer. Note: Depending on applicable laws in the country your vehicle was built for, if you heavily brake, the hazard flashers could turn on. Hazard Flasher Indicator Flashes when you switch the hazard flashers on. EMERGENCY EXIT Keyless Starting (If Equipped) WARNING: Make sure that the roof rack and its load do not obstruct the emergency exit. Ask your dealer for advice on roof racks suitable for your vehicle. 1. Without applying the brake pedal, press and release the button once. 2. Press the brake pedal, and then press and release the button once. 3. Without applying the brake pedal, press and release the button once. 4. Press the brake pedal and then press the button until the engine starts. Break the glass with the hammer in an emergency. 231 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Roadside Emergencies Connecting the Jumper Cables Note: Various system checks are automatically carried out before the vehicle will restart. if your vehicle fails to restart after the third attempt, the system has detected a fault that requires service. We recommend you contact an authorized dealer. A JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE WARNING: Connect batteries with only the same nominal voltage. C WARNING: Use only adequately sized cables with insulated clamps. D Note: Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle electrical system. B E102925 A Vehicle with the discharged battery. B Vehicle with the booster battery. C Positive jumper cable. D Negative jumper cable. Front Wheel Drive 1. Switch the ignition off and any electrical equipment. 232 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Roadside Emergencies WARNING: Do not connect the negative jumper cable to any other part of your vehicle. Use the ground point. 4. Connect one end of the negative jumper cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery or to a suitable ground point and the other end to the ground point on your vehicle. Rear Wheel Drive 1. Switch the ignition off and any electrical equipment. E145290 2. Lift up the battery positive connection point cover. For item location, refer to the appropriate under hood overview. See Maintenance (page 252). WARNING: Make sure that the cables are clear of any moving parts and fuel delivery system parts. 3. Connect one end of the positive jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery and the other end to the positive terminal of the booster battery. E145290 2. Lift up the battery positive connection point cover. For item location, refer to the appropriate under hood overview. See Maintenance (page 252). WARNING: Make sure that the cables are clear of any moving parts and fuel delivery system parts. 3. Connect one end of the positive jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery and the other end to the positive terminal of the booster battery. E299456 233 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Roadside Emergencies TOWING POINTS Front Towing Point WARNING: Make sure that the towing eye is fully tightened. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury. WARNING: You must switch the ignition on when your vehicle is being towed. E229130 WARNING: Do not connect the negative jumper cable to any other part of your vehicle. Use the ground point. 4. Connect one end of the negative jumper cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery or to a suitable ground point and the other end to the ground point on your vehicle. Starting the Engine 1. Start the engine of the vehicle with the booster battery and keep the engine speed between 2000 and 3000 RPM. 2. Start the engine of the vehicle with the discharged battery. 3. When the engine starts, run the engines for three minutes before you disconnect the jumper cables. E146426 1. Carefully remove the cover. 2. Install the towing eye. Note: It has a left-hand thread. Turn it counterclockwise to install it. Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were connected. Note: Do not switch the headlamps on before you disconnect the jumper cables. The peak voltage could cause the bulbs to fail. 234 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Roadside Emergencies Rear Towing Point Note: You must carry the towing eye in your vehicle at all times. E142319 Towing Eye Location E265227 The towing eye may be found: • Secured to the floor under the passenger seat. • Secured to the rear of the seat base under the passenger seat. • Secured under the second row passenger seat. • Inside the driver door storage compartment. • Inside the toolkit within the front step storage compartment. 235 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Emergency Equipment STORING A FIRST AID KIT You can store a first aid kit in the passenger side front door storage. STORING A WARNING TRIANGLE You can store a warning triangle in the driver side front door storage. 236 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Fuses Body Control Module FUSE BOX LOCATIONS Engine Compartment Fuse Box E319023 E296246 Driver Compartment Fuse Box Passenger Compartment Fuse Box E296247 E296255 The fuse box is behind the removable trim panel. Pre-fuse Box The fuse box is under the driver seat. 237 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Fuses FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART Engine Compartment Fuse Box 1 2 4 3 7 8 12 13 5 6 11 9 10 15 16 23 24 26 30 31 32 33 17 18 19 14 21 22 25 20 59 44 45 29 27 28 34 35 36 37 39 40 41 42 46 47 49 50 48 52 38 43 51 53 54 55 56 57 58 E308021 Item Fuse Rating Protected Component 1 50 A Wipers. 2 40 A All-Wheel Drive. 3 40 A Right-hand heated windshield element. 4 15 A Rear window washer pump. 5 - Not used. 6 - Not used. 7 40 A Front blower motor. 238 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Fuses Item Fuse Rating Protected Component 8 40 A Left-hand heated windshield element. 9 15 A Rear door latch. 10 5A Battery energy control module - MHEV. 11 40 A Auxiliary power point. USB port. 12 20 A Horn. 13 20 A Selective catalytic reduction system. 14 10 A Battery energy control module - Powertrain control module. 15 - Not used. 16 - Not used. 17 10 A Right-hand high-intensity discharge headlamps. 18 40 A Rear window defroster. 19 20 A Front fog lamps. 20 10 A Power folding mirrors. 21 15 A Vehicle power 4. 22 40 A Rear blower motor. 23 20 A Fuel pump. 24 40 A Run/Start relay. 25 40 A Auxiliary power points. 26 10 A Left-hand high-intensity discharge headlamps. 27 40 A Selective catalytic reduction system. 28 20 A Vehicle power 1. 29 40 A Fuel filter heater. 30 7.5 A Coolant pump. 31 5A Anti-lock brake system. 32 15 A Transmission control module. 33 30 A Starter motor. 239 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Fuses Item Fuse Rating Protected Component 34 15 A Selective catalytic reduction system. 35 15 A Vehicle power 2. 36 5A Belt integrated starter generator - MHEV. 37 5A Glow plugs. Powertrain control module. 38 60 A Glow plug control module. 39 15 A Selective catalytic reduction system. 40 10 A Vehicle power 3. 41 10 A Controller glow plug. 42 15 A Transmission control unit. 43 60 A Anti-lock brake system pump. 44 25 A Cooling fan. 45 30 A Trailer socket. 46 - Not used. 47 - Not used. 48 50 A Cooling fan. 49 15 A Nitrogen oxides sensor. 50 5A Closed crankcase ventilation heater. 51 10 A Air conditioning clutch. 52 50 A Cooling fan. 53 5A 54 20 A Backup alarm. 55 25 A Transmission oil pump. 56 20 A Fuel fired booster heater. 57 25 A Anti-lock brake system with electronic stability control. 58 30 A Trailer socket. 59 - Active tensioner - MHEV. Cooling fan relay. 240 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Fuses Driver Compartment Fuse Box 2 1 4 6 3 5 19 20 21 22 8 7 31 32 33 34 35 9 23 24 25 26 11 10 13 12 15 14 17 16 36 37 38 39 40 18 27 28 29 30 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 41 53 54 55 42 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 43 44 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 E296291 Item Fuse Rating 1 5A USB port. Protected Component 2 - Not used. 3 5A USB port. 4 - Not used. 5 - Not used. 6 - Not used. 7 - Not used. 8 - Not used. 9 10 A 10 - Not used. 11 - Not used. 12 - Not used. Heated exterior mirrors. 241 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Fuses Item Fuse Rating Protected Component 13 - Not used. 14 - Not used. 15 - Not used. 16 5A 17 - 18 20 A 19 - Not used. 20 - Not used. 21 20 A Heated rear window. 22 20 A Heated rear window. 23 20 A Auxiliary power point. 24 20 A Auxiliary power point. 25 - 26 25 A 27 - Not used. 28 - Not used. 29 - Not used. 30 30 A 31 - Not used. Rain sensor. Not used. Rear window wiper motor. Not used. Windshield wiper motor. Power running boards. 32 - Not used. 33 - Not used. 34 - Not used. 35 5A 36 - Not used. Trailer tow module. 37 - Not used. 38 - Not used. 39 - Not used. 242 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Fuses Item Fuse Rating Protected Component 40 - Not used. 41 - Not used. 42 40 A Starter relay. 43 - Upfitter relay. 44 40 A Starter relay. 45 10 A Upfitter interface module. 46 15 A Trailer tow module. Fuel fired heater. 47 5A 48 - 49 10 A 50 - Not used. Not used. Not used. Brake pedal switch. 51 - 52 30 A Driver power seat. 53 60 A Battery. 54 60 A Power inverter. Body control module. 55 50 A 56 - Not used. 57 - Not used. 58 10 A Connector camper body interface. Upfitter interface. Secondary junction box. 10 A Rear climate control. Front view camera. Rear view camera. Adaptive cruise control module. Blind spot information system. 60 10 A Reductant dosage control module. 61 7.5 A Tachograph. 62 15 A Enhanced cut off relay system module. 59 243 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Fuses Item Fuse Rating Protected Component 63 20 A 64 - Not used. 65 - Not used. 66 10 A Auxiliary power point. Enhanced cut off relay system. Camper. Load shed relay. 67 - Not used. 68 - Not used. 69 5A 70 - 71 10 A Heated seats. 72 10 A Heated seats. 73 20 A Adaptive front lighting module. Headlamp leveling. 74 - 75 20 A Engine compartment fuse box. 76 10 A Power sliding door control switch. Steering wheel module. Not used. Not used. 77 5A Headlamp switch. 78 10 A Power sliding door latch switch. 79 - 80 5A Not used. Starter relay. 81 40 A Trailer tow module. 82 30 A Power sliding door. 83 - 84 50 A Body control module. 85 30 A Power sliding door. 86 50 A Body control module. Not used. 244 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Fuses Body Control Module E145984 Item Fuse Rating Protected Component 1 - 2 10 A Power inverter. 3 7.5 A Power window switch. Power exterior mirrors. 4 20 A Not used. 5 - Not used. 6 10 A Not used. 7 10 A Not used. 8 5A Anti-theft alarm horn. 9 5A Intrusion sensor. Rear air conditioning. 10 - Not used. 11 - Not used. 12 7.5 A Not used. Climate control. 245 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Fuses Item Fuse Rating Protected Component 13 7.5 A Data link connector. Steering column. Instrument cluster. 14 15 A Battery energy control module - MHEV. 15 15 A SYNC 3 module. 16 - Not used. 17 7.5 A Tachograph. 18 7.5 A Not used. 19 5A Battery back-up sounder. 20 5A Ignition switch. 21 5A Positive temperature coefficient heater control. Pedestrian alert control module. 22 5A 23 30 A Not used. 24 30 A Not used. 25 20 A Not used. 26 30 A Not used. 27 30 A Not used. 28 30 A Not used. 29 15 A Not used. 30 5A Not used. 31 10 A Data link connector. Remote key receiver. 32 20 A Radio. Telematics module. 33 - 34 30 A Not used. Tachograph. Message center. Positive temperature coefficient heater. Direct current/Alternating current inverter. Lane keeping system camera. Parking aid. 246 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Fuses Item Fuse Rating Protected Component Steering column. 35 5A Not used. 36 15 A Parking aid. Lane keeping system camera. Steering column control module. 37 20 A Not used. 38 30 A Power windows. Passenger Compartment Fuse Box 19 16 17 18 20 22 1 2 21 4 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 23 24 15 E296792 Item Fuse Rating Protected Component 1 40 A Auxiliary switch 1. 2 40 A Auxiliary switch 2. 3 20 A Beacon switch. 4 20 A Ignition. 247 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Fuses Item Fuse Rating Protected Component 5 10 A Direction indicators. 6 5A Auxiliary switch 2 LED. 7 - 8 10 A Interior lighting. 9 15 A Two-way radio connector. 10 5A Ignition. 11 10 A Ignition. Touchscreen. Not used. 12 20 A 13 - 14 5A Ignition. 15 5A Power supply. 16 - Beacon relay. 17 - Auxiliary switch 1 relay. 18 - Auxiliary switch 2 relay. 19 - Ignition relay. 20 - Left direction indicator relay. 21 - Power mode relay. 22 - Exterior lamps relay. 23 - Right direction indicator relay. 24 - Not used. Not used. 248 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Fuses Pre-fuse Box 1 8 2 13 9 3 14 10 4 5 15 11 6 12 7 E296043 Item Fuse Rating 1 125 A Body control module. Protected Component 2 80 A Electronic power assist steering. 3 150 A Auxiliary heater. 4 - Not used. 5 - Not used. 6 150 A Passenger compartment fuse box. 7 60 A Camper. 8 - Battery. 9 470 A Starter motor. Alternator. 10 300 A Engine compartment fuse box. 11 250 A Direct current/Direct current converter - MHEV. 249 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Fuses Item Fuse Rating Protected Component 12 150 A 13 - 14 180 A Auxiliary power point 1. 15 60 A Auxiliary power point 2. Driver compartment fuse box. Load shed relay. CHANGING A FUSE Fuses WARNING: Always replace a fuse with one that has the specified amperage rating. Using a fuse with a higher amperage rating can cause severe wire damage and could start a fire. E217331 If electrical components in the vehicle are not working, a fuse may have blown. Blown fuses are identified by a broken wire within the fuse. Check the appropriate fuses before replacing any electrical components. Fuse Types E207206 250 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Fuses Callout Fuse Type A Micro 2 B Micro 3 C Maxi D Mini E M Case F J Case G J Case Low Profile 251 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Maintenance Check Monthly • Engine oil level. See Engine Oil Check (page 257). • Engine coolant level. See Engine Coolant Check (page 259). • Brake fluid level. See Brake Fluid Check (page 260). • Pipes, hoses and reservoirs for leaks. • Air conditioning operation. • Parking brake operation. • Horn operation. • Tightness of lug nuts. See Lug Nuts (page 302). GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING: Do not work on a hot engine. WARNING: Switch the ignition off and apply the parking brake. WARNING: Do not touch the electronic ignition system parts after you have switched the ignition on or when the engine is running. The system operates at high voltage. Failure to adhere to this warning could result in serious personal injury or death. OPENING AND CLOSING THE HOOD WARNING: Keep your hands and clothing clear of the engine cooling fan. Opening the Hood Under certain conditions, the engine cooling fan may continue to run for several minutes after you switch your vehicle off. See Engine Cooling Fan (page 259). 2 Make sure that you fit filler caps securely after carrying out maintenance checks. We recommend that you carry out the following checks. Check Daily • Exterior lamps. • Interior lamps. • Warning lamps and indicators. 1 Check When Refueling • Washer fluid level. See Washer Fluid Check (page 265). • Tire pressures. See Tire Pressures (page 295). • Tire condition. See Wheels and Tires (page 278). 3 E72108 1. Insert the vehicle key into the hood lock and turn it counterclockwise. Note: Make sure the key is clean before inserting it into any lock cylinder. 2. Slightly lift the hood. 3. Turn the key clockwise to release the hood. 252 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Maintenance 4. Support the hood with the strut. Closing the Hood 1. Remove the hood strut from the catch and secure it correctly after use. 2. Lower the hood and allow it to drop under its own weight for the last 20–30 cm (8–12 in). Note: Make sure that the hood is correctly closed. E87786 UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - AWD/RWD/LHD A B C I H D G E F E226292 A Air filter. B Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 257). C Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 257). D Brake fluid reservoir. E Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 259). 253 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Maintenance F Engine compartment fuse box. See Fuses (page 237). G Battery connection. See Jump Starting the Vehicle (page 232). H Power steering fluid reservoir. See Power Steering Fluid Check (page 261). I Washer system fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 265). UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - FWD/LHD A I B C H D G E F E226291 A Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 257). B Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 257). C Air filter. D Brake fluid reservoir. See Brake Fluid Check (page 260). E Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 259). F Engine compartment fuse box. See Fuses (page 237). G Battery connection. See Jump Starting the Vehicle (page 232). H Power steering fluid reservoir. See Power Steering Fluid Check (page 261). I Washer system fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 265). 254 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Maintenance UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - AWD/RWD/RHD A B C D I H E G F E226294 A Air filter. B Brake fluid reservoir. C Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 257). D Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 257). E Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 259). F Engine compartment fuse box. See Fuses (page 237). G Battery connection. See Jump Starting the Vehicle (page 232). H Power steering fluid reservoir. See Power Steering Fluid Check (page 261). I Washer system fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 265). 255 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Maintenance UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - FWD/RHD A I B C D H E G F E226293 A Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 257). B Brake fluid reservoir. C Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 257). D Air filter. E Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 259). F Engine compartment fuse box. See Fuses (page 237). G Battery connection. See Jump Starting the Vehicle (page 232). H Power steering fluid reservoir. See Power Steering Fluid Check (page 261). I Washer system fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 265). 256 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Maintenance Adding Engine Oil ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK A B WARNING: Do not add engine oil when the engine is hot. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury. WARNING: Do not remove the filler cap when the engine is running. E226469 A Minimum. B Maximum. Do not use supplemental engine oil additives because they are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that the vehicle warranty may not cover. 1. Clean the area surrounding the engine oil filler cap before you remove it. 2. Remove the engine oil filler cap. 3. Add engine oil that meets our specifications. See Capacities and Specifications (page 303). 4. Reinstall the engine oil filler cap. Turn it clockwise until you feel a strong resistance. Note: Do not add oil further than the maximum mark. Oil levels above the maximum mark may cause engine damage. ENGINE OIL CHECK 1. Make sure that your vehicle is on level ground. 2. Check the oil level before starting the engine, or switch the engine off after warm up and wait 10 minutes for the oil to drain into the oil pan. 3. Remove the dipstick and wipe it with a clean, lint-free cloth. 4. Reinstall the dipstick and make sure it is fully seated. 5. Remove the dipstick again to check the oil level. Note: If the oil level is between the maximum and minimum marks, the oil level is acceptable. Do not add oil. Note: Immediately soak up any oil spillage with an absorbent cloth. Engine Oil Pressure Warning Lamp WARNING: If it illuminates when you are driving do not continue your journey, even if the oil level is correct. Have your vehicle checked. 6. If the oil level is at the minimum mark, immediately add oil. 7. Reinstall the dipstick. Make sure it is fully seated. Note: The oil consumption of new engines reaches its normal level after approximately 5,000 km (3,000 mi). It illuminates when you switch the ignition on. 257 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Maintenance Draining the Fuel Filter Water Trap If it illuminates when the engine is running this indicates a malfunction. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the engine off. Check the engine oil level. If the oil level is sufficient, this indicates a system malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. DRAINING THE FUEL FILTER WATER TRAP 2 WARNING: Do not dispose of fuel in the household refuse or the public sewage system. Use an authorized waste disposal facility. You should drain water from the fuel filter water trap whenever the warning light illuminates or a message appears in the information display. 1 E223800 This occurs when approximately 200 ml (7 fl oz) of water accumulates in the fuel filter water trap. If you ignore the warning lamp, water may pass through to the system and may cause damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty. 1. Attach a tube to the drain plug and place the end of the tube into a suitable container. 2. Turn the drain plug counterclockwise until it stops. Do not use any tools to loosen the drain plug. Drain the fuel filter water trap into an appropriate container. Do not re-use the fuel drained from the fuel filter water trap. 3. Tighten the drain plug, turn it clockwise until it stops and you feel a strong resistance. Do not use any tools to tighten the drain plug. 4. Switch the ignition of for 30 seconds and then switch the ignition off. Repeat this operation six times in a row to purge any trapped air from the fuel system. 258 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Maintenance ENGINE COOLING FAN WARNING: Keep your hands and clothing clear of the engine cooling fan. Under certain conditions, the engine cooling fan may continue to run for several minutes after you switch your vehicle off. This could happen in low ambient temperatures and independent of the engine coolant temperature, for example short journeys or low coolant temperature. See Diesel Particulate Filter (page 147). ENGINE COOLANT CHECK E170684 WARNING: Do not dispose of coolant in the household refuse or the public sewage system. Use an authorized waste disposal facility. Make sure that the coolant level is between the MIN and MAX marks on the coolant reservoir at ambient temperature. If the coolant level is at or below the minimum mark, immediately add coolant. WARNING: Do not put coolant in the windshield washer reservoir. If sprayed on the windshield, coolant could make it difficult to see through the windshield. The coolant concentration should be maintained within 48% to 50%, which equates to a freeze point between -34°C (-29°F) and -37°C (-35°F). Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The level may extend beyond the MAX mark. Note: Do not use stop leak pellets, cooling system sealants, or non-specified additives as they can cause damage to the engine cooling or heating systems. 259 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Maintenance Adding Coolant In case of emergency, you can add water without engine coolant in order to reach a vehicle service location. WARNING: Do not remove the coolant reservoir cap when the engine is on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10 minutes for the cooling system to cool down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap with a thick cloth to prevent the possibility of scalding and slowly remove the cap. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury. Note: Prolonged use of an incorrect dilution of coolant can cause damage, for example corrosion, overheating or freezing. BRAKE FLUID CHECK WARNING: Do not use any fluid other than the recommended brake fluid as this will reduce brake efficiency. Use of incorrect fluid could result in the loss of vehicle control, serious personal injury or death. WARNING: Do not allow the fluid to touch your skin or eyes. If this happens, rinse the affected areas immediately with plenty of water and contact your physician. WARNING: Only use brake fluid from a sealed container. Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum products or other materials may result in brake system damage or failure. Failure to adhere to this warning could result in the loss of vehicle control, serious personal injury or death. WARNING: Undiluted coolant is flammable and may ignite if spilled on a hot exhaust. We do not recommend the use of recycled engine coolant since a Ford-approved recycling process is not yet available. Do not mix different colors or types of coolant in your vehicle. WARNING: Do not allow the fluid to touch your skin or eyes. If this happens, rinse the affected areas immediately with plenty of water and contact your physician. Note: Add a 50/50 mixture of antifreeze and water or prediluted engine coolant that meets the correct specification. Note: Use fluids which meet the specifications or requirements defined. Use of other fluids may lead to damage which is not covered by the vehicle Warranty. See Capacities and Specifications (page 303). WARNING: A fluid level between the MAX and MIN lines is within the normal operating range and there is no need to add fluid. A fluid level not in the normal operating range could compromise the performance of the system. Have your vehicle checked immediately. To top up the coolant level do the following: 1. Remove the coolant reservoir cap. 2. Add coolant to the MAX mark, do not overfill. 3. Replace the coolant reservoir cap. Turn it clockwise until you feel a strong resistance. 260 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Maintenance E170684 E170684 To avoid fluid contamination, the reservoir cap must remain in place and fully tight, unless you are adding fluid. If the power steering fluid level is below the MAX mark, add power steering fluid that meets the correct specification. Only use fluid that meets Ford specifications. See Capacities and Specifications (page 303). Adding Power Steering Fluid 1. Remove the power steering fluid reservoir filler cap. See Under Hood Overview (page 254). 2. Add power steering fluid to the MAX mark, do not overfill. 3. Replace the power steering fluid reservoir filler cap. Turn it clockwise until you feel a strong resistance. CLUTCH FLUID CHECK The clutch and brake systems share the same fluid reservoir. See Brake Fluid Check (page 260). POWER STEERING FLUID CHECK CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY The battery is under the driver seat. Note: If you have power seats and the battery has no charge, jump-start your vehicle to move the seat. See Jump Starting the Vehicle (page 232). WARNING: Do not allow the fluid to touch your skin or eyes. If this happens, rinse the affected areas immediately with plenty of water and contact your physician. 261 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Maintenance Removing the Battery 4 3 1 E152526 E146781 1. Fully raise the driver seat and move it fully forward. Pull the tabs upward and remove the cover. Note: Your vehicle may not have this cover. 3. Remove both seat track end caps. Note: Your vehicle may not have these end caps. 4. Remove both seat adjustment end stop bolts at the front of the seat. 5 2 6 E152529 2. Unhook the cover and tuck it under the seat. E146773 5. Remove the battery clamp and cover bolts. 6. Remove the battery clamp and cover. 262 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Maintenance E162776 E162774 7. Remove the battery terminal cover and remove the negative (-) terminal. Note: Single batteries could be mounted the opposite way around in the battery tray. The negative terminal is toward the rear of your vehicle. 10. Remove the positive (+) terminal and remove the battery. Note: Batteries are heavy. 11. 12. Move the second battery toward the rear of your vehicle and remove the negative (-) terminal. Remove the positive (+) terminal and remove the battery. Replacing the Battery 8 WARNING: Make sure that you securely fasten the seat runner bolts before installing the covers. You must replace the battery with one of exactly the same specification. To install, reverse the removal procedure. Note: Make sure that you correctly install the battery terminal covers, battery cover and battery cable clips. E162775 8. Release the retaining clips and remove the cover. 9. Remove the cable securing clips from the cover. 263 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Maintenance ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS Vertical Aim Adjustment If your vehicle has been involved in a crash, have the aim of the headlamp beam checked by an authorized dealer. Headlamp Aiming Target E199411 Note: There may be an identifying mark on the lens to help you locate the center of the bulb. Note: To see a clearer light pattern while adjusting one headlamp, you may want to block the light from the other headlamp. E142592 A 8 ft (2.4 m) B Ground to the center of the headlamp low beam bulb C 25 ft (7.6 m) D Horizontal reference line 3. Switch on the low beam headlamps and open the hood. Vertical Aim Adjustment Procedure 1. Park your vehicle on level ground approximately 7.6 m (25 ft) from a wall or screen. 2. Measure the distance from the ground to the center of the headlamp low beam bulb and mark an 2.4 m (8 ft) long horizontal reference line on the wall or screen at this height. E142465 4. On the wall or screen you will observe a flat zone of high intensity light located at the top of the beam pattern. If the top edge of the flat zone of high intensity light is not on the horizontal reference line, adjust the aim of the headlamp beam. 264 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Maintenance This occurs when approximately 200 ml (7 fl oz) of water accumulates in the fuel filter water trap. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Alternatively you can drain the fuel filter water trap. See Draining the Fuel Filter Water Trap (page 258). WASHER FLUID CHECK When adding fluid, use a mixture of washer fluid and water to help prevent freezing in cold weather and improve the cleaning capability. For information on fluid dilution, refer to the product instructions. We recommend that you only use high quality washer fluid. Note: The reservoir supplies the front and rear washer systems. E164485 CHECKING THE WIPER BLADES 5. Locate the vertical adjuster on each headlamp. Use a suitable tool, for example a screwdriver or hexagonal socket, to turn the adjuster clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the vertical aim of the headlamp. The horizontal edge of the brighter light should touch the horizontal reference line. 6. Close the hood and switch off the lamps. E142463 Horizontal Aim Adjustment Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of the blade to check for roughness. The horizontal aim of the headlamp beam on your vehicle is not adjustable. Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid or water applied with a soft sponge or cloth. FUEL FILTER SERVICE INDICATOR CHECK If the warning lamp illuminates when the engine is running this indicates there is excess water in the fuel filter. 265 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Maintenance Note: Do not hold the wiper blade when lifting the wiper arm. CHANGING THE FRONT WIPER BLADES 2. Slightly rotate the wiper blade. 2 1 3 E72899 1. Lift the wiper arm. Press the wiper blade locking button. Note: Do not hold the wiper blade when lifting the wiper arm. 2. Remove the wiper blade. Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does not spring back against the glass when the wiper blade is not attached. E93784 3. Press the wiper blade locking clip. 3. To install, reverse the removal procedure. Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks into place. 5 CHANGING THE REAR WIPER BLADES 2 4 E93785 4. Disengage the wiper blade from the wiper arm. 5. Move the wiper blade to the side. 1 E93783 1. Lift the wiper arm. 266 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Maintenance 6 2 E169198 E93786 2. Remove the screws. 6. Remove the wiper blade. Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does not spring back against the glass when the wiper blade is not attached. 7. To install, reverse the removal procedure. Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks into place. REMOVING A HEADLAMP E169199 3. Pull the headlamp toward the front of your vehicle to disengage it from its locating points and then lift the headlamp up. WARNING: Switch all of the lamps and the ignition off. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury. 1. Open the hood. See Opening and Closing the Hood (page 252). E169200 4. Disconnect the electrical connectors. 267 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Maintenance Note: When you install the headlamp, make sure that you correctly attach the electrical connector. Note: When you install the headlamp, make sure that you correctly engage its locating points. C Direction indicator D Headlamp low beam E Side lamp Note: You may have to remove a cover to gain access to the bulb. Side Lamp CHANGING A BULB WARNING: Switch all of the lamps and the ignition off. Failure to do so could result in serious personal injury. 2 WARNING: Bulbs become hot when in use. Let them cool down before you remove them. 3 Use the correct specification bulb. See Bulb Specification Chart (page 314). E170405 The following instructions describe how to remove the bulbs. Install in the reverse order unless otherwise stated. 1. Remove the headlamp. See Removing a Headlamp (page 267). 2. Remove the cover. 3. Remove the bulb holder by pulling it straight out. Remove the bulb. Note: LED lamps are not serviceable. See an authorized dealer. Headlamp A Direction Indicator B C Remove the headlamp. See Removing a Headlamp (page 267). D E E169204 A Cornering lamp B Daytime running lamp and headlamp high beam 1 E169205 1. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise and remove it. 268 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Maintenance 2. Press the bulb in and turn the bulb counterclockwise to remove it. Note: Do not touch the glass of the bulb. Note: You cannot separate the bulb from the bulb holder. Headlamp Low Beam Cornering Lamp Remove the headlamp. See Removing a Headlamp (page 267). Remove the headlamp. See Removing a Headlamp (page 267). 1 2 3 3 1 E169206 1. Remove the cover. 2. Disconnect the electrical connector. 3. Pull the bulb straight out past the retaining clips. Note: Do not touch the glass of the bulb. 2 E169208 Headlamp High Beam 1. Remove the cover. 2. Disconnect the electrical connector and release the clip. 3. Remove the bulb. Note: Do not touch the glass of the bulb. 1. Side Repeater Remove the headlamp. See Removing a Headlamp (page 267). 3 4 2 1 2 E169209 3 5 E169207 1. 2. Remove the cover. 3. Turn the bulb counterclockwise and remove it. Remove the large mirror glass. Tilt the mirror glass fully up, pull the mirror glass toward you from the bottom. 269 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Maintenance Rear Lamps 2. Remove the small mirror glass. Tilt the mirror glass fully down, pull the mirror glass toward you from the top. 3. Remove the screws. 4. Remove the lamp lens. 5. Remove the bulb. 2 Front Fog Lamps 1 2 A 1 E71062 1. Disconnect the electrical connector. 2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise and remove it. Note: You cannot separate the bulb from the bulb holder. B C D E169210 A Tail and brake lamp B Direction indicator C Reversing lamp D Fog lamp 1. Remove the screws. 2. Remove the lamp and unclip the bulb holder. 270 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Maintenance License Plate Lamp 3. Press the bulb in and turn the bulb counterclockwise to remove it. 1 Central High Mounted Brake Lamp 2 1 E99429 E162641 1. Carefully remove the lamp. 2. Remove the bulb. 1. Remove the rubber grommets. Note: If fitted, remove the trim panel first. Interior Lamp 2. Using a screwdriver, gently prise the clips to release the lamp. Entrance Lamps E154369 E146638 3. Carefully remove the lamp. 4. Remove the bulb. Note: LED lamps are not serviceable. See an authorized dealer. 271 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing 2 Maintenance Reading Lamps Vehicles with Interior Sensors 1 E146669 2 1. Carefully remove the lamp. 2. Remove the bulbs. 2 Vehicles with Interior Sensors E72786 2 1. Carefully remove the lamp. 2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise and remove it. 1 E154370 1. Carefully remove the lens. 2. Remove the bulb. E73939 3. Remove the bulb. 272 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing 3 Maintenance Vehicles without Interior Sensors 2 3 1 E99453 1. Carefully remove the lamp. 2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise and remove it. 3. Remove the bulb. Sun Visor Mirror Lamp E72785 1. Carefully remove the lamp. 2. Remove the bulb. 273 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Vehicle Care We recommend that you wash your vehicle with a sponge and lukewarm water containing a car shampoo. CLEANING THE EXTERIOR Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo. • • • • • • Cleaning the Exterior Precautions Immediately remove fuel spillages, AdBlue residuals, bird droppings, insect deposits and road tar. These may cause damage to your vehicle’s paintwork or trim over time. Never use strong household detergents or soap, for example dish washing or laundry liquid. These products can discolor and spot painted surfaces. Never wash your vehicle when it is hot to the touch, or during strong or direct sunlight. Dry your vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel to eliminate water spotting. Immediately remove fuel spillages, bird droppings, insect deposits and road tar. These may cause damage to your vehicle’s paintwork or trim over time. Remove any exterior accessories, for example antennas, before entering a car wash. When filling with AdBlue®, remove any residue on painted surfaces immediately. Remove any exterior accessories, for example antennas, before entering a car wash. Cleaning the Headlamps Note: Do not scrape the headlamps. Note: Do not use abrasives, alcoholic solvents or chemical solvents to clean the headlamps. Note: Do not wipe the headlamps when they are dry. Cleaning the Rear Window Note: Do not scrape the inside of the rear window Note: Do not use abrasives, alcoholic solvents or chemical solvents to clean the inside of the rear window. Note: Suntan lotions and insect repellents can damage painted surfaces. If these substances come in contact with your vehicle, wash the affected area as soon as possible. Clean the inside of the rear window with a soft, lint-free cloth and non-abrasive cleaner. Note: If you use a car wash with a waxing cycle, make sure that you remove the wax from the windshield and the wiper blades. Cleaning the Chrome Trim (If Equipped) Note: Before using a car wash, check that it is suitable for your vehicle. Note: Do not use abrasives or chemical solvents. Use soapy water. Note: Some car washes use water at high pressure. Due to this, water droplets may enter inside your vehicle and could also damage certain parts of your vehicle. Note: Do not apply cleaning product to hot surfaces and do not leave cleaning product on chrome surfaces for a period of time exceeding that which is recommended. Note: Remove the antenna before using an automatic car wash. Note: Industrial-strength (heavy-duty) cleaners, or cleaning chemicals, may cause damage over a period of time. Note: Switch the blower motor off to prevent contamination of the cabin air filter. 274 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Vehicle Care Cleaning Stripes or Graphics (If CLEANING THE INTERIOR Equipped) Note: Do not allow air fresheners and hand sanitizers to spill on interior surfaces. If a spill occurs, wipe off immediately. Damage may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. Hand washing your vehicle is preferred however, pressure washing may be used under the following conditions: • • • • Do not use water pressure higher than 14,000 kPa (2,000 psi). Do not use water hotter than 82°C (179°F). Use a spray with a 40° wide spray angle pattern. Keep the nozzle at a 305 mm (12 in) distance and 90° angle to your vehicle's surface. Note: Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners, which can stain and discolor the fabric and affect the flame retardant abilities of the seat materials. Note: We recommend distilled water when cleaning. Fabric, Carpets, Cloth Seats, Headliners and Floor Mats Note: Avoid soaking any surface. Do not use excessive amounts of water to clean the vehicle interior. Note: Holding the pressure washer nozzle at an angle to the vehicle's surface may damage graphics and cause the edges to peel away from the vehicle's surface. Note: To avoid spots or discoloration, clean the entire surface. BodyPaintwork Preservation To clean: • Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner or brush. • Wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth and a mild soap and water solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth. • If a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning, clean the entire area immediately, but do not soak or the ring will set. Frequently remove particles such as bird droppings, tree sap, insect deposits, tar spots, road salt and industrial fallout to avoid paint surface damage. Frequently wash the underbody of your vehicle if salt is applied on the road. We recommend that you wax the paintwork once or twice a year. Note: Do not apply polish in strong sunlight as this dries the polish too quickly. Note: Do not allow polish to come in contact with unpainted plastic surfaces as it could be difficult to remove. Seatbelts WARNING: Do not use cleaning solvents, bleach or dye on the vehicle's seatbelts, as these actions may weaken the belt webbing. Note: Do not apply polish to the windshield or rear window. A contaminated windshield or contaminated wiper blades may lead to increased wiper noise, reduced wipe quality or reduced rain sensor performance. 275 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Vehicle Care Do not use the following products: • Leather care products. • Household cleaners. • Alcoholic solutions. • Spot removers. • Shoe polish. WARNING: On vehicles equipped with seat-mounted airbags, do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents. Such products could contaminate the side airbag system and affect performance of the side airbag in a crash. To clean: • Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner. • Wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth and a mild soap and water solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth. • If a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning, clean the entire area immediately, but do not soak or the ring will set. Note: Do not use abrasives, or chemical solvents to clean them. Note: Do not allow moisture to penetrate the seatbelt retractor mechanism. Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water. Let them dry naturally, away from artificial heat. Leather Interior (If Equipped) Note: Follow the same procedure as cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather instrument panels and leather interior trim surfaces. Instrument Cluster Screens, LCD Screens and Radio Screens For routine cleaning, wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth and a mild soap and water solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth. Note: Do not use abrasives, alcoholic solvents or chemical solvents to clean the instrument cluster screens, LCD screens or radio screens. These cleaning products can damage the screens. For cleaning and removing stains such as dye transfer, use a leather cleaning product for automotive interiors. Clean the instrument panel and cluster lens with a clean, damp and soft cloth, then use a clean, dry and soft cloth to dry these areas. Do not use the following products as these may damage the leather: • • • • Do not spray any liquid directly onto the screens. Oil and petroleum or silicone-based leather conditioners. Household cleaners. Alcohol solutions. Solvents or cleaners intended specifically for rubber, vinyl and plastics. Do not use a microfiber cloth to clean the bezel around the display screens as it could damage the surface. Rear Windows Suede Micro Fiber Fabric (If Equipped) Note: Do not use any abrasive materials to clean the interior of the rear windows. Note: Do not steam clean. Note: Do not install stickers or labels to the interior of the rear windows. Note: To avoid spots or discoloration, clean the entire surface. 276 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Vehicle Care Mirrors Note: If you intend parking your vehicle for an extended period after cleaning the wheels with a wheel cleaner, drive your vehicle for a few minutes before doing so. This will reduce the risk of increased corrosion of the brake discs, brake pads and linings. Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning products. Storage Compartments, Cup Holders and Ashtrays Note: Some automatic car washes may cause damage to the finish on your wheel rims and covers. To clean: • Take out any removable inserts. • Wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth and a mild soap and water solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth. Alloy wheels and wheel covers are coated with a clear coat paint finish. To maintain their condition we recommend that you: • Clean them weekly with the recommended wheel and tire cleaner. • Use a sponge to remove heavy deposits of dirt and brake dust accumulation. • Rinse them thoroughly with a pressurized stream of water when you have completed the cleaning process. REPAIRING MINOR PAINT DAMAGE You should repair paintwork damage caused by stones from the road or minor scratches as soon as possible. A choice of products are available from an authorized dealer. Consult your authorized dealer for approved cleaning products. Using other non-recommended cleaning products can result in severe and permanent cosmetic damage. Remove particles such as bird droppings, tree sap, insect deposits, tar spots, road salt and industrial fallout before repairing paint chips. BODY STYLING KITS Always read and follow the manufacturer’s instructions before using the products. The distance between the underside of your vehicle and the ground is less than that of other models. Drive with extreme care to avoid damage to your vehicle. CLEANING THE WHEELS Note: Do not apply a cleaning chemical to warm or hot wheel rims and covers. Note: Industrial-strength (heavy-duty) cleaners, or cleaning chemicals, in combination with brush agitation to remove brake dust and dirt, could wear away the clear coat finish over a period of time. Note: Do not use hydrofluoric acid-based or high caustic-based wheel cleaners, steel wool, fuels or strong household detergent. 277 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Wheels and Tires Note: Motorhome owners may have to follow separate instructions issued with the temporary mobility kit. GENERAL INFORMATION The recommended tire inflation pressures are on the tire information label on the driver side B-pillar. If your vehicle does not have a spare wheel it has a tire sealant and inflator kit. The kit is in the right-hand side stepwell. Only use the kit supplied with your vehicle. Check and set the tire pressure at the ambient temperature in which you are intending to drive your vehicle and when the tires are cold. See Tire Pressures (page 295). Note: : The kit can only temporarily repair one tire puncture with a maximum puncture size of up to 0.24 in (6 mm). Note: Check your tire pressures regularly to optimize fuel economy. G Only use approved wheel and tire sizes. Using other sizes could damage your vehicle and could make the National Type Approval invalid. H A E Installation of any tires that are not the original equipment tire size can cause the speedometer to display incorrect vehicle speed. F TIRE SEALANT AND INFLATOR KIT D WARNING: Do not use the inflator kit on run flat tires. This could cause loss of vehicle control. B WARNING: Depending on the type and extent of tire damage, some tires can only be partially sealed or not sealed at all. Loss of tire pressure can affect vehicle handling, leading to loss of vehicle control. E146784 WARNING: Do not use the kit on a previously damaged tire, for example when it has been driven under inflated. This could cause loss of vehicle control, personal injury or death. A Protective cap B Pressure relief valve C Hose D Pressure gauge E Power plug with cable F Compressor switch 278 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing C Wheels and Tires G Label H Sealant bottle WARNING: Do not keep the compressor operating for more than 10 minutes. This could cause the compressor to malfunction causing serious personal injury. Note: Make sure you regularly check the expiry date on the sealant bottle. If the low tire pressure warning lamp illuminates do the following: WARNING: The sealant contains natural rubber latex. Avoid contact with skin and clothing. If this happens, rinse the affected areas immediately with plenty of water and consult a physician. 1. Gradually reduce the vehicle speed and stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. 2. Apply the parking brake and switch the ignition off. 3. Check for a punctured tire. Note: Do not remove objects, for example nails or screws from a punctured tire. 1. 2. Using the Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit 3. WARNING: Check the sidewall of the tire prior to inflation. If there are any cracks, bumps or similar damage, do not attempt to inflate the tire. This could cause personal injury. 4. 5. WARNING: Watch the sidewall of the tire when inflating. If any cracks, bumps or similar damage appears, switch the compressor off and let the air out by means of the pressure relief valve. Do not continue driving with this tire. This could cause loss of vehicle control. 6. 7. 8. WARNING: Do not stand directly beside the tire while the compressor is operating. This could cause personal injury if the tire bursts. 9. 10. WARNING: Do not leave the kit unattended when it is in use. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. Open the lid of the tire sealant and inflator kit. Peel off the label G showing the maximum permissible speed of 50 mph (80 km/h) from the casing and attach it to the instrument panel in the driver’s field of view. Make sure the label does not obscure anything important. Take the hose C and the power plug with cable E out of the temporary mobility kit. Screw the hose C onto the sealant bottle. Remove the valve cap from the damaged tire. Remove the protective cap A from the sealant bottle hose and screw the hose firmly onto the valve of the damaged tire. Make sure that the compressor switch F is in position 0. Insert the power plug E into the auxiliary power point. See Auxiliary Power Points (page 115). Start the engine. Move the compressor switch F to position 1. 279 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Wheels and Tires After Using the Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit 11. After a minimum of two minutes move the compressor switch F to position 0 and unscrew the hose C from the sealant bottle. Unscrew the sealant bottle hose from the tire valve. 12. Screw the hose C onto the tire valve and move the compressor switch F to position 1. 13. Inflate the tire for no longer than 10 minutes or to the recommended inflation pressure. Move the compressor switch F to position 0 and check the current tire pressure with pressure gauge D. Unscrew the hose C from the tire valve. 14. Remove the power plug E from the auxiliary power point. 15. Make sure the tire sealant and inflator kit, the bottle lid and the orange cap are stored safely, but still easily accessible in your vehicle. The tire sealant and inflator kit will be required again when you check the tire pressure. 16. Immediately drive approximately six miles (10 kilometers) so that the sealant can seal the damaged area. Note: When pumping in the sealant through the tire valve, the pressure may rise up to 87 psi (6 bar) but will drop again after about 30 seconds. WARNING: If you experience any unusual vibration, ride disturbance or noise while driving, reduce your speed until you can safely pull off to the side of the road and call for roadside assistance. Failure to do so could cause you to lose control of your vehicle and increase the risk of personal injury or death. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Note: : If the tire pressure has dropped to 26 psi (1.8 bar) or below, the tire could be damaged beyond a temporary repair. Have your vehicle immediately checked. Do not drive your vehicle. 6. 7. Note: If the tire pressure has dropped but is still above 26 psi (1.8 bar), use the kit to inflate the tire again. Stop your vehicle after driving approximately six miles (10 kilometers). Check, and where necessary, adjust the pressure of the damaged tire. Attach the tire sealant and the inflator kit and check the tire pressure from the pressure gauge D. If the pressure of the sealant-filled tire is more than the recommended pressure, adjust it to the recommended pressure. See Tire Pressures (page 295). See Tire Pressures (page 295). Follow the inflation procedure once again to inflate the tire. Check the tire pressure again from the pressure gauge D. If the tire pressure is too high, deflate the tire to the specified pressure using the pressure relief valve B. If the tire pressure is less than the recommended pressure, repeat steps 13 to 16 and steps 1 to 5 (Checking the Tire Pressure). Once you have inflated the tire to its correct tire pressure, move the compressor switch F to position 0, remove the power plug E from the auxiliary power point, unscrew the sealant bottle hose, fasten the valve cap and replace the protective cap A. 280 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Wheels and Tires 8. Drive to the nearest tire specialist to get the damaged tire replaced. Before the tire is removed from the wheel, inform the tire specialist that the tire contains sealant. Renew the sealant bottle as soon as possible after it has been used once. Note: The temporary mobility kit only provides an emergency repair. Regulations concerning tire repair after using the temporary mobility kit may differ from country to country. You should consult a tire specialist for advice. To make sure the front and rear tires of your vehicle wear evenly and last longer, we recommend that you swap the tires from front to rear and vice versa at regular intervals between 5,000 km (3,000 mi) and 10,000 km (6,000 mi). WARNING: Do not scrub the sidewalls of the tires when you are parking. If you have to mount a curb, do so slowly and approach it with the wheels at right-angles to the curb. TIRE CARE Examine the tires regularly for cuts, foreign objects and uneven wear of the tread. Uneven wear could mean that the wheel alignment is outside specification. Note: Front tires shown on the left side of the diagram. Non-directional tires Check the tire pressures (including the spare) when cold, every two weeks. USING SUMMER TIRES The original equipment tires on your vehicle are designed to optimize its performance in dry or wet summer road conditions. They are not designed for winter use. Do not use the summer tires with snow chains. USING WINTER TIRES E142547 Directional tires E70415 E278852 281 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Wheels and Tires We recommend that you use winter or all-season tires carrying this symbol when the temperature is 7°C (45°F) or lower, or in snow and ice conditions. Label on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver door. Failure to follow the tire pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns and adversely affect the way your vehicle handles. Inflate the winter tires to the same tire pressures as those listed in the tire pressures table. See Tire Pressures (page 295). USING SNOW CHAINS WARNING: Snow tires must be the same size, load index and speed rating as those originally provided by Ford. Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, which could result in an increased risk of loss of control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death. Additionally, the use of non-recommended tires and wheels can cause steering, suspension, axle, transfer case or power transfer unit failure. Follow the Ford recommended tire inflation pressure found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label (on the door hinge pillar, door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post, next to the driver seat), or Tire WARNING: Do not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph). Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. WARNING: Do not use snow chains on snow-free roads. WARNING: Only fit snow chains to specified tires. WARNING: If your vehicle is fitted with wheel trims, remove them before fitting snow chains. If you use snow chains or cables, do the following: • Only use SAE Class S snow chains or cables of 10 mm (0.4 in) or smaller in diameter. 282 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Wheels and Tires Snow Chain Use by Tire Size Variant 3 Rear Wheel Rear Wheel Drive Drive Vehicles Vehicles With Dual With Rear Single Rear Wheels Wheels Front Wheel Drive Tire Size All-Wheel Drive 195/ 75R16C. X X Yes. X 215/ 65R15C. Yes. X X X Use special snow chain use wheel kit 16x5.5J with 185/75R16C 104/102 X X X X X Yes. X 235/ 65R16C 115/113. Use special snow chain use wheel kit 16x5.5J with 185/75R16C 104/102 Yes. X Yes. 235/ 65R16C 121/119. Use special snow chain use wheel kit Yes. X Yes. 215/ 65R16C. 1 4 tires. 205/ 75R16C. 1 4 2 tires. 16x5.5J with 195/75R16C 107/105. 4 2 1 Only fit snow chains to the outer tires. fit snow chains to the rear tires. 3 To ascertain the variant of your vehicle, refer to the vehicle identification plate. See Vehicle Identification Plate (page 310). 4 Alternative wheels that permit the use of snow chains or cables are available to purchase from an authorized dealer as part of a special snow chain use wheel kit. 2 Only X Not suitable for use with snow chains. Note: Maintain correct tire pressures. Do not use self-tensioning snow chains. Note: The anti-lock brake system continues to correctly operate. Note: We recommend that you switch the traction control system off. See Using Traction Control (page 167). 283 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Wheels and Tires The tire pressure monitoring system has a system malfunction indicator to warn you when the system is not operating correctly. The malfunction indicator and low tire pressure warning lamp have a combined function. When the system detects a malfunction, the warning lamp will flash for approximately one minute and then remain illuminated. This sequence will occur every time you switch the ignition on while the malfunction remains. The system has detected a fault that requires service. TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM WARNING: The tire pressure monitoring system is not a substitute for manually checking tire pressures. You should periodically check tire pressures using a pressure gauge. Failure to correctly maintain tire pressures could increase the risk of tire failure, loss of control, vehicle rollover and personal injury. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressures. A malfunction may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of a replacement tire or wheel that prevents the system from functioning correctly. Always check the tire pressure monitoring system malfunction warning after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle. Make sure the replacement tires or wheels allow the system to continue to function correctly. See When the Temporary Spare Tire is Installed in this section. You must check the tire pressures (including the spare tire where applicable) every two weeks when the tires are cold. See Wheels and Tires (page 278). The tire pressures are also on the tire inflation pressure label (located on the edge of driver door or the B-Pillar). As a driver assistance feature, your vehicle has a tire pressure monitoring system. A warning lamp will illuminate when one or more of the tires are significantly under-inflated. If the low tire pressure warning lamp illuminates, you should stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so, check the tires and inflate them to the correct pressure. How Temperature Affects the Tire Pressures Under normal driving conditions tire pressures may increase by up to 0.3 bar (4 psi) from a cold start situation. Driving on under-inflated tires can: • Cause them to overheat. • Lead to tire failure. • Reduce fuel efficiency. • Reduce tire life. • Affect vehicle handling or stopping ability. If the vehicle is stationary overnight and the temperature significantly lower than the daytime temperature, tire pressures may decrease by up to 0.2 bar (3 psi) when there is a drop in the ambient temperature of 17°C (63°F) or more. The system detects this pressure decrease as being significantly below the correct inflation pressure and the warning lamp illuminates. The system is not a substitute for correct tire maintenance. You must maintain the correct tire pressures, even if low tire pressure has not illuminated the warning lamp. 284 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Wheels and Tires When Inflating Tires When Changing Wheels When inflating the tires the system may not respond immediately to the air added to the tires. When changing the wheels of your vehicle, the tire pressure monitoring system needs to re-learn the tire pressure sensors. To achieve this perform the following: Only inflate tires when they are cold. 1. Make sure all tires are inflated to the proper pressure. If not, inflate the tires to the correct pressure. See Tire Pressures (page 295). 2. Park your vehicle for at least 20 minutes. 3. Carry out the tire pressure monitoring system reset procedure. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System Reset Procedure later in this section. 4. The tire pressure monitoring system will automatically re-learn the tire pressure sensors the next time you drive your vehicle for approximately 15 minutes above 40km/h (25 mph). If the warning lamp is on: • Check each tire to verify that none are flat. • If one or more tires are flat, repair as necessary. • Check the tire pressures and inflate all tires to the correct pressure. See Tire Pressures (page 295). • Carry out the tire pressure monitoring system reset procedure. When Changing Tires Understanding the Tire Pressure Monitoring System The system measures the pressure in the four road tires and sends the tire pressure readings to your vehicle. The system detects this lower pressure as being significantly below the correct inflation pressure and the warning lamp illuminates. You must inflate the tires to the correct pressure. E142549 You should always have tires serviced by an authorized dealer. When the Temporary Spare Tire is Installed Note: Each road wheel and tire is fitted with a tire pressure sensor located inside the wheel and tire assembly cavity. The pressure sensor attaches to the valve stem. The tire covers the pressure sensor and it is not visible unless the tire is removed. Take care when changing the tire to avoid damaging the sensor. If you need to replace a road wheel and tire with the temporary spare wheel, the system will continue to identify a defect. This is to remind you to repair the damaged road wheel and tire and refit the repaired road wheel and tire assembly to your vehicle. To restore the correct operation of the system, you must have the repaired road wheel and tire assembly refitted to your vehicle. 285 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Wheels and Tires When You Believe the System is Not Operating Correctly also warn you in the event the system is no longer capable of operating correctly. See the following chart for information concerning the system: The main function of the system is to warn you when the tire pressures are low. It can Warning lamp Description Action Solid warning lamp Tire(s) under-inflated Spare tire in use 1. Make sure tires are at the correct pressure. See Wheels and Tires (page 278). The tire pressures are also on the tire inflation pressure label (located on the edge of driver door or the B-Pillar). 2. After inflating the tires to the correct pressure you must carry out the tire pressure monitoring system reset procedure. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System Reset Procedure in this chapter. Repair the damaged road wheel and tire and refit the repaired road wheel and tire assembly to your vehicle to restore the correct operation of the system. Tire pressure monitoring If the tires are correctly inflated and the system malfunction spare tire is not in use but the light remains on, the system has detected a fault that requires service. Solid warning lamp Spare tire in use initially followed by a flashing warning lamp Repair the damaged road wheel and tire and refit the repaired road wheel and tire assembly to your vehicle to restore the correct operation of the system. Tire pressure monitoring If the tires are correctly inflated and the system malfunction spare tire is not in use but the light remains on, the system has detected a fault that requires service. 286 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Wheels and Tires Tire Pressure Monitoring System Reset Procedure The system illuminates the warning lamp at different pressures for the front and rear tires. Overview If the tires are rotated, the Tire Pressure Monitoring System needs to be reset to relearn the new tire pressures. It does not know which sensor is where and assumes you have set the pressures correctly. You must carry out the system reset procedure after each tire replacement or adjustment of the tire pressures. To maintain your vehicle load carrying capability, your vehicle requires different tire pressures in the front tires compared to the rear tires. Carrying Out the System Reset Procedure Switch the ignition on. Using the information display control select: Message Description and Action Settings Press the OK button. Driver assist Press the OK button. Tyre monitor Press and hold the OK button until confirmation appears. Alternatively, if your vehicle has a tire pressure monitoring system reset button, press and hold the button until confirmation appears. Vehicles with a Spare Wheel CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL The spare wheel is under the rear of your vehicle. WARNING: Do not fit more than one spare wheel on your vehicle at any one time. If the spare wheel is the same type and size as your vehicle road wheel, you can fit the spare wheel and continue to drive in the normal manner. Note: Vehicles with a temporary mobility kit do not have a spare wheel, vehicle jack or wheel brace. If the spare wheel is not the same type and size as your vehicle road wheel, it has a label showing the maximum driving speed limit. Locking Lug Nuts You can obtain replacement locking lug nuts or a locking lug nut key using the reference number certificate. The locking lug nut key is located in the glove box or next to the vehicle jack. 287 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Wheels and Tires E145138 1. Open the rear doors and remove the grommet. E146811 3. Raise the cable end cover. 1 2 E298323 2. Insert the square end of the wheel brace or the short arm of the jack handle into the socket. Turn counterclockwise until the spare wheel rests on the ground and the cable is loose. E146812 4. Rotate the cable through 90 degrees. Slide the cable through the slot to release the spare wheel bracket from the winch. 288 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Wheels and Tires WARNING: Do not work on your vehicle when the jack is the only support as your vehicle could slip off the jack. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. 280/290/310/330/350/355/370/410, FWD/RWD The vehicle jack and wheel brace are in a storage compartment in the front right-hand side stepwell. E146813 5. Remove the retaining nut to release the spare wheel bracket. Vehicle Jack WARNING: The jack supplied with this vehicle is only intended for changing wheels. Do not use the vehicle jack other than when you are changing a wheel in an emergency. E146837 1. Unfold the jack handle. WARNING: Check that the vehicle jack is not damaged or deformed and the thread is lubricated and clean. WARNING: Never place anything between the vehicle jack and the ground. WARNING: Never place anything between the vehicle jack and your vehicle. WARNING: Make sure that the vehicle jack is vertical to the jacking point and the base is flat on the ground. E70958 289 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Wheels and Tires 280/290/310/330/350/355/370/410, FWD/RWD 2. Insert the hook of the jack handle into the ring on the vehicle jack. Insert the wheel brace into the end of the jack handle and rotate it clockwise to raise your vehicle. Rotate the handle counterclockwise to lower your vehicle. 410/430/460/470, RWD The jack, jack handle and wheel brace are in a storage compartment in the front right-hand side stepwell. Note: Do not apply any power tool to the vehicle jack for raising or lowering your vehicle. Note: Make sure that you position the center of the vehicle jack under the center of the jacking point when raising or lowering your vehicle. E297495 1. Assemble the jack handle. 2. Insert the jack handle into the jack. 3. Insert the end of the jack handle into the wheel brace and rotate clockwise to raise your vehicle. E170180 Position the head of the vehicle jack under the front sub-frame rear mounting bolts. Front Jacking Points WARNING: You must use the specified jacking points. Note: If your vehicle has rear air conditioning make sure the vehicle jack does not come in contact with the air conditioning lines. 290 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Wheels and Tires 410/430/460/470, RWD 280/290/310/330/350/355/370/410, FWD/RWD, Excluding: Motorhome Chassis E324259 Position the head of the vehicle jack under the protrusions at the rear of front sub-frame. E170181 Position the vehicle jack under the rear leaf spring directly behind the rear wheel. Rear Jacking Points Note: Position the vehicle jack on the flattest part of the spring and as close to the axle as possible. WARNING: You must use the specified jacking points. 291 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Wheels and Tires 350/410, FWD, Motorhome Chassis 410/430/460/470, RWD E171406 Position the vehicle jack under the rear axle. E305585 WARNING: Never place anything between the vehicle jack and your vehicle. Position the vehicle jack under the rear leaf spring directly in front of the rear wheel. Note: Position the vehicle jack on the flattest part of the spring and as close to the axle as possible. 292 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Wheels and Tires Removing a Road Wheel 5. Remove the lug nuts and the road wheel. Note: Do not lay alloy road wheels face down on the ground. WARNING: Park your vehicle so that you do not obstruct the flow of traffic or place yourself in any danger and set up a warning triangle. Installing a Road Wheel WARNING: Switch the ignition off and apply the parking brake. WARNING: Use only approved wheel and tire sizes. Using other sizes could damage your vehicle and will make the National Type Approval invalid. WARNING: If your vehicle has a manual transmission, shift into first or reverse gear. If your vehicle has an automatic transmission, shift into park (P). WARNING: Make sure there is no grease or oil on the threads or the surface between the wheel lugs and nuts. This can cause the lug nuts to loosen while driving. WARNING: Make sure all passengers are out of your vehicle. WARNING: Make sure the wheel and hub contact surfaces are clean. WARNING: Make sure that your vehicle is on firm and level ground with the front wheels pointing straight ahead. 1. Install the wheel. Chock the diagonally opposite wheel to the punctured tire with an appropriate block or wheel chock. A wheel chock may be located in the B-pillar, in the storage compartment in the front right-hand side stepwell or inside the spare wheel. Make sure that the arrows on directional tires point in the direction of rotation when your vehicle is moving forward. If you have to fit a spare wheel and tire with the arrows pointing in the opposite direction have the tire refitted as soon as possible. 1. Insert the flat end of the wheel brace between the wheel rim and the wheel trim and carefully remove the wheel trim. 2. Use the locking lug nut key to loosen the locking lug nut. 3. Loosen the remaining lug nuts, but do not remove them. 4. Raise your vehicle until the tire is clear of the ground. 293 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Wheels and Tires Note: Check the lug nuts for correct tightness and check the tire pressure as soon as possible. 1 Stowing the Wheel and Vehicle Jack 4 3 1. Attach the spare wheel bracket to the wheel using the retaining nut. 2. Slide the cable through the slot and attach the spare wheel bracket to the winch. 3. Rotate the cable through 90 degrees and lower the cable end cover. 2 5 1 E70961 3 6 5 4 2 2. Install all of the lug nuts and partially tighten them in the sequence shown. 3. Lower your vehicle and remove the vehicle jack. 4. Fully tighten all of the lug nuts in the sequence shown. 5. Install the wheel trim. Note: Make sure that the cones on the lug nuts are against the wheel. E145138 4. Insert the square end of the wheel brace or the short arm of the jack handle into the socket. Note: Do not raise the spare wheel bracket without a wheel attached. If you lower the spare wheel bracket without a wheel attached, you may damage the winch mechanism. Note: Alloy wheel lug nuts are suitable for use on a steel spare wheel. Note: Make sure the spare wheel is secure by tightening the winch until you feel a slip. Note: If the spare wheel is not the same type and size as your vehicle road wheel replace it as soon as possible. 5. Stow the vehicle jack, jack handle and wheel brace in their correct locations and secure them with the straps. 294 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Wheels and Tires TIRE PRESSURES - VAN A The recommended tire inflation pressures are on the tire information label on the driver side B-pillar. xxxxxx Check all tire pressures when they are cold, at least once every two weeks. Note: You may need to remove the spare wheel from the spare wheel carrier to check the tire pressure. xxxxxxx E xxx xxx D C B E254055 A Vehicle model. B Measure unit. C Rear tire pressure. D Front tire pressure. E Tire size. Van, Kombi-Van and Kombi (front wheel drive) 1 Tire Size Front bar (psi) Rear bar (psi) 280 M 215/65R15C 3.5 (51) 3.3 (48) 280 M 215/65R16C 3.7 (54) 3.6 (52) 290 M 215/65R15C 3.5 (51) 3.3 (48) Variant 290 M 215/65R16C 3.7 (54) 3.6 (52) 310 M 215/65R15C 3.5 (51) 3.7 (54) 310 M 215/65R16C 3.8 (55) 4 (58) 310 L 215/65R15C 3.75 (54) 3.7 (54) 310 L 215/65R16C 4 (58) 4 (58) 330 M 330 L 235/65R16C 3.3 (48) 4 (58) 350 M 235/65R16C 3.3 (48) 4.2 (61) 295 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Wheels and Tires 1 Tire Size Front bar (psi) Rear bar (psi) 350 M 235/65R16C 3.5 (51) 4.2 (61) 350 L 235/65R16C 3.3 (48) 4.5 (65) 350 L 235/65R16C 3.5 (51) 4.5 (65) Variant 1 To ascertain the variant of your vehicle, refer to the vehicle identification plate. See Vehicle Identification Plate (page 310). Van, Kombi-Van and Kombi (rear wheel drive and all-wheel drive) 1 Tire Size Front bar (psi) Rear bar (psi) 310 L 235/65R16C 3.3 (48) 3.2 (46) 330 S 235/65R16C 3.1 (45) 4 (58) 330 S. Vehicles with all-wheel drive 235/65R16C 3.5 (51) 4 (58) 350 L 370 L 350 L-E Jumbo Vehicles with maximum front axle weight 1,750 kg (3,858 lb) 235/65R16C 3.3 (48) 4.5 (65) 350 L 370 L 350 L-E Jumbo Vehicles with maximum front axle weight 1,850 kg (4,079 lb) 235/65R16C 3.5 (51) 4.5 (65) 350 M Vehicles with maximum front axle weight 1,750 kg (3,858 lb) 235/65R16C 3.3 (48) 4.2 (61) 350 M Vehicles with maximum front axle weight 1,850 kg (4,079 lb) 235/65R16C 3.5 (51) 4.2 (61) 410 L 235/65R16C 3.5 (51) 5 (73) Variant 1 To ascertain the variant of your vehicle, refer to the vehicle identification plate. See Vehicle Identification Plate (page 310). 296 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Wheels and Tires Chassis Cab (front wheel drive) 1 Tire Size Front bar (psi) Rear bar (psi) 310 M 215/65R16C 3.8 (55) 4 (58) 330 M 330 L 235/65R16C 3.3 (48) 4 (58) 350 M 235/65R16C 3.3 (48) 4.2 (61) 350 L 350 E-L Jumbo 370 M 235/65R16C 3.3 (48) 4.5 (65) 350 ELWB Super Jumbo 235/65R16C 3.5 (51) 4.5 (65) Variant 1 To ascertain the variant of your vehicle, refer to the vehicle identification plate. See Vehicle Identification Plate (page 310). Chassis Cab (rear wheel drive) 1 Tire Size Front bar (psi) Rear bar (psi) 310 S 235/65R16C 2.9 (42) 3.2 (46) 330 S 235/65R16C 3.1 (45) 4 (58) 330 S Vehicles with all-wheel drive 235/65R16C 3.5 (51) 4 (58) 350 E 350 L 350 L-E Jumbo 350 ELWB-EL Super Jumbo 370 M Vehicles with maximum front axle weight 1,750 kg (3,858 lb) 235/65R16C 3.3 (48) 4.5 (65) 350 E 350 L 350 L-E Jumbo 350 ELWB-EL Super Jumbo 370 M Vehicles with maximum front axle weight 1,850 kg (4,079 lb) 235/65R16C 3.5 (51) 4.5 (65) Variant 297 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Wheels and Tires 1 Tire Size Front bar (psi) Rear bar (psi) 350 M Vehicles with maximum front axle weight 1,750 kg (3,858 lb) 235/65R16C 3.3 (48) 4.2 (61) 350 M Vehicles with maximum front axle weight 1,850 kg (4,079 lb) 235/65R16C 3.5 (51) 4.2 (61) Variant 1 To ascertain the variant of your vehicle, refer to the vehicle identification plate. See Vehicle Identification Plate (page 310). Van, Kombi and Chassis Cab (dual rear wheel) 1 Tire Size Front bar (psi) Rear bar (psi) 350 S 350 M 350 M (derated 470) 350 L 350 L (derated 470) 350 L-E (derated 470) 350 L-E Jumbo 350 ELWB-EL Super Jumbo 195/75R16C 4.6 (67) 3 (44) 355 M 355 L 355 L-E Jumbo 195/75R16C 4.6 (67) 3 (44) 410 L 410 L-E Jumbo (derated 470) 195/75R16C 4.6 (67) 3.2 (46) 430 L 430 L-E Jumbo 430 ELWB-EL Super Jumbo 195/75R16C 4.6 (67) 3.8 (55) 460 LWB-E Jumbo 195/75R16C 4.6 (67) 3.9 (57) 470 M 470 L 470 L-E Jumbo 470 ELWB-EL Super Jumbo 195/75R16C 4.6 (67) 4.3 (62) 470 LWB-E Jumbo Van, Single chassis cab and Double chassis cab Vehicles with maximum rear axle weight 3,100 kg (6,834 lb) 195/75R16C 4.6 (67) 4 (58) Variant 298 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Wheels and Tires 1 Tire Size Front bar (psi) Rear bar (psi) 470 LWB-E Super Jumbo Van, Single chassis cab and Double chassis cab Vehicles with maximum rear axle weight 3,100 kg (6,834 lb) 195/75R16C 4.6 (67) 4 (58) 500 M 500 L 500 L-E Jumbo 500 ELWB-EL Super Jumbo 205/75R16C 4.8 (70) 4.1 (59) Variant 1 To ascertain the variant of your vehicle, refer to the vehicle identification plate. See Vehicle Identification Plate (page 310). Skeletal Chassis Vehicles (SVO, Motorhomes) 1 Tire Size Front bar (psi) Rear bar (psi) 350 L 350 L-E Jumbo 350 ELWB-EL Super Jumbo 235/65R16C 3.5 (51) 4.5 (65) 350 M 235/65R16C 3.5 (51) 4.2 (61) 410 L 410 L-E Jumbo 235/65R16C 3.4 (49) 4.9 (71) 430 L-E Jumbo 430 ELWB-EL Super Jumbo 235/65R16C 3.4 (49) 4.9 (71) Variant 1 To ascertain the variant of your vehicle, refer to the vehicle identification plate. See Vehicle Identification Plate (page 310). 299 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Wheels and Tires TIRE PRESSURES - BUS A The recommended tire inflation pressures are on the tire information label on the driver side B-pillar. B xxxxxx Check all tire pressures when they are cold, at least once every two weeks. Note: You may need to remove the spare wheel from the spare wheel carrier to check the tire pressure. xx xxxxxx F E xx xx D C E254145 1 A Vehicle model. B Vehicle load. C Measure unit. D Rear tire pressure. E Front tire pressure. F Tire size. Tire Size Front bar (psi) Rear bar (psi) 350 M. Vehicles with maximum front axle weight 1,750 kg (3,858 lb). 235/65R16C. 3.3 (48) 4.1 (60) 350 M. Vehicles with maximum front axle weight 1,850 kg (4,079 lb). 235/65R16C. 3.5 (51) 4.1 (60) 370 M. Vehicles with maximum front axle weight 1,750 kg (3,858 lb). 235/65R16C. 3.3 (48) 4.5 (65) 370 M. Vehicles with maximum front axle weight 1,850 kg (4,079 lb). 235/65R16C. 3.5 (51) 4.5 (65) 410 L. 235/65R16C. 3.4 (49) 4.9 (71) Variant 300 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Wheels and Tires 1 Tire Size Front bar (psi) Rear bar (psi) 440 LWB-E Jumbo. 235/65R16C. 3.5 (51) 5.75 (83) 460 LWB-E. 195/75R16C. 4.6 (67) 4 (58) Variant 1 To ascertain the variant of your vehicle, refer to the vehicle identification plate. See Vehicle Identification Plate (page 310). 301 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Wheels and Tires LUG NUTS Lug Nut Torque WARNING: When you install a wheel, always remove any corrosion, dirt or foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub, brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel. Make sure to secure any fasteners that attach the rotor to the hub so they do not interfere with the mounting surfaces of the wheel. Installing wheels without correct metal-to-metal contact at the wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off while your vehicle is in motion, resulting in loss of vehicle control, personal injury or death. Bolt size Nm ( lb.ft) M14 x 1.5 204 (150) Locking Lug Nuts You can obtain a replacement locking lug nut key and replacement locking lug nuts from an authorized dealer using the reference number certificate. 302 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications VEHICLE DIMENSIONS - BUS/KOMBI/VAN Medium Wheelbase Dimension Description Dimension mm (in) Overall length. 5,531 (217.8) Overall width including the exterior mirrors. 2,474 (97.4) Overall width excluding the exterior mirrors. 2,059 (81.1) Overall height excluding the antenna. 2,490–2,834 (98.0–111.6) Wheelbase. 3,300 (129.9) Front track. 1,732–1,752 (68.2–69.0) Rear track. 1,743–1,763 (68.6–69.4) Long Wheelbase Dimension Description Dimension mm (in) Overall length. 5,981 (235.5) Overall width including the exterior mirrors. 2,474 (97.4) Overall width excluding the exterior mirrors. 2,059 (81.1) Overall height excluding the antenna. 2,481–2,792 (97.7–109.9) Wheelbase. 3,750 (147.6) Front track. 1,732–1,752 (68.2–69.0) Rear track. 1,743–1,763 (68.6–69.4) Long Wheelbase With an Extended Frame Dimension Description Dimension mm (in) Overall length. 6,704 (263.9) Overall width including the exterior mirrors. 2,474 (97.4) Overall width excluding the exterior mirrors. 2,059–2,126 (81.1–83.7) Overall height excluding the antenna. 2,746–2,781 (108.1–109.5) 303 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications Dimension Description Dimension mm (in) Wheelbase. 3,750 (147.6) Front track. 1,732–1,740 (68.2–68.5) Rear track. 1,670–1,743 (65.7–68.6) VEHICLE DIMENSIONS - CHASSIS CAB/CHASSIS DOUBLE CAB Short Wheelbase Dimension Description Dimension mm (in) Overall length. 5,357 (210.9) Overall width including the exterior mirrors. 2,474 (97.4) Overall width excluding the exterior mirrors. 2,098–2,198 (82.6–86.5) Overall height excluding the antenna. 2,324–2,352 (91.5–92.6) Wheelbase. 3,137 (123.5) Front track. 1,732 (68.2) Rear track. 1,743 (68.6) Medium Wheelbase Dimension Description Dimension mm (in) Overall length. 5,767 (227.0) Overall width including the exterior mirrors. 2,474–2,746 (97.4–108.1) Overall width excluding the exterior mirrors. 2,098–2,198 (82.6–86.5) Overall height excluding the antenna. 2,311–2,357 (91.0–92.8) Wheelbase. 3,504 (138.0) Front track. 1,732–1,752 (68.2–69.0) Rear track. 1,670–1,763 (65.7–69.4) 304 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications Long Wheelbase Dimension Description Dimension mm (in) Overall length. 6,204 (244.3) Overall width including the exterior mirrors. 2,474–2,746 (97.4–108.1) Overall width excluding the exterior mirrors. 2,098–2,198 (82.6–86.5) Overall height excluding the antenna. 2,316–2,349 (91.2–92.5) Wheelbase. 3,954 (155.7) Front track. 1,732–1,752 (68.2–69.0) Rear track. 1,670–1,763 (65.7–69.4) Long Wheelbase With an Extended Frame Dimension Description Dimension mm (in) Overall length. 6,587–6,797 (259.3–267.6) Overall width including the exterior mirrors. 2,474–2,746 (97.4–108.1) Overall width excluding the exterior mirrors. 2,098–2,198 (82.6–86.5) Overall height excluding the antenna. 2,316–2,350 (91.2–92.5) Wheelbase. 3,954 (155.7) Front track. 1,732–1,752 (68.2–69.0) Rear track. 1,670–1,763 (65.7–69.4) Extra Long Wheelbase With an Extended Frame Dimension Description Dimension mm (in) Overall length. 7,612–7,797 (299.7–307.0) Overall width including the exterior mirrors. 2,474–2,746 (97.4–108.1) Overall width excluding the exterior mirrors. 2,098–2,198 (82.6–86.5) Overall height excluding the antenna. 2,326–2,339 (91.6–92.1) 305 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications Dimension Description Dimension mm (in) Wheelbase. 4,522 (178.0) Front track. 1,732–1,740 (68.2–68.5) Rear track. 1,670–1,743 (65.7–68.6) TOWBAR DIMENSIONS - BUS/KOMBI/VAN A C B D E E148831 306 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications Medium or Long Wheelbase Measurement Dimension Description mm (in) A Wheel center to center of tow ball. 1,344–1,381 (52.9–54.4) B Center of tow ball to side member. 417 (16.4) C Distance between side members. 839 (33.0) D Center of tow ball to center of first attachment point. 619–666 (24.4–26.2) E Center of tow ball to center of second attachment point. 704–741 (27.7–29.2) Long Wheelbase - Extended Frame Measurement Dimension Description mm (in) A Wheel center to center of tow ball. 2,105 (82.9) B Center of tow ball to side member. 417 (16.4) C Distance between side members. 839 (33.0) D Center of tow ball to center of first attachment point. 629–666 (24.8–26.2) E Center of tow ball to center of second attachment point. 704–741 (27.7–29.2) Maximum Permissible Trailer Vertical Weight kg (lb) 112–140 (247–309) 307 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications TOWBAR DIMENSIONS - CHASSIS CAB/CHASSIS DOUBLE CAB A C B D E E148831 308 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications Short, Medium or Long Wheelbase Measurement Dimension Description mm (in) A Wheel center to center of tow ball. 1,178 (46.4) B Center of tow ball to side member. 416 (16.4) C Distance between side members. 832 (32.8) D Center of tow ball to center of first attachment point. 237 (9.3) E Center of tow ball to center of second attachment point. 343.5 (13.5) Long Wheelbase - Extended Frame Measurement Dimension Description mm (in) A Wheel center to center of tow ball. 1,735 (68.3) B Center of tow ball to side member. 416 (16.4) 832 (32.8) C Distance between side members. D Center of tow ball to center of first attachment point. 237 (9.3) E Center of tow ball to center of second attachment point. 343.5 (13.5) Extra Long Wheelbase - Extended Frame Measurement Dimension Description A Wheel center to center of tow ball. mm (in) 2,165 (85.2) B Center of tow ball to side member. 416 (16.4) C Distance between side members. 832 (32.8) D Center of tow ball to center of first attachment point. 237 (9.3) E Center of tow ball to center of second attachment point. 343.5 (13.5) 309 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications kg (lb) Maximum Permissible Trailer Vertical Weight 112–140 (247–309) VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION PLATE E135662 A Model. B Variant. C Engine designation. D Engine power and emission level. E Vehicle identification number. F Gross vehicle weight. G Gross train weight. H Maximum front axle weight. I Maximum rear axle weight. The vehicle identification plate is within the right-hand door aperture. Note: The vehicle identification plate may vary to that shown. Note: Information on the vehicle identification plate is dependent upon market requirements. 310 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS Use oil and fluid that meets the defined specification and viscosity grade. If you do not use oil and fluid that meets the defined specification and viscosity grade, it could result in: • Component damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty. • Longer engine cranking periods. • Increased emission levels. • Reduced engine performance. • Reduced fuel economy. • Reduced brake performance. Air Conditioning System E71369 The vehicle identification number is located on the left-hand side of the instrument panel. You will also find it stamped into the right-hand front wheel arch. WARNING: The air conditioning refrigerant system contains refrigerant under high pressure. Only qualified personnel should service the air conditioning refrigerant system. Opening the air conditioning refrigerant system can cause personal injury. Variant Global Warming Potential CO2 Equivalent Vehicles without rear climate control. 1430 1.06 tonnes Vehicles with rear climate control. 1430 1.65 tonnes Refrigerant Refrigerant Oil Vehicles without rear climate control. 0.74 kg (26.1 oz) 280 cm³ (9.5 fl oz) Vehicles with rear climate control. 1.15 kg (40.6 oz) 640 cm³ (21.6 fl oz) Capacities Variant 311 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications Materials Name Specification Refrigerant - R-134A WSH-M17B19-A Compressor Oil - Air Conditioning 6U7J-M1C231-CA WSH-M1C231-B Engine Engine Oil Capacities Variant Including the Oil Filter Excluding the Oil Filter FWD 9.8 L (2.2 gal) 9.2 L (2.0 gal) AWD/RWD 11.5 L (2.5 gal) 11.1 L (2.4 gal) Note: The quantity of engine oil required to raise the indicated level on the dipstick from minimum to maximum is 2 L (0.4 gal). Materials Name Specification Engine Oil - SAE 0W-30 WSS-M2C950-A Note: Do not use more than 1 L (0.2 gal) of the alternative engine oil between scheduled service intervals. Engine Oil Top-Up If you are unable to find engine oil that meets the specification defined by WSS-M2C950-A, you can top-up with a SAE 0W-30 engine oil that is defined by ACEA C2. 312 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications Engine Coolant Capacities Variant Quantity FWD vehicles without a fuel fired heater or an auxiliary heater. 11.2 L (2.5 gal) FWD vehicles with a fuel fired heater. 12 L (2.6 gal) FWD vehicles with an auxiliary heater. 13.3 L (2.9 gal) FWD vehicles with a fuel fired heater and an auxiliary heater. 13.7 L (3.0 gal) AWD/RWD vehicles without a fuel fired heater or an auxiliary heater. 10.4 L (2.3 gal) AWD/RWD vehicles with a fuel fired heater. 11.7 L (2.6 gal) AWD/RWD vehicles with an auxiliary heater. 11.8 L (2.6 gal) AWD/RWD vehicles with a fuel fired heater and an auxiliary heater. 13.4 L (2.9 gal) Materials Name Specification Antifreeze WSS-M97B57-A2 Fuel Tank Capacities Variant Quantity Vehicles with standard fuel tank. 70 L (15.4 gal) Vehicles with larger fuel tank. 95 L (20.9 gal) Washer Reservoir Capacities Variant Quantity All. 4.5 L (1.0 gal) 313 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications Materials Name Specification Screen Wash FU7J-19C544-AA/BA/DA/EA/GA/HA WSS-M14P19-A Diesel Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue) Tank Capacities Variant Quantity All. 24 L (5.3 gal) Brake System Materials Name Specification Brake Fluid DOT 4 LV High Performance BU7J-M6C65-xxxx WSS-M6C65-A2 BULB SPECIFICATION CHART - VEHICLES WITH: HALOGEN HEADLAMPS Exterior Lamps Lamp Specification Body side marker lamp. Power (watt) W5W 5 Rear lamp and stoplamp. P21/5W 21/5 High mounted stoplamp. LED. LED. W5W 5 Chassis cab rear marker lamp. Cornering lamp. Front direction indicator lamp. Front fog lamp. 1 Front side lamp. H1 55 PY21W 21 H11 55 W5W 5 314 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications Lamp Specification Power (watt) H15 55/15 W5W 5 H7 55 Headlamp high beam and daytime running lamp. License plate lamp. Headlamp low beam. Rear direction indicator lamp. PY21W 21 Rear fog lamp. P21W 21 Reversing lamp. P21W 21 Roof outline marker lamp. W5W 5 Side repeater lamp - high watt. W16W 16 Side repeater lamp - low watt. WY5W 5 LED. LED. Rear floodlamp. 1 Front side lamps are also available as LED lamps. Note: If the LED fails have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Interior Lamps Lamp Specification Power (watt) W6W 6 Festoon 6 211 Festoon 10 W6W 6 211 Festoon 10 Front interior lamp. Front interior lamp - with category 1 alarm. Luggage compartment lamp. Map reading lamp. Side door entrance lamp. Note: If the LED fails have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. 315 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications BULB SPECIFICATION CHART - VEHICLES WITH: HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE HEADLAMPS Exterior Lamps Lamp Specification Power (watt) W5W 5 Rear lamp and stoplamp. P21/5W 21/5 High mounted stoplamp. LED. LED. Body side marker lamp. Chassis cab rear marker lamp. W5W 5 H11 55 PY24W 24 Front fog lamp. H8 35 Front side lamp. LED. LED. Daytime running lamps. LED. LED. W5W 5 D5S 25 PY21W 21 Rear fog lamp. P21W 21 Reversing lamp. P21W 21 Roof outline marker lamp. W5W 5 Side repeater lamp - high watt. W16W 16 Side repeater lamp - low watt. WY5W 5 LED. LED. Cornering lamp. Front direction indicator lamp. License plate lamp. Headlamp low beam and headlamp high beam. Rear direction indicator lamp. Rear floodlamp. Note: If the LED fails have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. 316 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications Interior Lamps Lamp Specification Power (watt) W6W 6 Festoon 6 211 Festoon 10 Front interior lamp. Front interior lamp - with category 1 alarm. Luggage compartment lamp. Map reading lamp. Side door entrance lamp. W6W 6 211 Festoon 10 Note: If the LED fails have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. 317 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications During NEDC phase-out, WLTP fuel consumption and CO2 emissions are being correlated back to NEDC. There will be some variance to the previous fuel economy and emissions as some elements of the tests have altered, so the same car might have different fuel consumption and CO2 emissions. FUEL CONSUMPTION FIGURES Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions The declared fuel/energy consumptions, CO2-Emissions and electric range are determined according to the technical requirements and specifications of the European Regulations (EC) 715/2007 and (EU) 2017/1151 as last amended. Light Duty Vehicle type-approved using the World Harmonised Light Vehicle Test Procedure (WLTP) will have Fuel/Energy Consumption and CO2-Emission information for New European Drive Cycle (NEDC) and WLTP. WLTP will fully replace the NEDC latest by the end of the year 2020. The applied standard test procedures enable comparison between different vehicle types and different manufacturers. European Directive 1999/94/EC In addition to the fuel efficiency of a car, driving behaviour as well as other non-technical factors play a role in determining a car's fuel consumption and CO2 emissions. CO2 is the main greenhouse gas responsible for global warming. A guide on fuel economy and CO2 emissions which contains data for all new passenger car models is available at any point of sale free of charge. FUEL CONSUMPTION FIGURES - 2.0L ECOBLUE NEDC Urban Extra-Urban Combined CO2 Emissions L/100 km (mpg) L/100 km (mpg) L/100 km (mpg) g/km 11.3–5.1 (25–55) 8.7–4.3 (32–66) 9.7–4.7 (29–60) 125–254 WLTP CO2 Emis- Low Medium High Extra-High Combined L/100 km (mpg) L/100 km (mpg) L/100 km (mpg) L/100 km (mpg) L/100 km (mpg) g/km 13.3–6.7 (21–42) 12.4–5.5 (23–51) 14–5.3 (20–53) 17.1–5.3 (17–53) 14.7–5.5 (19–51) 145–386 318 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing sions Connected Vehicle WHAT IS A CONNECTED VEHICLE Enabling and Disabling the Modem - Vehicles With: 4.2 Inch Instrument Cluster Display Screen A connected vehicle has technology that allows your vehicle to connect to a mobile network and for you to access a range of features. When used in conjunction with the FordPass app, it could allow you to monitor and control your vehicle further, for example checking the tire pressures, the fuel level and the vehicle location. For additional information, refer to the local Ford website. 1. Using the information display controls on the steering wheel, select Settings. 2. Select FordPass Connect. 3. Select Connectivity. 4. Switch connectivity features on or off. Enabling and Disabling the Modem - Vehicles With: 4.2 Inch Information and Entertainment Display Screen CONNECTED VEHICLE REQUIREMENTS 1. 2. 3. 4. Connected service and related feature functionality requires a compatible vehicle network. Some remote features require additional service activation. Log in to your Ford account for details. Some restrictions, third party terms and message or data rates may apply. Select Settings. Select Connectivity features. Select Data sharing. Switch connectivity features on or off. Enabling and Disabling the Modem - Vehicles With: 8 Inch Information and Entertainment Display Screen Press Settings. Press FordPass Connect. Press Connectivity settings. Switch connectivity features on or off. CONNECTED VEHICLE LIMITATIONS 1. 2. 3. 4. Evolving technology, cellular networks, or regulations could affect functionality and availability, or continued provision of some features. These changes could even stop some features from functioning. Connecting FordPass to the Modem 1. CONNECTING THE VEHICLE TO A MOBILE NETWORK 2. 3. What Is the Modem 4. 5. The modem allows access to a range of features built into your vehicle. Make sure that the modem is enabled using the vehicle settings menu. Open the FordPass app on your device and log in. Add your vehicle or select your vehicle if already added. Select the option for vehicle details. Select the option to activate your vehicle. 319 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Connected Vehicle 6. Make sure that the name on the screen matches the name shown in your FordPass account. 7. Confirm that FordPass account is connected to the modem. 2. Press Wi-Fi. 3. Switch System Wi-Fi on. 4. Press View available networks. 5. Select an available Wi-Fi network. Note: Enter the network password to connect to a secure network. CONNECTING THE VEHICLE TO A WI-FI NETWORK 1. Press Settings. CONNECTED VEHICLE – TROUBLESHOOTING - VEHICLES WITH: MODEM Symptom I cannot confirm the – connection of my FordPass account to the modem. – Possible Cause and Resolution Modem is not enabled. • Switch connectivity features on. Weak network signal. • Move your vehicle closer to a place where the network signal is not obstructed. 320 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Connected Vehicle CONNECTED VEHICLE – TROUBLESHOOTING - VEHICLES WITH: SYNC 3/SYNC 2.5 Symptom I cannot connect to a Wi-Fi network. Possible Cause and Resolution – – – Password error. • Enter the correct network password. Weak network signal. • Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to a place where the network signal is not obstructed. Multiple access points in range with the same SSID. • Use a unique name for your SSID. Do not use the default name unless it contains a unique identifier, for example as part of the MAC address. The Wi-Fi connection – disconnects after successful connection. Weak network signal. • Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to a place where the network signal is not obstructed. I am close to a Wi-Fi hotspot – but the network signal strength is weak. Obstructed network signal. • If your vehicle has a heated windshield, position your vehicle so that the windshield is not facing the Wi-Fi hotspot. • If your vehicle has metallic tinting on the windows but not on the windshield, position your vehicle so that the windshield is facing the Wi-Fi hotspot or open the windows that are facing the hotspot. • If your vehicle has metallic tinting on the windows and the windshield, open the windows that are facing the hotspot. • If your vehicle is in a garage and you have the garage door closed, open the garage door. I cannot see a network in the – list of available networks that I expect to see. Hidden network. • Make the network visible and try again. 321 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Connected Vehicle Symptom Possible Cause and Resolution I cannot see the Wi-Fi – hotspot name when I search for Wi-Fi networks on my cell phone or other device. System limitation. • Make sure Wi-Fi hotspot visibility is on. • The system does not provide a Wi-Fi hotspot at this time. Software downloads take too long. Weak network signal. • Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to a place where the network signal is not obstructed. Wi-Fi hotspot in high demand or has a slow Internet connection. • Use a more reliable Wi-Fi hotspot. – – The system seems to connect to a Wi-Fi network and the signal strength is excellent but the software does not update. – – No software update available. Wi-Fi network requires a subscription or acceptance of terms and conditions. • Test the connection using another device. If the network requires a subscription or acceptance of terms and conditions, contact the network service provider. 322 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot Note: Secure websites do not redirect. CREATING A VEHICLE WI-FI HOTSPOT Note: If you have an active plan, the system does not redirect to the vehicle network carrier’s portal when you connect a device. Visit the vehicle network carrier’s website to purchase more data. You can create a Wi-Fi hotspot in your vehicle and allow devices to connect to it for access to the Internet. Note: If data usage information is available in the vehicle hotspot menu, it is approximate. 1. Select Settings. 2. Select FordPass Connect. 3. Select Vehicle Hotspot. Note: The vehicle hotspot default setting is on. Note: If you carry out a master reset, the system does not remove your vehicle from your vehicle network carrier’s account. To remove your vehicle from the account, contact your vehicle network carrier. 4. Select Settings. 5. Select Edit. 6. Select Wi-Fi visibility. Note: The Wi-Fi Visibility default setting is on. Note: The vehicle network carrier provides Vehicle Hotspot services, subject to your vehicle network carrier agreement, coverage and availability. Finding the Wi-Fi Hotspot Name and Password CHANGING THE VEHICLE WIFI HOTSPOT NAME OR PASSWORD 1. Select Settings. 2. Select FordPass Connect. 3. Select Vehicle Hotspot. 4. Select Settings. Note: The SSID is the hotspot name. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 5. Select View password. Connecting a Device to the Wi-Fi Hotspot 1. On your device, turn on Wi-Fi and select the hotspot from the list of available Wi-Fi networks. 2. When prompted, enter the password. Purchasing a Data Plan Select Settings. Select FordPass Connect. Select Vehicle Hotspot. Select Settings. Select Edit. Select Change SSID Name. Enter your required SSID. Select Done. Select Change Password . Enter your required password. Select Done. 1. Connect a device to the hotspot. Note: The vehicle network carrier’s portal opens on your device. 2. If the portal does not open on your device, open a website and it redirects to the vehicle network carrier’s portal. 323 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Audio System Note: Listening to loud audio for long periods of time could damage your hearing. GENERAL INFORMATION Radio Frequencies and Reception Factors Radio reception factors Distance and Strength The further you travel away from an FM station, the weaker the signal and the weaker the reception. Terrain Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with the reception. Station overload When you pass near a radio transmission tower, a stronger signal can override a weaker signal and can cause interference in the audio system. Adjusting the Volume AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITHOUT: SYNC Switching the Audio Unit On and Off E248939 Selecting the Radio Press the button to select radio mode. 324 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Audio System Scrolling Through the Menu Options Press the button again to display the available radio sources. Repeatedly press the button to scroll through the available radio sources. Changing Radio Stations Manual Tuning E248947 Selecting a Menu Option E248947 Note: You can change radio stations using the seek buttons. Note: You can recall radio stations using the numeric preset buttons. Selecting Media Press the button to select media mode. E100027 Press the button again to display the available media sources. Repeatedly press the button to scroll through the available media sources. E248946 Returning to the Previous Screen Seek Up and Next Track Button Select to skip to the next track. Press and hold the button to fast forward through the track. 325 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Audio System Seek Down and Previous Track Button AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH: SYNC 3 Select to return to the beginning of a track. Switching the Audio Unit On and Off Repeatedly press the button to return to previous tracks. Press and hold the button to fast rewind. Pausing or Playing Media Adjusting the Volume In media mode, press the button to pause playback. Press the button again to resume playback. In radio mode, press the button to mute the radio. Press the button again to unmute. Switching the Screen On and Off System Settings E248939 E142607 Sound Settings Press the button to adjust the sound settings. You can optimize the sound for different seating positions. You can also activate and set the sensitivity of the speed compensated volume. Using a Cell Phone You can make a call from a recent call list, contact list or dial a number. 326 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Audio System Changing Radio Stations In radio mode, press the button to mute the radio. Press the button again to unmute. Manual Tuning Switching the Screen On and Off Sound Settings Press the button to adjust the sound settings. You can optimize the sound for different seating positions. You can also activate and set the sensitivity of the speed compensated volume. E270235 Note: You can change radio stations using the seek buttons. AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH: SYNC 2.5 Note: You can recall radio stations using the preset buttons on the touchscreen. Switching the Audio Unit On and Off Seek Up and Next Track Button Select to skip to the next track. Press and hold the button to fast forward through the track. Seek Down and Previous Track Button Select to return to the beginning of a track. Repeatedly press the button to return to previous tracks. Press and hold the button to fast rewind. Pausing or Playing Media Select to play a track. Press the button again to pause the track. 327 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Audio System Adjusting the Volume Seek Up and Next Track Button Select to skip to the next track. Press and hold the button to fast forward through the track. Seek Down and Previous Track Button Select to return to the beginning of a track. Repeatedly press the button to return to previous tracks. Press and hold the button to fast rewind. Pausing or Playing Media Select to play a track. Press the button again to pause the track. E248939 In radio mode, press the button to mute the radio. Press the button again to unmute. Changing Radio Stations Manual Tuning Switching the Screen On and Off Sound Settings Press the button to adjust the sound settings. You can optimize the sound for different seating positions. You can also activate and set the sensitivity of the speed compensated volume. E270235 Note: You can change radio stations using the seek buttons. Note: You can recall radio stations using the preset buttons on the touchscreen. 328 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Audio System Press to seek the next station down the frequency band. AM/FM RADIO - VEHICLES WITHOUT: SYNC Press and hold to quickly seek down the frequency band. Selecting a Radio Source Press the button to display the available radio sources. Selecting a Station from the List Press the OK button to view available stations. Repeatedly press the button to scroll to the desired radio source. AM/FM RADIO - VEHICLES WITH: SYNC 2.5 Press the OK button. Station Presets Using the Radio To store a radio station, press and hold one of the numeric preset buttons. Select the audio option on the feature bar. Note: Six presets can be stored for each radio source. Selecting a Radio Station From a List Manually Changing Radio Stations 1. 2. 3. 4. Select Sources. Select AM or FM. Select Stations. Select a radio station from the list. Manually Changing Radio Stations E248947 Rotate the control to change the frequency. Automatically Changing Radio Stations Press to seek the next station up the frequency band. E270235 Press and hold to quickly seek up the frequency band. Rotate the control to change the frequency. 329 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Audio System Note: In FM mode, rotating the control changes the station. Manually Changing Stations Automatically Changing Radio Stations Press to seek the next station up the frequency band. Press and hold to quickly seek up the frequency band. Press to seek the next station down the frequency band. Press and hold to quickly seek down the frequency band. Storing a Radio Station E248947 Rotate the control to change the station. Press and hold one of the preset buttons on the touchscreen. Automatically Changing Radio Stations Note: The radio briefly mutes to indicate the station has been stored. Press to seek the next station up the frequency band. DIGITAL RADIO - VEHICLES WITHOUT: SYNC Press and hold to quickly seek up the frequency band. Selecting a Radio Source Press to seek the next station down the frequency band. Press the button to display the available radio sources. Press and hold to quickly seek down the frequency band. Repeatedly press the button to scroll to the desired radio source. Selecting a Station from the List Press the OK button to view available ensembles. Select the desired ensemble and station from the list. Press the OK button. Station Presets To store a station, press and hold one of the numeric preset buttons. DIGITAL RADIO - VEHICLES WITH: SYNC 2.5 Note: Six presets can be stored for each radio source. Using the Radio Select the audio option on the feature bar. 330 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Audio System Selecting a Radio Station From a List 1. 2. 3. 4. AUDIO UNIT CLOCK AND DATE DISPLAYS - VEHICLES WITHOUT: SYNC Select Sources. Select DAB. Select Stations. Select a radio station from the list. Adjusting the Clock Press the button. Manually Changing Radio Stations E142607 Select the clock and follow the instructions on the screen. AUDIO UNIT CLOCK AND DATE DISPLAYS - VEHICLES WITH: SYNC 2.5 Select the settings option on the feature bar. 1. Select Clock. 2. Adjust the clock. E270235 CONNECTING A BLUETOOTH® DEVICE - VEHICLES WITHOUT: SYNC Rotate the control to change the frequency. Automatically Changing Radio Stations Pairing a Device Press to seek the next station up the frequency band. Press the button. Press and hold to quickly seek up the frequency band. E142607 Select Bluetooth and follow the instructions on the screen. Press to seek the next station down the frequency band. Note: When pairing a new device, you can choose to download contacts, set this as the primary device and enable Emergency Assistance. Press and hold to quickly seek down the frequency band. Storing a Radio Station Press and hold one of the preset buttons on the touchscreen. Note: The radio briefly mutes to indicate the station has been stored. 331 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Audio System Press and hold the button to fast forward through the track. CONNECTING A BLUETOOTH® DEVICE - VEHICLES WITH: SYNC 2.5 Press the button once to return to the beginning of the track. Repeatedly press the button to return to previous tracks. Go to the settings menu on your device and switch Bluetooth on. Press and hold the button to fast rewind. Select the settings options on the feature bar. Note: Not all functions are supported by all phones. E142607 1. Select Bluetooth. 2. Switch Bluetooth on. 3. Select Add a Bluetooth device. Note: A prompt alerts you to search for your vehicle on your device. STREAMING BLUETOOTH AUDIO - VEHICLES WITH: SYNC 2.5 Check the compatibility of your device on the local Ford website. 4. Select your vehicle on your device. Note: A number appears on your device and on the touchscreen. Pair your device. See Connecting a Bluetooth® Device (page 332). 5. Confirm that the number on your device matches the number on the touchscreen. Note: The touchscreen indicates that you have successfully paired your device. Select the audio option on the feature bar. Select Sources. Select the bluetooth option. STREAMING BLUETOOTH AUDIO - VEHICLES WITHOUT: SYNC Press the button to play the track. Press the button again to pause the track. Selecting a Bluetooth Source Press the button to skip to the next track. Press the button to display the menu. Press and hold the button to fast forward through the track. E100027 Repeatedly press the button to scroll to the Bluetooth device. Press the button once to return to the beginning of the track. Repeatedly press the button to return to previous tracks. Press the OK button. Press the button to play the track. Press the button again to pause the track. Press and hold the button to fast rewind. Press the button to skip to the next track. 332 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Audio System PLAYING MEDIA FROM A USB DEVICE - VEHICLES WITHOUT: SYNC PLAYING MEDIA FROM A USB DEVICE - VEHICLES WITH: SYNC 2.5 Supported Audio File Formats Supported File Formats You can play audio file formats including MP3, WMA, WAV, M4A, M4B, AAC, and FLAC. The system supports the following file formats: • MP3, M4A, M4B, WMA, WAV, AAC, FLAC, APE and AIFF audio file formats. • ext2, exFAT, FAT, FAT32, NTFS and HFS+ file systems. Note: The NTFS file system is not supported. Selecting the USB Device Selecting the USB Device Press the button to display the menu. Connect your device to the USB port. E100027 Select the audio option on the feature bar. Repeatedly press the button to scroll to your USB device. E100027 Press the OK button. Select Sources. Select the USB option. Playing from the USB Device Press the button to play a track. Press the button again to pause the track. Playing from the USB Device Press the button to play a track. Press the button again to pause the track. Press the button to skip to the next track. Press and hold the button to fast forward through the track. Press the button to skip to the next track. Press the button once to return to the beginning of a track. Repeatedly press the button to return to previous tracks. Press and hold the button to fast forward through the track. Press the button once to return to the beginning of a track. Repeatedly press the button to return to previous tracks. Press and hold the button to fast rewind. Sorting by Categories Press and hold the button to fast rewind through the track. You can also sort and play music by specific categories, for example artist or album. Press the OK button to view the available categories. 333 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Audio System Sorting by Categories Switching Apple CarPlay Off You can also sort and play music by specific categories, for example artist or album. Select the settings option on the feature bar. 1. Select Apple CarPlay preferences. 2. Disable Apple CarPlay. USB PORT Using Apps on an iOS Device USB ports may be in the following locations: • On the instrument panel below the climate control. See At a Glance (page 18). • In the center console. Note: For more information about available apps, refer to the local Ford website. When you start an app through the system for the first time, you could be asked to grant certain permissions. You can review and change the permissions that you have granted at any time when your vehicle is not moving. You can use the USB port to charge a device only when the engine is running. Select the apps option on the feature bar. APPS - VEHICLES WITH: SYNC 2.5 1. Switch Apple CarPlay off. 2. Connect your device to a USB port. 3. Start the apps on your device that you want to use through the system. Note: If you close the apps on your device, you will not be able to use them through the system. Note: We recommend that you check your data plan before using your apps through the system. Using them could result in additional charges. Note: We recommend that you check the app provider's terms and conditions and privacy policy before using their app. Note: Make sure that you have an active account for apps that you want to use through the system. 4. Select Find mobile apps. Note: The system searches and connects to compatible apps that are running on your device. Note: Some apps will work with no setup. Others require you to configure some personal settings before you can use them. 5. Select the app that you want to use on the touchscreen. Using Apple CarPlay Using Android Auto Switching Apple CarPlay On Switching Android Auto On 1. 1. Connect your device to a USB port. 2. Follow the instructions on the touchscreen. Note: You might need to enable Android Auto from the settings menu. Connect your device to a USB port. 2. Follow the instructions on the touchscreen. Note: Certain features of the system are not available when you are using Apple CarPlay. 334 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Audio System Note: Certain features of the system are not available when you are using Android Auto. Select the apps option on the feature bar. 1. Switch Android Auto off. 2. Pair your device. 3. Start the apps on your device that you want to use through the system. Note: If you close the apps on your device, you will not be able to use them through the system. Switching Android Auto Off Select the settings option on the feature bar. 1. Select Android Auto preferences. 2. Disable Android Auto. 4. Select Find mobile apps. Note: The system searches and connects to compatible apps that are running on your device. Using Apps on an Android Device Note: For more information about available apps, refer to the local Ford website. When you start an app through the system for the first time, you could be asked to grant certain permissions. You can review and change the permissions that you have granted at any time when your vehicle is not moving. 5. Select the app that you want to use on the touchscreen. 335 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Audio System Apps Troubleshooting Symptom Possible Cause and Resolution The system cannot find any – apps. Incompatible device. • You will need an Android device with OS 2.3 or higher or an iOS 3GS device with iOS 5.0 or higher. Pair and connect your Android device to find AppLink compatible apps. Connect your iOS device to a USB port to find AppLink compatible apps. I have a compatible device – and it is correctly connected but the system still cannot – find any apps. AppLink compatible apps not installed on your device. • Download and install the latest version of the app. AppLink compatible apps not running on your device. • Start the apps to allow the system to find them and make sure you sign in to any apps if required. Incorrect app settings. • Check and adjust the app settings on your device and allow the system to access the app if required. – I have a compatible device, – it is correctly connected and my apps are running but the system still cannot find any apps. Apps failed to fully close. • Restart the apps and try again. I have an Android device – that is correctly connected, I have restarted my apps and they are running but the system still cannot find them. An issue on some older versions of the Android operating system could result in apps not being found. • Switch Bluetooth off and on again to force the system to reconnect to your device. 336 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Audio System Symptom Possible Cause and Resolution I have an iOS device that is – correctly connected, I have restarted my apps and they are running but the system still cannot find them. Cable connection issue. • Disconnect the cable from your device, wait for a moment and then connect it again to force the system to reconnect to your device. I have an Android device running a media app which the system has found but I cannot hear the sound or the sound is very quiet. – Device volume is low. • Turn the volume up on your device. I have an Android device running a number of compatible apps but the system cannot find all of them. – Device limitation. Some Android devices have a limited number of Bluetooth ports that apps can use to connect. If you have more apps running on your device than the number of available Bluetooth ports, the system cannot find all of them. • Close some of the apps to allow the system to find those that you want to use. USING VOICE RECOGNITION Phone Voice Service This system allows you to use the voice recognition features of your phone and focus on your driving. Press the voice control button on the steering wheel. E142599 Note: This only works when connected via Bluetooth. See Connecting a Bluetooth® Device (page 331). Note: When using voice recognition use the language set on the device. Note: We recommend that you check your data plan before using your phone voice service through the system. Using them could result in additional charges. 337 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing SYNC™ 3 Using the Touchscreen GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING: Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. E293823 About SYNC A Status bar. The system allows you to interact with the entertainment, information and communication systems on your vehicle using voice commands and a touchscreen. The system provides easy interaction with audio, phone, navigation, mobile apps and settings. B Home screen. C Clock. See Settings (page 355). D Outside air temperature. E Feature bar. Status Bar Note: You can switch the system on and use it for up to an hour without switching the ignition on. Cell phone microphone muted. Note: You can use the system after you switch the ignition off for up to 10 minutes or until you open a door. Audio system muted. Note: For your safety, some features are speed-dependent. Their use is limited to when your vehicle speed is less than 5 km/h (3 mph). Software update installed. Wi-Fi connected. Cell phone roaming. Text message received. 338 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing SYNC™ 3 Emergency Assistance off. Select to adjust system settings. See Settings (page 355). E280315 Cell phone network signal strength. Cleaning the Touchscreen See Cleaning the Interior (page 275). Vehicle data sharing on. Updating the System Updating the System Using a USB Drive Vehicle location sharing on. Downloading an Update 1. Go to the SYNC update page on the local Ford website. 2. Download the update. Note: The website notifies you if an update is available. Vehicle data and vehicle location sharing on. Traffic data source: Live traffic. E323531 3. Insert a USB drive into your computer. Note: The USB drive needs to be empty and meet the minimum requirements detailed on the website. Traffic data source: Traffic broadcast. Wireless charger active. 4. Follow the instructions provided to download the update to the USB drive. Feature Bar Installing an Update Select to use the radio, a USB, a media player or a Bluetooth E100027 device. See Entertainment (page 346). Note: You can use the system when installation is in progress. 1. Disconnect all other USB devices from the USB ports. 2. Connect the USB drive with the update to a USB port. Note: Installation starts automatically within 10 minutes. Select to adjust climate settings. E283811 Select to make calls and access the phonebook on your cell phone. See Phone (page 348). Updating the System Using a Wi-Fi Network Connection Select to use the navigation system. See Navigation (page 350). Switching Automatic System Updates On Select to search for and use compatible apps on your iOS or Android device. See Apps (page 1. Select Settings. 2. Select Automatic updates. 3. Switch Automatic system updates on. 354). 339 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing SYNC™ 3 The system is now set to check for and receive system updates when it is connected to a Wi-Fi network. USING VOICE RECOGNITION The system allows you to interact with the entertainment, information and communication systems on your vehicle using voice commands. This allows you to keep your hands on the steering wheel and focus on what is in front of you. Note: You can use the system when download is in progress. Note: If the system is disconnected from the Wi-Fi network when download is in progress, the download continues the next time the system is connected to a Wi-Fi network. E142599 Connecting to a Wi-Fi Network Press the voice control button on the steering wheel and wait for the voice prompt. Note: Press the voice control button again to interrupt a voice prompt and begin speaking. See Connecting the Vehicle to a Wi-Fi Network (page 320). Note: Turn the volume control when a voice prompt plays to adjust the volume. Additional Information and Assistance Note: Press and hold the voice control button on the steering wheel to use Siri on your iOS device. For additional information and assistance, we recommend that you contact an authorized dealer or refer to the local Ford website. The following voice commands are designed to help you from any screen: • List of commands • Help The following tables list some of the more frequently used voice commands. For a complete list of voice commands, refer to the local Ford website. General Voice Command ___ list of commands Cancel ___ help Description 1 Get a list of voice commands for a specific feature. Cancel an active voice session. Get a list of voice commands for a specific feature. Back Return to the previous screen. Main menu Go to the main menu. 340 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing 1 SYNC™ 3 Voice Command Description Next page Go to the next page. Previous page Go to the previous page. 1 Add the name of the feature to the command. Entertainment Audio Source Voice Command Description Radio Use the radio. CD Player Use the CD player. Bluetooth audio Use a Bluetooth device. USB Use a USB or media player. Radio Voice Command AM Description Listen to AM radio. ___ AM Tune to a specific AM frequency. DAB Listen to DAB radio. FM Listen to FM radio. ___ FM 1 Add Tune to a specific FM frequency. the radio frequency to two decimal places to the command. 341 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing 1 1 SYNC™ 3 USB and Media Player Voice Command Description Play album ___ Play artist ___ Play audiobook ___ Play genre ___ 1 Play your music by category. Play playlist ___ Play podcast ___ Play song ___ Browse all albums Browse all artists Browse all audiobooks Browse all genres Browse music on a USB device. Browse all playlists Browse all podcasts Browse all tracks Browse album ___ Browse artist ___ Browse audiobook ___ Browse genre ___ Browse your music by category on a USB device. 1 Browse playlist ___ Browse podcast ___ 1 Add an album name, artist name, audiobook name, genre name, playlist name, podcast name or track name to the command. Say the name exactly as it appears on your device. 342 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing SYNC™ 3 Phone Voice Command Description Pair phone Pair a cell phone or Bluetooth enabled device. Redial Redial the last number that you dialed. Dial ___ Call ___ Call ___ ___ 1 Dial a number. Call a specific contact from your phonebook. 2 Call a specific contact from your phonebook at a 3 specific location. Listen to message Listen to a text message. Listen to message ___ Listen to a specific text message from a list of text messages. Reply to message Reply to the last text message. 1 Add the number you want to dial to the command. 2 Add a contact name from your phonebook to the command. Say the first and last name of your contact exactly as it appears on your device. 3 Add a contact name and location from your phonebook to the command. Say the first and last name of your contact exactly as it appears on your device. 343 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing SYNC™ 3 Navigation (If Equipped) Setting a Destination Voice Command Description Find an address Enter a destination address. When prompted, provide the house number, the street and city. Find a POI Search for a point of interest by name or by category. Find nearest ___ Find a POI category 1 Search for a nearby point of interest by category. 1 Search for a point of interest category. Destination home Set your saved home address as your destination. Destination work Set your saved place of work as your destination. Previous destinations Display and select from a list of previous destinations. Favourite destinations Display and select from a list of favorite destinations. 1 Add a point of interest category or the name of a major brand or chain to the command. Route Guidance Voice Command Description Cancel route Cancel the current route. Reroute Select an alternate route. Repeat last instruction Repeat the last guidance prompt. Show route Display an overview of the route. Show map Display the map on the touchscreen. Show north up Display a two-dimensional map with north toward the top of the touchscreen. Show heading up Display a two-dimensional map with the direction you are traveling toward the top of the touchscreen. Show 3D Display a three-dimensional map with the direction you are traveling toward the front. 344 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing SYNC™ 3 Apps General Voice Command Description Mobile apps Start an app. The system prompts your for the app name. List apps Get a list of apps running on your device. Find apps Search and connect to apps running on your device. Active App Voice Command ___ help Get a list of voice commands for a specific app. Close ___ 1 Add Description 1 1 Close an app. an app name to the command. Voice Settings Voice Command Description Voice settings Go to the voice settings menu. Interaction mode standard Switch long voice prompts on. Interaction mode advanced Switch short voice prompts on. Call confirmation on Switch call confirmation on. The system prompts you to confirm before making a call. Call confirmation off Switch call confirmation off. The system does not prompt you to confirm before making a call. Voice command lists on Switch the display of voice commands on. Voice command lists off Switch the display of voice commands off. 345 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing SYNC™ 3 Automatic Blower Motor Speed Reduction Using the Radio Setting an AM/FM Radio Station If necessary, the system decreases the blower motor speed when you are using voice commands to reduce the amount of background noise in your vehicle. It returns to normal when you are finished. 1. Select Sources. 2. Select AM or FM. Switching Automatic Blower Motor Speed Reduction Off Simultaneously press the A/C and recirculated air buttons. ENTERTAINMENT Select the audio option on the feature bar. A E270235 3. Rotate the control to change the frequency. Selecting a FM Radio Station From a List 1. 2. 3. 4. E293491 A B B Select Sources. Select FM. Select Stations. Select a radio station from the list. Selecting a Digital Radio Station From a List Audio source. Select to choose a different audio source. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Presets. Swipe left to view more presets. You can access these options using the touchscreen or voice commands. Select Sources. Select DAB. Select Stations. Select an ensemble. Select a radio station from the list. 346 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing SYNC™ 3 Note: If you switch traffic announcements on, traffic announcements broadcast by radio stations interrupt the current audio source to help you plan your route. Manually Changing Digital Radio Stations Streaming Music From a Bluetooth Device Check the compatibility of your device on the local Ford website. Pair your device. See Phone (page 348). Select Sources. Select Bluetooth. Searching for Tracks on a Bluetooth Device E270235 Select Browse. Rotate the control to change the station. Select a track. Automatically Changing Radio Stations Note: Select the cover art to view information about the current track. Press to seek the next station up the frequency band. Playing Tracks on a Bluetooth Device in a Random Order Press and hold to quickly seek up the frequency band. E309027 Press to seek the next station down the frequency band. Select to play tracks in a random order. Repeating Tracks on a Bluetooth Device Press and hold to quickly seek down the frequency band. Select the repeat icon to repeat tracks. Storing a Radio Station Press and hold one of the preset buttons. Note: You can repeat one track or all tracks on an audio format Bluetooth device. You can repeat one track, all tracks or all tracks in one folder on a Bluetooth device. Note: The radio briefly mutes to indicate the station has been stored. Note: You can add additional preset pages using the settings option on the feature bar. Note: A small number one appears next to the repeat icon to indicate that a track is set to repeat. A small folder icon appears next to it to indicate that a folder is set to repeat. Switching Traffic Announcements On Select Traffic (TA). 347 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing SYNC™ 3 Playing Music From a USB or Media Player Supported Devices Connect your device to a USB port. The system supports most USB and media players, including iOS and Android devices. Select Sources. Supported File Formats E309028 Select USB. The system supports the following file formats: • MP3, MP4, WMA, WAV, AAC, AIFF, APE, DSD, and FLAC audio file formats. • MP3, WMA, WAV, M4A, M4B, AAC, and FLAC file extensions. • FAT, exFAT, and NTFS file systems. Note: The system indexes your music before you can play it. Searching for Tracks on a USB or Media Player Select Browse. Audio File Metadata Select a track. The system organizes files on your USB or media player by metadata tags. Metadata tags contain information about the file. If the metadata tags for the files on your USB or media player contain no information, the system classifies them as unknown. The system can index up to 50000 tracks on a USB device or media player, and up to 10 devices. Note: Select the cover art to view information about the current track. Note: You can also browse by album, artist, audiobook, genre, playlist, podcast or track name. Playing Tracks on a USB or Media Player in a Random Order E309027 Select to play tracks in a random order. PHONE Repeating Tracks on a USB or Media Player WARNING: Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. Select the repeat icon to repeat tracks. Note: You can repeat one track or all tracks on an audio format USB or media player. You can repeat one track, all tracks or all tracks in one folder on a USB or media player. Note: A small number one appears next to the repeat icon to indicate that a track is set to repeat. A small folder icon appears next to it to indicate that a folder is set to repeat. Check the compatibility of your device on the local Ford website. 348 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing SYNC™ 3 Pairing Your Cell Phone for the First Time Change device Display the list of paired or connected devices that you can select. Go to the settings menu on your cell phone and switch Bluetooth on. Make sure your cell phone is discoverable. See your cell phone's user manual. Do not disturb Reject incoming calls and switch ring tones and alerts off. Select the phone option on the feature bar. Phone Keypad 1. Select Pair phone. Note: A prompt alerts you to search for your vehicle on your cell phone. Directly dial a number. 2. Select your vehicle on your cell phone. Note: A number appears on your cell phone and on the touchscreen. Display the cell phone messages. Text messages Siri Connect to Siri on your iOS device. 3. Confirm that the number on your cell phone matches the number on the touchscreen. Note: The touchscreen indicates that you have successfully paired your cell phone. Phone Voice Assistant Connect to the phone voice service on your Android device. Text Messaging 4. Download the phonebook from your cell phone when you are prompted. Note: If you pair more than one cell phone, use the phone settings to specify the primary phone. You can change this setting at any time. Setting Text Message Notification iOS 1. Go to the settings menu on your cell phone. 2. Select Bluetooth. 3. Select the information icon to the right of your vehicle. 4. Switch text message notification on. Using Your Cell Phone Recent Call list Display and select an entry from a list of previous calls. Android Contacts 1. Display a smart search form to look up your contacts. Use the List button to alphabetically sort your contacts. 2. 3. 4. 5. Your phone Change ring tones, alerts or pair another cell phone. Go to the settings menu on your cell phone. Select Bluetooth. Select the profiles option. Select the phone profile. Switch text message notification on. 349 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing SYNC™ 3 Using Text Messaging Menu Item Description Hear it Hear the text message. View View the text message. Call Call the sender. Reply Reply to the text message with a standard text message. Apple CarPlay NAVIGATION 1. Connect your device to a USB port. 2. Follow the instructions on the touchscreen. Note: Certain features of the system are not available when you are using Apple CarPlay. Note: For more information, refer to the local Ford website. Select the navigation option on the feature bar. Switching Apple CarPlay Off 1. Select Settings. 2. Select Apple CarPlay preferences. 3. Switch Apple CarPlay off. Android Auto 1. Connect your device to a USB port. 2. Follow the instructions on the touchscreen. Note: You might need to enable Android Auto from the settings menu. E297557 Note: Certain features of the system are not available when you are using Android Auto. Switching Android Auto Off 1. Select Settings. 2. Select Android Auto. 3. Switch Android Auto off. A Map view menu. B Zoom out. C Zoom in. D Route guidance menu. E Destination entry menu. 350 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing SYNC™ 3 Setting a Destination Setting a Destination Using the Map Screen Setting a Destination Using the Text Entry Screen E297559 E297558 A Re-center the map. Selected location. A Text entry field. B B Automatic suggestions based on the text you enter. C 3D map rotation. Swipe left or right. C Information icon. D Start route guidance. D Search. E Destination name. E Keyboard settings. Select the location on the map. Note: Select one of the suggestions to copy the detail to the text entry field. Select Start to begin route guidance. Changing the Format of the Map Note: You can enter a destination in a number of formats, city street number, city number street, zip code or point of interest. Display the map in one of the following formats: • A two-dimensional map with the direction you are traveling toward the top of the screen. • A two-dimensional map with north toward the top of the screen. • A three-dimensional map with the direction you are traveling toward the front. Note: You do not have to enter the destination country. Note: To enter mutated vowels or accented characters, for example ä or é, press and hold the corresponding character on the keyboard. Select Search. Select Start to begin route guidance. Zoom Display more or less detail on the map. 351 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing SYNC™ 3 Note: You can use pinch gestures to zoom in and out. Place two fingers on the screen and move them apart to zoom in. Place two fingers on the screen and bring them together to zoom out. Route Guidance A C Estimated time of arrival, distance to destination or time to destination. D Current road. E Mute guidance prompts. F Cancel route guidance. Note: To change guidance prompt volume, turn the volume control when a guidance prompt plays. F E297560 A Turn indicator. Select to hear the last guidance prompt. B Point of interest. Route Guidance Menu Menu Item Description Screen view Adjust your map preferences for when route guidance is active. Full map View a full screen map when route guidance is active. Motorway exit info View exit information for your current route. Turn list View the turn list for your current route. Select a road to avoid it. Traffic list 1 View traffic nearby or on your current route. Navigation settings Adjust navigation settings. Where am I? View information about your current location. 352 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing SYNC™ 3 Menu Item Description Cancel route Cancel route guidance. Show route View the entire current route on the map. Re-route View an alternative route compared to your current one. Edit waypoints Change the order or remove waypoints. Optimise order The system determines the order of waypoints for you. Start Go to the next screen and start the new route. Search Enter a destination address. Home Set your saved home address as your destination Work Set your saved place of work as your destination. Favourites Display and select from a list of favorite destinations. Previous destinations Display and select from a list of previous destinations. POI Display the point of interest categories. 1 Reliant upon traffic message channel or live traffic. 1. 2. 3. 4. Adjusting the Guidance Prompt Volume Turn the volume control when a guidance prompt plays to adjust the volume. Select the search option on the map. Set a destination. Select the flag icon. Select Start. Canceling Route Guidance Note: If you have inadvertently adjusted the volume to zero, press the turn indicator button to play the last voice prompt and then adjust the volume to the desired level. Canceling Route Guidance From the Route Guidance Menu Select the route guidance menu option on the active guidance screen. Muting Guidance Prompts Select the mute option on the screen to mute guidance prompts. Select Cancel route. Note: The system mutes the next and all future guidance prompts. Canceling Route Guidance From the Main Map Adding Waypoints E309522 You can add a waypoint to a navigation route as a destination along your route. You can add up to five waypoints. Select the icon in the upper right-hand corner of the main map to cancel route guidance. 353 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing SYNC™ 3 Live Traffic (If Equipped) Navigation Map Updates Live traffic provides near real-time traffic information to help you plan the fastest route to your destination. You must have an active subscription for Live Traffic. Please check the local Ford website or contact your dealership for navigation map updates. A B HERE is the digital map provider for the navigation application. If you find map data errors, you can report them directly to HERE by visiting www.here.com. HERE evaluates all reported map errors and responds with the result of their investigation by e-mail. C APPS Note: For more information about available apps, supported devices and troubleshooting, refer to our local website. E E309627 A Traffic congestion. B Road closure. C Live traffic active. D Urgent warning. E Traffic incident. When you start an app through the system for the first time, you could be asked to grant certain permissions. You can review and change the permissions that you have granted at any time when your vehicle is not moving. See Settings (page 355). D Note: We recommend that you check your data plan before using your apps through the system. Using them could result in additional charges. Note: We recommend that you check the app provider's terms and conditions and privacy policy before using their app. Switching Live Traffic On Note: Make sure that the modem is enabled. See Connected Vehicle (page 319). 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Note: Make sure that you have an active account for apps that you want to use through the system. Select Settings. Select FordPass Connect. Select Connectivity settings. Switch Vehicle connectivity on. Switch Location on. Switch Vehicle data & Remote ctrl on. Switch Live Traffic on. Note: Some apps will work with no setup. Others require you to configure some personal settings before you can use them. Using Apps on an iOS Device Select the apps option on the feature bar. 354 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing SYNC™ 3 Note: Mobile Apps on your device use the USB port to establish a connection with SYNC. Some devices may lose the ability to play music over USB when Mobile Apps are enabled. 1. If your device is connected via USB, switch Apple CarPlay off. See Phone (page 348). 2. Connect your device to a USB port or pair and connect using Bluetooth. 3. If prompted to enable CarPlay, select Disable. Using Mobile Navigation on an Android Device 4. Start the apps on your device that you want to use through SYNC. Note: If you close the apps on your device, you will not be able to use them through the system. 1. Connect your device to a USB port. 2. Switch Android Auto off. See Phone (page 348). 3. Switch on Enable Mobile apps via USB in the Mobile Apps Settings tile. 4. Select the apps option on the feature bar. 5. Select the navigation app that you want to use on the touchscreen. Note: When using a navigation app, keep your device unlocked and the app open. 5. Select the app that you want to use on the touchscreen. Note: Connect your device to a USB port if you want to use a navigation app. When using a navigation app, keep your device unlocked and the app open. Using Apps on an Android Device Note: Mobile Apps on your device use the USB port to establish a connection with SYNC. Some devices may lose the ability to play music over USB when Mobile Apps are enabled. Select the apps option on the feature bar. 1. If your device is connected via USB, switch Android Auto off. See Phone (page 348). 2. Switch on Enable Mobile apps via USB in the Mobile Apps Settings tile. 3. Pair your device. See Phone (page 348). 4. Start the apps on your device that you want to use through SYNC. Note: If you close the apps on your device, you will not be able to use them through the system. SETTINGS Select the settings option on the feature bar. E280315 Select a tile to access the settings. Select the option to display extra information. E268570 5. Select Find mobile apps. Note: The system searches and connects to compatible apps that are running on your device. Ambient Lighting 6. Select the app that you want to use on the touchscreen. Android Auto You can adjust the ambient lighting settings. You can switch Android Auto on and off. 355 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing SYNC™ 3 Apple CarPlay Mobile Apps You can switch Apple CarPlay on and off. You can adjust permissions, enable, disable, and update mobile apps. Audio Navigation (If Equipped) You can adjust the audio settings. Automatic Updates You can adjust navigation settings like map preferences and route guidance. You can switch automatic updates on and off and adjust the settings. Phone Bluetooth You can connect and disconnect your device, or manage the connected device settings. You can switch Bluetooth on and off and pair your cell phone. Seats (If Equipped) Clock You can adjust the clock settings. You can adjust the position and the massage function of the seats. Display Sound You can adjust display settings like brightness and auto dim. You can adjust the sound settings. Valet Mode (If Equipped) Emergency Assistance You can enable and disable the valet mode. You can switch Emergency Assistance on and off. Vehicle (If Equipped) FordPass You can adjust the camera settings. You can adjust the FordPass settings. Voice Control General You can adjust the voice control settings. You can adjust settings like language, measurement units, or reset the system. Wi-Fi You can switch Wi-Fi on and off and adjust the settings. 356 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing SYNC™ 3 SYNC™ 3 TROUBLESHOOTING Voice Recognition Symptom Possible Cause and Resolution The system does not under- – stand what I am saying. – The system does not under- – stand the name of a track or artist. – – – You are using the wrong voice commands. • See Using Voice Recognition (page 340). • For a complete list of voice commands, refer to the local Ford website. You are speaking too soon. • Wait for the voice prompt before you speak. Device limitation. Bluetooth does not support voice commands. • Connect your device to a USB port. • If you have an iOS device, press and hold the voice control button on the steering wheel to use Siri to play specific tracks. You are using the wrong voice commands. • See Using Voice Recognition (page 340). • For a complete list of voice commands, refer to the local Ford website. You are not saying the name exactly as it appears on your device. • Say the name of the track or artist exactly as it appears on your device. Spell out any abbreviations in the name. The song or artist name may have some special characters that are not being recognized by the system. The name contains special characters, for example *, - or +. • Rename the files on your device or use the touchscreen to select and play the track. 357 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing SYNC™ 3 Symptom Possible Cause and Resolution The system does not under- – stand the name of a contact in the phonebook on my device and calls the wrong contact. – You are not saying the name exactly as it appears on your device. • Say the first and last name of the contact exactly as it appears on your device. Spell out any abbreviations in the name. The name contains special characters, for example *, - or +. • Rename the contact on your device or use the touchscreen to select and call the contact. The system does not under- – stand foreign names of contacts in the phonebook on my device. You are not saying the name exactly as it appears on your device. • Say the first and last name of the contact exactly as it appears on your device. The system applies phonetic pronunciation rules of the selected language to the names of contacts in the phonebook on your device. Select the name of the contact on the touchscreen and use the Hear it option to get an idea of how the system expects you to pronounce it. The system voice prompts – and the pronunciation of some words does not seem to be very accurate. Device limitation. • The system uses text-to-speech technology and uses a synthetically generated voice rather than pre-recorded human voice. USB and Bluetooth Audio Symptom Possible Cause and Resolution I cannot connect my device. – – – Device malfunction. • Disconnect your device. Switch your device off, reset it and try again. Cable connection issue. • Correctly connect the cable to your device and the vehicle USB port. Incompatible cable. • Use the cable recommended by the manufacturer of your device. 358 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing SYNC™ 3 Symptom Possible Cause and Resolution – – Incorrect device settings. • Make sure that your device does not have an autoinstall program or active security settings. • Check that your device is not set only to charge. Device lock screen enabled. • Unlock your device before connecting it. The system does not recog- – nize my device. Device limitation. • Do not leave your device in your vehicle during very hot or very cold weather conditions. The system does not under- – stand the name of a track or artist. Device limitation. Bluetooth does not support voice commands. • Connect your device to a USB port. • If you have an iOS device, press and hold the voice control button on the steering wheel to use Siri to play specific tracks. I cannot stream audio from – my Bluetooth device. Incompatible device. • Check the compatibility of your device on the local Ford website. Device not connected. • Pair your device. See Phone (page 348). Media player not running. • Start the media player on your device. – – The system does not recog- – nize the music on my device. – – – Missing or incorrect audio file metadata, for example artist, song title, album or genre. • Repair the files on your device. Corrupt files. • Repair the files on your device. Copyright protected files. • Use a device that contains files that are not copyright protected. Unsupported file format. • Repair or convert the files to a supported format. See Entertainment (page 346). 359 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing SYNC™ 3 Symptom Possible Cause and Resolution – – Device indexing required. • Re-index your device. See Settings (page 355). Device lock screen enabled. • Unlock your device before connecting it. Sometimes I cannot hear a track playing on my device. – Device malfunction. • Disconnect your device. Switch your device off, reset it and try again. When I disconnect my iOS device the audio volume is set to maximum. – Device limitation. • Turn the volume down on your device The system does not play the tracks on my USB drive in the correct order. If the system does not play the tracks on your USB device in the correct order, the following information could help: – If you are selecting USB as the audio source when the system is still indexing, SYNC plays tracks sorted alphabetically by file name in the root directory. – If you are selecting USB as the audio source after the system has finished indexing, SYNC plays all tracks sorted alphabetically by the title in the ID3 tag regardless of where they are located. SYNC uses the file name if the title in the ID3 Tag does not exist. – If you are selecting the option to play all tracks from the browsing menu, SYNC plays all tracks sorted alphabetically by the title in the ID3 tag regardless of where they are located. SYNC uses the file name if the title in the ID3 Tag does not exist. – If you are selecting a track when using the explore device option, SYNC plays tracks sorted alphabetically by file name in the folder you have selected. SYNC then plays all tracks in any subfolders in the folder you have selected. 360 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing SYNC™ 3 Phone Symptom Possible Cause and Resolution During a call, I can hear – excessive background noise. Incorrect cell phone settings. • Check and adjust the audio settings on your cell phone. Refer to your cell phone's user manual. During a call, I can hear the other person but they cannot hear me. – Cell phone malfunction. • Switch your cell phone off, reset it and try again. Cell phone microphone muted. • Unmute your cell phone microphone. During a call, I cannot hear the other person and they cannot hear me. – System restart required. • Restart the system. Switch the ignition off and open the door. Close the door and lock the vehicle. Wait until the touchscreen is off and any illuminated USB ports are not illuminated. Unlock the vehicle, switch the ignition on and try again. I cannot download phonebook. – Incompatible cell phone. • Check the compatibility of your cell phone on the local Ford website. Incorrect cell phone settings. • Allow the system to retrieve contacts from your cell phone. Refer to your cell phone's user manual. Incorrect system settings. • Switch automatic phonebook download on. See Settings (page 355). Cell phone malfunction. • Switch your cell phone off, reset it and try again. – – – – A message displays – suggesting that my phonebook has downloaded but it is empty or it has missing contacts. – Incorrect cell phone settings. • Allow the system to retrieve contacts from your cell phone. Refer to your cell phone's user manual. • Check the location of the missing contacts on your cell phone. If they are stored on the SIM card, move them to the cell phone memory. Incorrect system settings. • Switch automatic phonebook download on. See Settings (page 355). 361 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing SYNC™ 3 Symptom I cannot connect my cell phone. Possible Cause and Resolution – – Text messaging does not work. – – I cannot hear text messages. – Incompatible cell phone. • Check the compatibility of your cell phone on the local Ford website. Cell phone malfunction. • Switch your cell phone off, reset it and try again. • Install the latest cell phone firmware. • Delete your device from system and delete SYNC from your device and try again. • Switch automatic phonebook download off. See Settings (page 355). Incompatible cell phone. • Check the compatibility of your cell phone on the local Ford website. Cell phone malfunction. • Switch your cell phone off, reset it and try again. Incompatible cell phone. • Check the compatibility of your cell phone on the local Ford website. Navigation (If Equipped) Symptom Possible Cause and Resolution I cannot enter a street name – when I am abroad. Incorrect entry method. • Enter the street name with the country. The system does not recog- – nize coordinates. You are using the wrong coordinates format. • Use the format ##. #####, ##. ##### (for N/S , E/W). Add a minus before coordinates if the direction is West and keep a positive value if the direction is East, for example 12.5412 means East and -12.5412 means West. 362 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing SYNC™ 3 Apps Symptom Possible Cause and Resolution The system cannot find any – apps. Incompatible device. • You need an Android device with OS 4.3 or higher or an iOS device with iOS 8.0 or higher. Pair and connect your Android device to find AppLink compatible apps. Connect your Android or iOS device to a USB port or pair and connect using Bluetooth. I have a compatible device – and it is correctly connected but the system still cannot – find any apps. AppLink compatible apps not installed on your device. • Download and install the latest version of the app. AppLink compatible apps not running on your device. • Start the apps to allow the system to find them and make sure you sign in to any apps if required. Incorrect app settings. • Check and adjust the app settings on your device and allow SYNC to access the app if required. – I have a compatible device, – it is correctly connected and my apps are running but the system still cannot find any apps. Apps failed to fully close. • Restart the apps and try again. • If you have an Android device with apps that have an exit or quit option, use this and then restart the apps. Alternatively, use the force stop option in the settings menu on your device. • If you have an iOS device with iOS 7.0 or higher, tap the home button on your device twice and then swipe the app upward to close it. I have an Android device – that is correctly connected, I have restarted my apps and they are running but the system still cannot find them. An issue on some older versions of the Android operating system could result in apps not being found. • Switch Bluetooth off and on again to force the system to reconnect to your device. 363 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing SYNC™ 3 Symptom Possible Cause and Resolution I have an iOS device that is – correctly connected, I have restarted my apps and they are running but the system still cannot find them. Cable connection issue. • Disconnect the cable from your device, wait for a moment and then connect it again to force the system to reconnect to your device. I have an Android device running a media app which the system has found but I cannot hear the sound or the sound is very quiet. – Device volume is low. • Turn the volume up on your device. I have an Android device running a number of compatible apps but the system cannot find all of them. – Device limitation. Some Android devices have a limited number of Bluetooth ports that apps can use to connect. If you have more apps running on your device than the number of available Bluetooth ports, the system cannot find all of them. • Close some of the apps to allow the system to find those that you want to use. 364 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing SYNC™ 3 Wi-Fi Connectivity Symptom I cannot connect to a Wi-Fi network. Possible Cause and Resolution – – – Password error. • Enter the correct network password. Weak network signal. • Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to a place where the network signal is not obstructed. Multiple access points in range with the same SSID. • Use a unique name for your SSID. Do not use the default name unless it contains a unique identifier, for example as part of the MAC address. The Wi-Fi connection – disconnects after successful connection. Weak network signal. • Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to a place where the network signal is not obstructed. I am close to a Wi-Fi hotspot – but the network signal strength is weak. Obstructed network signal. • If your vehicle has a heated windshield, position your vehicle so that the windshield is not facing the Wi-Fi hotspot. • If your vehicle has metallic tinting on the windows but not on the windshield, position your vehicle so that the windshield is facing the Wi-Fi hotspot or open the windows that are facing the hotspot. • If your vehicle has metallic tinting on the windows and the windshield, open the windows that are facing the hotspot. • If your vehicle is in a garage and you have the garage door closed, open the garage door. 365 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing SYNC™ 3 Symptom Possible Cause and Resolution I cannot see a network in the – list of available networks that I expect to see. Hidden network. • Make the network visible and try again. Software downloads take too long. Weak network signal • Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to a place where the network signal is not obstructed. Wi-Fi hotspot in high demand or has a slow Internet connection. • Use a more reliable Wi-Fi hotspot. – – The system seems to connect to a Wi-Fi network and the signal strength is excellent but the software does not update. – – No software update available. Wi-Fi network requires a subscription or acceptance of terms and conditions. • Test the connection using another device. If the network requires a subscription or acceptance of terms and conditions, contact the network service provider. Resetting the System 1. Simultaneously press and hold the seek up and the audio unit power buttons until the screen goes black. 2. Wait three minutes to allow the system to complete the reset. 3. Press the audio unit power button to switch the system on. Note: You can reset the system to restore functionality that has stopped working. The system reset is designed to restore functionality and not delete any data that you have stored. Additional Information and Assistance For additional information and assistance, we recommend that you contact an authorized dealer or refer to the local Ford website. 366 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Appendices Note: We test and certify your vehicle to meet electromagnetic compatibility legislation. It is your responsibility to make sure that any equipment an authorized dealer installs on your vehicle complies with applicable local legislation and other requirements. Installation of some aftermarket electronic devices could degrade the performance of vehicle functions, which use radio frequency signals such as broadcast radio receiver, tire pressure monitoring system, push button start, Bluetooth connectivity or satellite navigation. ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY WARNING: Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the airbag cover, on the side of the front or rear seatbacks, or in areas that may come into contact with a deploying airbag. Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash. WARNING: Do not fasten antenna cables to vehicle wiring, fuel pipes and brake pipes. Note: Any radio frequency transmitter equipment in your vehicle (such as cellular telephones and amateur radio transmitters) must keep to the parameters in the following illustrations and table. We do not provide any other special provisions or conditions for installations or use. WARNING: Keep antenna and power cables at least 10 cm (4 in) from any electronic modules and airbags. Car/SUV E239120 367 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Appendices Van E239122 Truck E239121 368 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Appendices Frequency Band Maximum output power Watt (Peak MHz RMS) Antenna Positions 1-30 50 1 50-54 50 2, 3 68-88 50 2, 3 142-176 50 2, 3 380-512 50 2, 3 806-870 10 2, 3 369 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Appendices Description of Other Rights and Limitations END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT • VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (EULA) • • You (“You” or “Your” as applicable) have acquired a vehicle having several devices, including SYNC ® and various control modules, ("DEVICES") that include software licensed or owned by Ford Motor Company and its affiliates ("FORD MOTOR COMPANY"). Those software products of FORD MOTOR COMPANY origin, as well as associated media, printed materials, and "online" or electronic documentation ("SOFTWARE") are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties. The SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. All rights reserved. The SOFTWARE may interface with and/or communicate with, or may be later upgraded to interface with and/or communicate with additional software and/or systems provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY. • IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA") DO NOT USE THE DEVICES OR COPY THE SOFTWARE. ANY USE OF THE SOFTWARE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICES, WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT TO THIS EULA (OR RATIFICATION OF ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT). • GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE: This EULA grants you the following license: • You may use the SOFTWARE as installed on the DEVICES and as otherwise interfacing with systems and/or services provide by or through FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third party software and service providers. Speech Recognition: If the SOFTWARE includes speech recognition component(s), you should understand that speech recognition is an inherently statistical process and that recognition errors are inherent in the process. Neither FORD MOTOR COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process. It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system. Limitations on Reverse Engineering, Decompilation and Disassembly: You may not reverse engineer, decompile, translate, disassemble or attempt to discover any source code or underlying ideas or algorithms of the SOFTWARE nor permit others to reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble the SOFTWARE, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation or to the extent as may be permitted by the licensing terms governing use of any open source components included with the SOFTWARE. Limitations on Distributing, Copying, Modifying and Creating Derivative Works: You may not distribute, copy, make modifications to or create derivative works based on the SOFTWARE, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation or to the extent as may be permitted by the licensing terms governing use of any open source components included with the SOFTWARE. 370 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Appendices • • • • Single EULA: The end user documentation for the DEVICES and related systems and services may contain multiple EULAs, such as multiple translations and/or multiple media versions (e.g., in the user documentation and in the software). Even if you receive multiple EULAs, you are licensed to use only one (1) copy of the SOFTWARE. SOFTWARE Transfer: You may permanently transfer your rights under this EULA only as part of a sale or transfer of the DEVICES, provided you retain no copies, you transfer all of the SOFTWARE (including all component parts, the media and printed materials, any upgrades, and, if applicable, the Certificate(s) of Authenticity), and the recipient agrees to the terms of this EULA. If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade, any transfer must include all prior versions of the SOFTWARE. Termination: Without prejudice to any other rights, FORD MOTOR COMPANY may terminate this EULA if you fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this EULA. Internet-Based Services Components: The SOFTWARE may contain components that enable and facilitate the use of certain Internet-based services. You acknowledge and agree that FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and service suppliers, its affiliates and/or its designated agent may automatically check the version of the SOFTWARE and/or its components that you are utilizing and may provide upgrades or supplements to the SOFTWARE that may be automatically downloaded to your DEVICES. • Additional Software/Services: The SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and service suppliers, its affiliates and/or its designated agent to provide or make available to you SOFTWARE updates, supplements, add-on components, or Internet-based services components of the SOFTWARE after the date you obtain your initial copy of the SOFTWARE ("Supplemental Components".) SOFTWARE updates may cause you to incur additional charges from your wireless service provider. If FORD MOTOR COMPANY or third party software and services suppliers provide or make available to you Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are provided along with the Supplemental Components, then the terms of this EULA shall apply. FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates and/or its designated agent reserve the right to discontinue without liability any Internet-based services provided to you or made available to you through the use of the SOFTWARE. 371 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Appendices • • Links to Third Party Sites: The SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to link to third party sites. The third party sites are not under the control of FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates and/or its designated agent. Neither FORD MOTOR COMPANY nor its affiliates nor its designated agent are responsible for (I) the contents of any third party sites, any links contained in third party sites, or any changes or updates to third party sites, or (ii) webcasting or any other form of transmission received from any third party sites. If the SOFTWARE provides links to third party sites, those links are provided to you only as a convenience, and the inclusion of any link does not imply an endorsement of the third party site by FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates and/or its designated agent. Obligation to Drive Responsibly: You recognize your obligation to drive responsibly and keep attention on the road. You will read and abide with the DEVICES operating instructions particularly as they pertain to safety and you agree to assume any risk associated with the use of the DEVICES. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS: All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE (including but not limited to any images, photographs, animations, video, audio, music, text and "applets" incorporated into the SOFTWARE), the accompanying printed materials, and any copies of the SOFTWARE, are owned by FORD MOTOR COMPANY, or its affiliates or suppliers. The SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. You may not copy the printed materials accompanying the SOFTWARE. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the content which may be accessed through use of the SOFTWARE is the property of the respective content owner and may be protected by applicable copyright or other intellectual property laws and treaties. This EULA grants you no rights to use such content outside its intended use. All rights not specifically granted under this EULA are reserved by FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates, and third party software and service providers and suppliers. Use of any on-line services which may be accessed through the SOFTWARE may be governed by the respective terms of use relating to such services. If this SOFTWARE contains documentation that is provided only in electronic form, you may print one copy of such electronic documentation. UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA: If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY separate from the DEVICES on media such as a ROM chip, CD ROM disk(s) or via web download or other means, and is labeled "For Upgrade Purposes Only" or "For Recovery Purposes Only" you may install one (1) copy of such SOFTWARE onto the DEVICES as a replacement copy for the existing SOFTWARE, and use it in accordance with this EULA, including any additional EULA terms accompanying the upgrade SOFTWARE. EXPORT RESTRICTIONS: You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is subject to U.S. and European Union export jurisdiction. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, as well as end-user, end-use and destination restrictions issued by U.S. and other governments. 372 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Appendices TRADEMARKS: This EULA does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates, and third party software and service providers. General Operation • Voice Command Control: Certain functions within the SYNC® system may be accomplished using voice commands. Using voice commands while driving helps you to operate the system without removing your hands from the wheel or eyes from the road. • Prolonged Views of Screen: Do not access any function requiring a prolonged view of the screen while you are driving. Pull over in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention. • Volume Setting: Do not raise the volume excessively. Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving. Driving while unable to hear these sounds could cause an accident. • Navigation Features: Any navigation features included in the system are intended to provide turn by turn instructions to get you to a desired destination. Please make certain all persons using this system carefully read and follow instructions and safety information fully. • Distraction Hazard: Any navigation features may require manual (non-verbal) setup. Attempting to perform such set-up or insert data while driving can distract your attention and could cause an accident or other serious injury. Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations. • Let Your Judgment Prevail: Any navigation features are provided only as an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations. Any such feature is not a PRODUCT SUPPORT: Please refer to FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions provided in the documentation for the DEVICES product support, such as the vehicle owner guide. Should you have any questions concerning this EULA, or if you desire to contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason, please refer to the address provided in the documentation for the DEVICES. No Liability for Certain Damages: EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS, AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. THIS LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY BE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW VEHICLE. SYNC® Automotive Important Safety Information Read and follow instructions: • Before using your SYNC® system, read and follow all instructions and safety information provided in this end user manual ("Owner Guide".) Not following precautions found in the Owner Guide can lead to an accident or other serious injuries. 373 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Appendices • • • Your Responsibilities and Assumptions of Risk • You agree to each of the following:(a) Any use of the SOFTWARE while driving an automobile or other vehicle in violation of applicable law or otherwise driving in an unsafe manner presents a significant risk of distracted driving and should not be attempted under any circumstances;(b) Use of the SOFTWARE at excessive volume poses a significant risk of hearing damage and should not be attempted under any circumstances;(c) The SOFTWARE may not be compatible with new or different versions of an operating system, third party software, or third party services, and the SOFTWARE may potentially cause a critical failure of an operating system, third party software, or third party service.(d) Any third party service accessed by or third party software used with the SOFTWARE (I) may charge an additional fee for access, (ii) may not work correctly, on an uninterrupted basis, or error free, (iii) may change streaming formats or discontinue operation, (iv) may contain adult, profane or offensive content; and (v) may contain inaccurate, false or misleading traffic, weather, financial or safety information or other content; and (e) Use of the SOFTWARE may cause you to incur additional charges from your wireless service provider (WSP) and any data or minute calculators that may be included in the software program are for reference only, are not warranted in any way and should not be relied upon in anyway. • When using the SOFTWARE, you agree to be responsible for and assume the entire risk to the items set forth in Section (a) – (e) above. substitute for your personal judgment. Any route suggestions made by this system should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices. Route Safety: Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions. Potential Map Inaccuracy: Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads, traffic controls or driving conditions. Always use good judgment and common sense when following the suggested routes. Emergency Services: Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency services. Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for these locations. Not all emergency services such as police, fire stations, hospitals and clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such navigation features. 374 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Appendices Disclaimer of Warranty CREATE A WARRANTY. SHOULD THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE ENTIRE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE DISCLAIMER OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR LIMITATIONS ON APPLICABLE STATUTORY RIGHTS OF A CONSUMER, SO THE ABOVE DISCLAIMER MAY NOT FULLY APPLY TO YOU. THE SOLE WARRANTY PROVIDED BY FORD MOTOR COMPANY SHALL BE FOUND IN THE WARRANTY INFORMATION INCLUDING WITH YOUR OWNER GUIDE. TO THE EXTENT THAT THERE IS ANY CONFLICT BETWEEN THE TERMS OF THIS SECTION AND THE WARRANTY BOOKLET, THE WARRANTY BOOKLET SHALL CONTROL. YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT USE OF THE DEVICES AND SOFTWARE IS AT YOUR SOLE RISK AND THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTORY QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, COMPATIBILITY, ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE SOFTWARE AND ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES ARE PROVIDED "AS IS" AND “AS AVAILABLE”, WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND FORD MOTOR COMPANY HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, AND THIRD-PARTY SERVICES, EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND/OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, OF SATISFACTORY QUALITY, OF FITNESS FOR AN ARTICULAR PURPOSE, OF ACCURACY, OF QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD-PARTY RIGHTS. FORD MOTOR COMPANY DOES NOT WARRANT (a) AGAINST INTERFERENCE WITH YOUR ENJOYMENT OF THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES, (b) THAT THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS, (c) THAT THE OPERATION OF THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE, (d) OR THAT DEFECTS IN THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE CORRECTED. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY FORD MOTOR COMPANY OR ITS AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL Applicable Law, Venue, Jurisdiction • The laws of the State of Michigan govern this EULA and Your use of the SOFTWARE. Your use of the SOFTWARE may also be subject to other local, state, national, or international laws. Any litigation arising out of or related to this EULA shall be brought and maintained exclusively in a court of the State of Michigan located in Wayne County or in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan. You hereby consent to submit to the personal jurisdiction of a court in the State of Michigan located in Wayne County and the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan for any dispute arising out of or relating to this EULA. 375 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Appendices the right to litigate (or participate in as a party or class member) all disputes in court before a judge or jury. Instead, all disputes will be resolved before a neutral arbitrator, whose decision will be final except for a limited right of appeal under the Federal Arbitration Act. Any court with jurisdiction over the parties may enforce the arbitrator’s award. Binding Arbitration and Class Action Waiver (a) Application. This Section applies to any dispute EXCEPT IT DOES NOT INCLUDE A DISPUTE RELATING TO COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT, OR TO THE ENFORCEMENT OR VALIDITY OF YOUR, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, OR ANY OF FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S LICENSORS’ INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS. Dispute means any dispute, action, or other controversy between You and FORD MOTOR COMPANY, other than the exceptions listed above, concerning the SOFTWARE (including its price) or this EULA, whether in contract, warranty, tort, statute, regulation, ordinance, or any other legal or equitable basis. (e) Class action waiver. Any proceedings to resolve or litigate any dispute in any forum will be conducted solely on an individual basis. Neither you nor FORD MOTOR COMPANY, will seek to have any dispute heard as a class action, as a private attorney general action, or in any other proceeding in which any party acts or proposes to act in a representative capacity. No arbitration or proceeding will be combined with another without the prior written consent of all parties to all affected arbitrations or proceedings. (b) Notice of Dispute. In the event of a Dispute, You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY must give the other a “Notice of Dispute”, which is a written statement of the name, address, and contact information of the party giving it, the facts giving rise to the dispute, and the relief requested. You and FORD MOTOR COMPANY will attempt to resolve any dispute through informal negotiation within 60 days from the date the Notice of Dispute is sent. After 60 days, You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY may commence arbitration. (f) Arbitration procedure. Any arbitration will be conducted by the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”), under its Commercial Arbitration Rules. If You are an individual and use the SOFTWARE for personal or vehicle use, or if the value of the dispute is $75,000 or less whether or not You are an individual or how You use the SOFTWARE, the AAA Supplementary Procedures for Consumer-Related Disputes will also apply. To commence arbitration, submit a Commercial Arbitration Rules Demand for Arbitration form to the AAA. You may request a telephonic or in-person hearing by following the AAA rules. In a dispute involving $10,000 or less, any hearing will be telephonic unless the arbitrator finds good cause to hold an in-person hearing instead. For more information, see adr.org or call 1-800-778-7879. You agree to commence arbitration only in your county of residence or FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S principal place of business. The arbitrator (c) Small claims court. You may also litigate any dispute in small claims court in your county of residence or FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S principal place of business, if the dispute meets all requirements to be heard in the small claims court. You may litigate in small claims court whether or not You negotiated informally first. (d) Binding arbitration. If You and FORD MOTOR COMPANY, do not resolve any dispute by informal negotiation or in small claims court, any other effort to resolve the dispute will be conducted exclusively by binding arbitration. You are giving up 376 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Appendices may award the same damages to You individually as a court could. The arbitrator may award declaratory or injunctive relief only to You individually, and only to the extent required to satisfy Your individual claim. filing, AAA, and arbitrator’s fees and expenses. It will not seek its attorney’s fees or expenses from you in any arbitration. Fees and expenses are not counted in determining how much a dispute involves. (g) Arbitration fees and incentives. • • • (h) Claims or disputes must be filed within one year. To the extent permitted by law, any claim or dispute under this EULA to which this Section applies must be filed within one year in small claims court (Section c) or in arbitration (Section d). The one-year period begins when the claim or dispute first could be filed. If such a claim or dispute is not filed within one year, it is permanently barred. I. Disputes involving $75,000 or less. FORD MOTOR COMPANY will promptly reimburse your filing fees and pay the AAA’s and arbitrator’s fees and expenses. If you reject FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S last written settlement offer made before the arbitrator was appointed (“last written offer”), your dispute goes all the way to an arbitrator’s decision (called an “award”), and the arbitrator awards you more than the last written offer, FORD MOTOR COMPANY will give you three incentives: (1) pay the greater of the award or $1,000; (2) pay twice your reasonable attorney’s fees, if any; and (3) reimburse any expenses (including expert witness fees and costs) that your attorney reasonably accrues for investigating, preparing, and pursuing your claim in arbitration. The arbitrator will determine the amounts. ii. Disputes involving more than $75,000. The AAA rules will govern payment of filing fees and the AAA’s and arbitrator’s fees and expenses. iii. Disputes involving any amount. In any arbitration you commence, FORD MOTOR COMPANY will seek its AAA or arbitrator’s fees and expenses, or Your filing fees it reimbursed, only if the arbitrator finds the arbitration frivolous or brought for an improper purpose. In any arbitration FORD MOTOR COMPANY commences, it will pay all (I) Severability. If the class action waiver (Section e) is found to be illegal or unenforceable as to all or some parts of a dispute, then that portion of Section e will not apply to those parts. Instead, those parts will be severed and proceed in a court of law, with the remaining parts proceeding in arbitration. If any other provision of that portion Section e is found to be illegal or unenforceable, that provision will be severed with the remainder of Section e remaining in full force and effect. Telenav Software End User License Agreement Please read these terms and conditions carefully before you use the TeleNav Software. Your use of the TeleNav Software indicates that you accept these terms and conditions. If you do not accept these terms and conditions, do not break the seal of the package, launch, or otherwise use the TeleNav Software. TeleNav may revise this Agreement and the privacy policy at any time, with or without notice to you. You agree to visit http://www.telenav.com from time to time to review the then current version of this Agreement and of the privacy policy. 377 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Appendices 1. Safe and Lawful Use 2. Account Information You acknowledge that devoting attention to the TeleNav Software may pose a risk of injury or death to you and others in situations that otherwise require your undivided attention, and you therefore agree to comply with the following when using the TeleNav Software: You agree: (a) when registering the TeleNav Software, to provide TeleNav with true, accurate, current, and complete information about yourself, and (b) to inform TeleNav promptly of any changes to such information, and to keep it true, accurate, current and complete. (a) observe all traffic laws and otherwise drive safely; 3. Software License • (b) use your own personal judgment while driving. If you feel that a route suggested by the TeleNav Software instructs you to perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver, places you in an unsafe situation, or directs you into an area that you consider to be unsafe, do not follow such instructions; (c) do not input destinations, or otherwise manipulate the TeleNav Software, unless your vehicle is stationary and parked; (d) do not use the TeleNav Software for any illegal, unauthorized, unintended, unsafe, hazardous, or unlawful purposes, or in any manner inconsistent with this Agreement; (e) arrange all GPS and wireless devices and cables necessary for use of the TeleNav Software in a secure manner in your vehicle so that they will not interfere with your driving and will not prevent the operation of any safety device (such as an airbag). Subject to your compliance with the terms of this Agreement, TeleNav hereby grants to you a personal, non-exclusive, non-transferable license (except as expressly permitted below in connection with your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software license), without the right to sublicense, to use the TeleNav Software (in object code form only) in order to access and use the TeleNav Software. This license shall terminate upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement. You agree that you will use the TeleNav Software only for your personal business or leisure purposes, and not to provide commercial navigation services to other parties. 3.1 License Limitations • You agree to indemnify and hold TeleNav harmless against all claims resulting from any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate use of the TeleNav Software in any moving vehicle, including as a result of your failure to comply with the directions above. (a) reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, translate, modify, alter or otherwise change the TeleNav Software or any part thereof; (b) attempt to derive the source code, audio library or structure of the TeleNav Software without the prior express written consent of TeleNav; (c) remove from the TeleNav Software, or alter, any of TeleNav's or its suppliers' trademarks, trade names, logos, patent or copyright notices, or other notices or markings; (d) 378 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Appendices distribute, sublicense or otherwise transfer the TeleNav Software to others, except as part of your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software; or (e) use the TeleNav Software in any manner that • I. infringes the intellectual property or proprietary rights, rights of publicity or privacy or other rights of any party, ii. violates any law, statute, ordinance or regulation, including but not limited to laws and regulations related to spamming, privacy, consumer and child protection, obscenity or defamation, or iii. is harmful, threatening, abusive, harassing, tortuous, defamatory, vulgar, obscene, libelous, or otherwise objectionable; and (f) lease, rent out, or otherwise permit unauthorized access by third parties to the TeleNav Software without advanced written permission of TeleNav. • 4. Disclaimers • is dependent on the accuracy of navigation, as the maps or functionality of the TeleNav Software are not intended to support such high risk applications, especially in more remote geographical areas. TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV SOFTWARE, WHETHER STATUTORY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ALL WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE FROM COURSE OF DEALING, CUSTOM OR TRADE AND INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE TELENAV SOFTWARE. Certain jurisdictions do not permit the disclaimer of certain warranties, so this limitation may not apply to you. 5. Limitation of Liability To the fullest extent permissible pursuant to applicable law, in no event will TeleNav, its licensors and suppliers, or agents or employees of any of the foregoing, be liable for any decision made or action taken by you or anyone else in reliance on the information provided by the TeleNav Software. TeleNav also does not warrant the accuracy of the map or other data used for the TeleNav Software. Such data may not always reflect reality due to, among other things, road closures, construction, weather, new roads and other changing conditions. You are responsible for the entire risk arising out of your use of the TeleNav Software. For example but without limitation, you agree not to rely on the TeleNav Software for critical navigation in areas where the well-being or survival of you or others • TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV OR ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES (INCLUDING IN EACH CASE, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DAMAGES FOR THE INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT OR ACCESS DATA, LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR THE LIKE) ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE TELENAV SOFTWARE, EVEN IF TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY 379 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Appendices REASON WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL DAMAGES REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL DIRECT OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE), THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF TELENAV AND OF ALL OF TELENAV'S SUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE TELENAV SOFTWARE. SOME STATES AND/OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the County of Santa Clara, California. The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply. 7. Assignment • 6. Arbitration and Governing Law • You agree that any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the TeleNav Software shall be settled by independent arbitration involving a neutral arbitrator and administered by the American Arbitration Association in the County of Santa Clara, California. The arbitrator shall apply the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and the judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any court having jurisdiction. Note that there is no judge or jury in an arbitration proceeding and the decision of the arbitrator shall be binding upon both parties. You expressly agree to waive your right to a jury trial. This Agreement and performance hereunder will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its conflict of law provisions. To the extent judicial action is necessary in connection with the binding arbitration, both TeleNav and you agree to submit You may not resell, assign, or transfer this Agreement or any of your rights or obligations, except in totality, in connection with your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software, and expressly conditioned upon the new user of the TeleNav Software agreeing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Any such sale, assignment or transfer that is not expressly permitted under this paragraph will result in immediate termination of this Agreement, without liability to TeleNav, in which case you and all other parties shall immediately cease all use of the TeleNav Software. Notwithstanding the foregoing, TeleNav may assign this Agreement to any other party at any time without notice, provided the assignee remains bound by this Agreement. 8. Miscellaneous 8.1 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between TeleNav and you with respect to the subject matter hereof. 8.2 Except for the limited licenses expressly granted in this Agreement, TeleNav retains all right, title and interest in and to the TeleNav Software, including without limitation all related intellectual property rights. No licenses or other rights which are not expressly granted in this Agreement are intended to, or shall be, granted or 380 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Appendices 8.6 conferred by implication, statute, inducement, estoppel or otherwise, and TeleNav and its suppliers and licensors hereby reserve all of their respective rights other than the licenses explicitly granted in this Agreement. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, will not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement, and will not be referred to in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the words "include" and "including" and variations thereof, will not be deemed to be terms of limitation, but rather will be deemed to be followed by the words "without limitation". 8.3 By using the TeleNav Software, you consent to receive from TeleNav all communications, including notices, agreements, legally required disclosures or other information in connection with the TeleNav Software (collectively, "Notices") electronically. TeleNav may provide such Notices by posting them on TeleNav's Website or by downloading such Notices to your wireless device. If you desire to withdraw your consent to receive Notices electronically, you must discontinue your use of the TeleNav Software. 9. Other Vendors Terms and Conditions • 8.4 TeleNav's or your failure to require performance of any provision shall not affect that party's right to require performance at any time thereafter, nor shall a waiver of any breach or default of this Agreement constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default or a waiver of the provision itself. The Telenav Software utilizes map and other data licensed to Telenav by third party vendors for the benefit of you and other end users. This Agreement includes end-user terms applicable to these companies (included at the end of this Agreement), and thus your use of the Telenav Software is also subject to such terms. You agree to comply with the following additional terms and conditions, which are applicable to Telenav’s third party vendor licensors:: 9.1 End User Terms Required by HERE North America, LLC The data (“Data”) is provided for your personal, internal use only and not for resale. It is protected by copyright, and is subject to the following terms and conditions which are agreed to by you, on the one hand, and Telenav (“Telenav”) and its licensors (including their licensors and suppliers) on the other hand. 8.5 If any provision herein is held unenforceable, then such provision will be modified to reflect the intention of the parties, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect. © 2013 HERE. All rights reserved. The Data for areas of Canada includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities, including: © Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post Corporation, GeoBase®, © Department of Natural Resources Canada. 381 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Appendices HERE holds a non-exclusive license from the United States Postal Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4® information. Restrictions. Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by Telenav, and without limiting the preceding paragraph, you may not use this Data (a) with any products, systems, or applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles, capable of vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch, real time route guidance, fleet management or similar applications; or (b) with or in communication with any positioning devices or any mobile or wireless-connected electronic or computer devices, including without limitation cellular phones, palmtop and handheld computers, pagers, and personal digital assistants or PDAs. ©United States Postal Service® 2014. Prices are not established, controlled or approved by the United States Postal Service®. The following trademarks and registrations are owned by the USPS: United States Postal Service, USPS, and ZIP+4 The Data for Mexico includes certain data from Instituto Nacional de Estadística y Geografía. 9.2 End User Terms Required by NAV2 (Shanghai) Co., Ltd The data (“Data”) is provided for your personal, internal use only and not for resale. It is protected by copyright, and is subject to the following terms and conditions which are agreed to by you, on the one hand, and NAV2 (Shanghai) Co., Ltd (“NAV2”) and its licensors (including their licensors and suppliers) on the other hand. 20xx. All rights reserved Warning. The Data may contain inaccurate or incomplete information due to the passage of time, changing circumstances, sources used and the nature of collecting comprehensive geographic data, any of which may lead to incorrect results. No Warranty. This Data is provided to you “as is,” and you agree to use it at your own risk. Telenav and its licensors (and their licensors and suppliers) make no guarantees, representations or warranties of any kind, express or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, content, quality, accuracy, completeness, effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness, use or results to be obtained from this Data, or that the Data or server will be uninterrupted or error-free. Terms and Conditions Permitted Use. You agree to use this Data together with the Telenav Software solely for the internal business and personal purposes for which you were licensed, and not for service bureau, time-sharing or other similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject to the restrictions set forth in the following paragraphs, you agree not to otherwise reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, disassemble, create any derivative works of, or reverse engineer any portion of this Data, and may not transfer or distribute it in any form, for any purpose, except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws. Disclaimer of Warranty: TELENAV AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A 382 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Appendices PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States, Territories and Countries do not allow certain warranty exclusions, so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you. export laws, rules or regulations prohibit HERE from complying with any of its obligations hereunder to deliver or distribute Data, such failure shall be excused and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. Disclaimer of Liability: TELENAV AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION, ANY DEFECT IN THE INFORMATION, OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF TELENAV OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some States, Territories and Countries do not allow certain liability exclusions or damages limitations, so to that extent the above may not apply to you. Entire Agreement. These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between Telenav (and its licensors, including their licensors and suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter. Governing Law. The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois [insert “Netherlands” where European HERE Data is used], without giving effect to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, which is explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois [insert “The Netherlands” where European HERE Data is used] for any and all disputes, claims and actions arising from or in connection with the Data provided to you hereunder. Government End Users. If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf of the United States government or any other entity seeking or applying rights similar to those customarily claimed by the United States government, this Data is a “commercial item” as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in accordance with these End-User Terms, and each copy of Data delivered or otherwise furnished shall be marked and embedded as appropriate with the following “Notice of Use,” and shall be treated in accordance with such Notice: Export Control. You shall not export from anywhere any part of the Data or any direct product thereof except in compliance with, and with all licenses and approvals required under, applicable export laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to the laws, rules and regulations administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U.S. Department of Commerce. To the extent that any such 383 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Appendices B. Canada Data. The following provisions apply to the Data for Canada, which may include or reflect data from third party licensors (“Third Party Data”), including Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada (“Her Majesty”), Canada Post Corporation (“Canada Post”) and the Department of Natural Resources of Canada (“NRCan”): NOTICE OF USE CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER) NAME: HERE CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER) ADDRESS: c/o Nokia, 425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, Illinois 60606 This Data is a commercial item as defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject to these End-User Terms under which this Data was provided. 1. Disclaimer and Limitation: Client agrees that its use of the Third Party Data is subject to the following provisions: © 1987 – 2014 HERE – All rights reserved. a. Disclaimer: The Third Party Data is licensed on an “as is” basis. The licensors of such data, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, make no guarantees, representations or warranties respecting such data, either express or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, effectiveness, completeness, accuracy or fitness for a particular purpose. If the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official refuses to use the legend provided herein, the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official must notify HERE prior to seeking additional or alternative rights in the Data. I. US/Canada Territory A. United States Data. The End-User Terms for any Application containing Data for the United States shall contain the following notices: b. Limitation on Liability: The Third Party Data licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, shall not be liable: (i) in respect of any claim, demand or action, irrespective of the nature of the cause of the claim, demand or action alleging any loss, injury or damages, direct or indirect, which may result from the use or possession of such Data; or (ii) in any way for loss of revenues or contracts, or any other consequential loss of any kind resulting from any defect in the Data. “HERE holds a non-exclusive license from the United States Postal Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4® information.” “©United States Postal Service® 20XX. Prices are not established, controlled or approved by the United States Postal Service®. The following trademarks and registrations are owned by the USPS: United States Postal Service, USPS, and ZIP+4.” 384 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Appendices 2. Copyright Notice: In connection with each copy of all or any portion of the Data for the Territory of Canada, Client shall affix in a conspicuous manner the following copyright notice on at least one of: (i) the label for the storage media of the copy; (ii) the packaging for the copy; or (iii) other materials packaged with the copy, such as user manuals or end user license agreements: “This data includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities, including © Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post Corporation, GeoBase®, © The Department of Natural Resources Canada. All rights reserved.” either express or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, effectiveness, completeness, accuracy or fitness for a particular purpose. The licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, shall not be liable in respect of any claim, demand or action, irrespective of the nature of the cause of the claim, demand or action alleging any loss, injury or damages, direct or indirect, which may result from the use or possession of the data or the Data. The licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, shall not be liable in any way for loss of revenues or contracts, or any other consequential loss of any kind resulting from any defect in the data or the Data. End User shall indemnify and save harmless the licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, and their officers, employees and agents from and against any claim, demand or action, irrespective of the nature of the cause of the claim, demand or action, alleging loss, costs, expenses, damages or injuries (including injuries resulting in death) arising out of the use or possession of the data or the Data. 3. End-User Terms: Except as otherwise agreed by the parties, in connection with the provision of any portion of the Data for the Territory of Canada to End-Users as may be authorized under the Agreement, Client shall provide such End-Users, in a reasonably conspicuous manner, with terms (set forth with other end user terms required to be provided under the Agreement, or as otherwise may be provided, by Client) which shall include the following provisions on behalf of the Third Party Data licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan: 4. Additional Provisions: The terms contained in this Section are in addition to all of the rights and obligations of the parties under the Agreement. To the extent that any of the provisions of this Section are inconsistent with, or conflict with, any other provisions of the Agreement, the provisions of this Section shall prevail. The Data may include or reflect data of licensors, including Her Majesty the Queen in the Right of Canada (“Her Majesty”), Canada Post Corporation (“Canada Post”) and the Department of Natural Resources Canada (“NRCan”). Such data is licensed on an “as is” basis. The licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, make no guarantees, representations or warranties respecting such data, 385 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Appendices A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies of the Data and/or packaging relating thereto shall include the respective Third Party Notices set forth below and used as described below corresponding to the Territory (or portion thereof) included in such copy: II. Mexico. The following provision applies to the Data for Mexico, which includes certain data from the Instituto Nacional de Estadística y Geografía (“INEGI”): A. Any and all copies of the Data and/or packaging containing Data for Mexico shall contain the following notice: “Fuente: INEGI (Instituto Nacional de Estadística y Geografía)” III. Latin America Territory A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies of the Data and/or packaging relating thereto shall include the respective Third Party Notices set forth below and used as described below corresponding to the Territory (or portion thereof) included in such copy: Territory Notice Argentina IGN “INSTITUTO GEOGRAFICO NACIONAL ARGENTINO” Ecuador “INSTITUTO GEOGRAFICO MILITAR DEL ECUADOR AUTORIZACION N° IGM2011-01- PCO-01 DEL 25 DE ENERO DE 2011” “source: © IGN 2009 - BD TOPO ®” Guadeloupe, French Guiana and Martinique Mexico Country Notice Jordan “© Royal Jordanian Geographic Centre”. The foregoing notice requirement for Jordan Data is a material term of the Agreement. If Client or any of its permitted sublicensees (if any) fail to meet such requirement, HERE shall have the right to terminate Client’s license with respect to the Jordan Data. B. Jordan Data. Client and its permitted sublicensees (if any) are restricted from licensing and/or otherwise distributing HERE’s database for the country of Jordan (“Jordan Data”) for use in Enterprise Applications to (i) non-Jordanian entities for use of the Jordan Data solely in Jordan or (ii) Jordan-based customers. In addition, Client, its permitted sublicensees (if any) and End-Users are restricted from using the Jordan Data in Enterprise Applications if such party is (i) a non-Jordanian entity using the Jordan Data solely in Jordan or (ii) a Jordan-based customer. For purposes of the foregoing, “Enterprise Applications” shall mean Geomarketing applications, GIS applications, mobile business asset management applications, call center applications, telematics applications, public organization Internet applications or for providing geocoding services. “Fuente: INEGI (Instituto Nacional de Estadística y Geografía)” IV. Middle East Territory 386 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Appendices is conditioned on Client’s obtaining prior written consent from Kartografie a.s.; (c) such license for selling or distributing with respect to Data for the Territory of Switzerland is conditioned on Client’s obtaining a permit from Bundesamt für Landestopografie of Switzerland; (d) Client is restricted from using Data for the Territory of France to create paper maps with a scale between 1:5,000 and 1:250,000; and (e) Client is restricted from using any Data to create, sell or distribute paper maps that are the same or substantially similar, in terms of data content and specific use of color, symbols and scale, to paper maps published by the European national mapping agencies, including without limitation, Landervermessungämter of Germany, Topografische Dienst of the Netherlands, Nationaal Geografisch Instituut of Belgium, Bundesamt für Landestopografie of Switzerland, Bundesamt für Eich-und Vermessungswesen of Austria, and the National Land Survey of Sweden. V. Europe Territory A. Use of Certain Traffic Codes in Europe 1. General Restrictions Applicable to Traffic Codes. Client acknowledges and agrees that in certain countries of the Europe Territory, Client will need to obtain rights directly from third party RDS-TMC code providers to receive and use the Traffic Codes in the Data and to deliver to End-Users Transactions in any way derived from or based on such Traffic Codes. For such countries, HERE shall deliver the Data incorporating Traffic Codes to Client only after receiving certification from Client of its having obtained such rights. 2. Display of Third Party Rights Legends for Belgium. Client shall, for each Transaction that uses Traffic Codes for Belgium, provide the following notice to the End-User: “Traffic Codes for Belgium are provided by the Ministerie van de Vlaamse Gemeenschap and the Ministèrie de l’Equipement et des Transports.” C. OS Enforcement. Without limiting Section IV(B) above, with respect to Data for the Territory of Great Britain, Client acknowledges and agrees that the Ordnance Survey (“OS”) may bring a direct action against Client to enforce compliance with the OS copyright notice (see Section IV(D) below) and paper map requirements (see Section IV(B) above) contained in this Agreement. B. Paper Maps. With respect to any license granted to Client relating to making, selling or distributing paper maps (i.e., a map fixed on a paper or paper-like medium): (a) such license with respect to Data for the Territory of Great Britain is conditioned on Client’s entering into and complying with a separate written agreement with the Ordnance Survey (“OS”) to create and sell paper maps, Client’s paying to the OS any and all applicable paper map royalties, and Client’s complying with the OS copyright notice requirements; (b) such license for selling or otherwise distributing for charge with respect to Data for the Territory of Czech Republic D. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies of the Data and/or packaging relating thereto shall include the respective Third Party Notices set forth below and used as described below corresponding to the Territory (or portion thereof) included in such copy: Country(ies) Notice 387 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Appendices Austria Croatia Cyprus, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, Moldova, Poland, Slovenia and/or Ukraine “© Bundesamt für Eichund Vermessungswesen” “Información geográfica propiedad del CNIG” Sweden “Based upon electronic data © National Land Survey Sweden.” Switzerland “Topografische Grundlage: © Bundesamt für Landestopographie. E. Respective Country Distribution. Client acknowledges that HERE has not received approvals to distribute map data for the following countries in such respective countries: Albania, Belarus, Kyrgyzstan, Moldova and Uzbekistan. HERE may update such list from time to time. The license rights granted to Client under this TL with respect to the Data for such countries are contingent upon Client’s compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, including, without limitation, any required licenses or approvals to distribute the Application incorporating such Data in such respective countries. “© EuroGeographics” France “source: © IGN 2009 – BD TOPO ®” Germany “Die Grundlagendaten wurden mit Genehmigung der zuständigen Behörden entnommen” Great Britain “Contains Ordnance Survey data © Crown copyright and database right 2010 Contains Royal Mail data © Royal Mail copyright and database right 2010” Greece Spain VI. Australia Territory “Copyright Geomatics Ltd.” Hungary “Copyright © 2003; TopMap Ltd.” Italy “La Banca Dati Italiana è stata prodotta usando quale riferimento anche cartografia numerica ed al tratto prodotta e fornita dalla Regione Toscana.” Norway “Copyright © 2000; Norwegian Mapping Authority” Portugal “Source: IgeoE – Portugal” A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies of the Data and/or packaging relating thereto shall include the respective Third Party Notices set forth below and used as described below corresponding to the Territory (or portion thereof) included in such copy: Copyright. Based on data provided under license from PSMA Australia Limited (www.psma.com.au). 388 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Appendices DISRUPTION OF SERVICE PROVIDED HEREUNDER, IS LIMITED TO PAYMENT OF DAMAGES IN AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED THE AMOUNT PAID BY END USER FOR THE SERVICES DURING THE TWO-MONTH PERIOD PRECEDING THE DATE THE CLAIM AROSE. Product incorporates data which is © 20XX Telstra Corporation Limited, GM Holden Limited, Intelematics Australia Pty Ltd and Continental Pty Ltd. B. Third Party Notices for Australia. In addition to the foregoing, the End-User Terms for any Application containing RDS-TMC Traffic Codes for Australia shall contain the following notice: “Product incorporates traffic location codes which is © 20XX Telstra Corporation Limited and its licensors.” (ii) END USER AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE UNDERLYING WIRELESS SERVICE CARRIER AND ITS OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND AGENTS AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION CLAIMS FOR LIBEL, SLANDER, OR ANY PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, ARISING IN ANY WAY, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE USE, FAILURE TO USE, OR INABILITY TO USE THE DEVICE EXCEPT WHERE THE CLAIMS RESULT FROM THE UNDERLYING CARRIER’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT. THIS INDEMNITY WILL SURVIVE THE TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT. AT&T Vehicle Network Carrier Telematics Disclosure END USER FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SECTION MEANS YOU AND YOUR HEIRS, EXECUTORS, LEGAL PERSONAL REPRESENTATITVES AND PERMITED ASSIGNS. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SECTION “UNDERLYING WIRELESS SERVICE CARRIER” INCLUDES ITS AFFILIATES AND CONTRACTORS AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. END USER HAS NO CONTRACTUAL RELATIONSHIP WITH THE UNDERLYING WIRELESS SERVICE CARRIER AND END USER IS NOT A THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY OF ANY AGREEMENT BETWEEN FORD AND UNDERLYING CARRIER. END USER UNDERSTANDS AND AGREES THAT THE UNDERLYING CARRIER HAS NO LEGAL, EQUITABLE, OR OTHER LIABILITY OF ANY KIND TO END USER. IN ANY EVENT, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF THE ACTION, WHETHER FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY IN TORT OR OTHERWISE, END USER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR CLAIMS ARISING IN ANY WAY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, FOR ANY CAUSE WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY FAILURE OR (iii) END USER HAS NO PROPERTY RIGHT IN ANY NUMBER ASSIGNED TO THE DEVICE. (iv) END USER UNDERSTANDS THAT FORD AND THE UNDERLYING CARRIER CANNOT GUARANTY THE SECURITY OF WIRELESS TRANSMISSIONS, AND WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LACK OF SECURITY RELATING TO THE USE OF THE SERVICES THE SERVICE IS FOR [END USER’S] USE ONLY AND END USER MAY NOT RESELL THE SERVICE TO ANY OTHER PARTY END USER UNDERSTANDS THAT THE UNDERLYING CARRIER DOES NOT GUARANTEE ANY END USER UNINTERRUPTED SERVICE OR COVERAGE. THE UNDERLYING CARRIER DOES NOT WARRANT THAT END USERS CAN OR WILL BE LOCATED USING THE SERVICE. THE UNDERLYING CARRIER 389 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Appendices MAKES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, SUITABILITY, OR PERFORMANCE REGARDING ANY SERVICES OR GOODS, AND IN NO EVENT SHALL AT&T BE LIABLE, WHETHER OR NOT DUE TO ITS OWN NEGLIGENCE, FOR ANY: (A) ACT OR OMISSION OF A THIRD PARTY; (B) MISTAKES, OMISSIONS, INTERRUPTIONS, ERRORS, FAILURES TO TRANSMIT, DELAYS, OR DEFECTS IN THE SERVICE PROVIDED BY OR THROUGH THE UNDERLYING CARRIER; (C) DAMAGE OR INJURY CAUSED BY SUSPENSION OR TERMINATION BY THE UNDERLYING CARRIER; OR (D) DAMAGE OR INJURY CAUSED BY A FAILURE OR DELAY IN CONNECTING A CALL TO ANY ENTITY, INCLUDING 911 OR ANY OTHER EMERGENCY SERVICE. TO THE FULL EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, THE END USER RELEASES, INDEMNIFIES AND HOLDS THE UNDERLYING CARRIER HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS OF ANY PERSON OR ENTITY FOR DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM OR RELATING TO, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE UNDERLYING CARRIER OR ANY PERSON’S USE THEREOF, INCLUDING CLAIMS ARISING IN WHOLE OR IN PART FROM THE ALLEGED NEGLIGENCE OF THE UNDERLYING CARRIER. view it, and (ii) save it, provided that you do not remove any copyright notices that appear and do not modify the Data in any way. You agree not to otherwise reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, disassemble or reverse engineer any portion of this Data, and may not transfer or distribute it in any form, for any purpose, except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws. Restrictions Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by NAV2 , and without limiting the preceding paragraph, you may not (a) use this Data with any products, systems, or applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles, capable of vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch, real time route guidance, fleet management or similar applications; or (b) with or in communication with any positioning devices or any mobile or wireless-connected electronic or computer devices, including without limitation cellular phones, palmtop and handheld computers, pagers, and personal digital assistants or PDAs. You agree to cease using this Data if you fail to comply with these terms and conditions. Limited Warranty NAV2 warrants that (a) the Data will perform substantially in accordance with the accompanying written materials for a period of ninety (90) days from the date of receipt, and (b) any support services provided by NAV2 shall be substantially as described in applicable written materials provided to you by NAV2, and NAV2’s support engineers will make commercially reasonable efforts to solve any problem issues. VII. China Territory Personal Use Only You agree to use this Data together with [insert name of Client Application] for the solely personal, non-commercial purposes for which you were licensed, and not for service bureau, time-sharing or other similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject to the restrictions set forth in the following paragraphs, you may copy this Data only as necessary for your personal use to (i) 390 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Appendices rigCustomer Remedies FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION, ANY DEFECT IN THE INFROMATION, OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF NAV2 OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NAV2’s OR ITS SUPPLIERS’ LIABILITY HEREUNDER EXCEED THE PRICE PAID. Certain liability exclusions may not be permitted under applicable law, so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you. NAV2 and its suppliers’ entire liability and your exclusive remedy shall be, at NAV2’s sole discretion, either (a) return of the price paid, if any, or (b) repair or replacement of the Data that do not meet NAV2’s Limited Warranty and that are returned to NAV2 with a copy of your receipt. This Limited Warranty is void if failure of the Data has resulted from accident, abuse, or misapplication. Any replacement Data will be warranted for the remainder of the original warranty period or thirty (30) days, whichever is longer. Neither these remedies nor any product support services offered by NAV2 are available without proof of purchase from an authorized international source. No Other Warranty: Export Control EXCEPT FOR THE LMITED WARRANTY SET FORTH ABOVE AND TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2 AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OWNERSHIP OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. Certain warranty exclusions may not be permitted under applicable law, so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you. You agree not to export to anywhere any part of the Data provided to you or any direct product thereof except in compliance with, and with all licenses and approvals required under, applicable export laws, rules and regulations. IP Protection The Data are owned by NAV2 or its suppliers and are protected by applicable copyright and other intellectual property law and treaties. The Data are provided solely on the basis of a license to use, not sale. Limited Liability: TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2 AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR Entire Agreement These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between NAV2(and its licensors, including their licensors and suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter. 391 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Appendices Governing Law. ("Gracenote Servers"), and to perform other functions. You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End User functions of this device. This device may contain content belonging to Gracenote's providers. If so, all of the restrictions set forth herein with respect to Gracenote Data shall also apply to such content and such content providers shall be entitled to all of the benefits and protections set forth herein that are available to Gracenote. You agree that you will use the content from Gracenote ("Gracenote Content") , Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers for your own personal, non-commercial use only. You agree not to assign, copy, transfer or transmit the Gracenote Content, Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data (except in a Tag associated with a music file) to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT, GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN. The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China, without giving effect to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, which is explicitly excluded. Any dispute arising from or in connection with the Data provided to you hereunder shall be submitted to the Shanghai International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration. Gracenote® Copyright CD and music-related data from Gracenote, Inc., copyright© 2000-2007 Gracenote. Gracenote Software, copyright © 2000-2007 Gracenote. This product and service may practice one or more of the following U.S. Patents 5,987,525; 6,061,680; 6,154,773; 6,161,132; 6,230,192; 6,230,207; 6.240,459; 6,330,593 and other patents issued or pending. Some services supplied under license from Open Globe, Inc. for U.S. Patent 6,304,523. You agree that your non-exclusive licenses to use the Gracenote Content, Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions. If your licenses terminate, you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Content, Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers. Gracenote and CDDB are registered trademarks of Gracenote. The Gracenote logo and logotype, and the "Powered by Gracenote™" logo are trademarks of Gracenote. Gracenote® End User License Agreement (EULA) Gracenote, respectively, reserve all rights in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and the Gracenote Servers and Gracenote Content, including all ownership rights. Under no circumstances will either Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide, This device contains software from Gracenote, Inc. of 2000 Powell Street Emeryville, California 94608 ("Gracenote"). The software from Gracenote (the "Gracenote Software") enables this device to do disc and music file identification and obtain music-related information, including name, artist, track, and title information ("Gracenote Data") from online servers 392 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Appendices including any copyrighted material or music file information. You agree that Gracenote may enforce its respective rights, collectively or separately, under this agreement against you, directly in each company's own name. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. NEITHER GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER. © Gracenote 2007. Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes. The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow Gracenote to count queries without knowing anything about who you are. For more information, see the web page at www.gracenote.com for the Gracenote Privacy Policy. Taiwan Territory THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, EACH ITEM OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED TO YOU "AS IS". NEITHER GRACENOTE MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE CONTENT. GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT TO DELETE DATA AND/OR CONTENT FROM THE COMPANIES' RESPECTIVE SERVERS OR, IN THE CASE OF GRACENOTE, CHANGE DATA CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT. NO WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR-FREE OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED. GRACENOTE IS NOT OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES AT ANY TIME. GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, Note: In accordance with the management approach of low-power radio wave radiation motors: Article 12: For approved and certified low-power radiation motor models, companies, firms or users must not alter the frequency, increase the power or change the characteristics and functions of the original design without authorization. Article 14: The usage of low-power radio-frequency motors must not affect aviation safety and interfere with legal telecommunications. Should interference be detected, immediately stop using the device and only resume usage after ensuring that there is no longer any interference. For the legal telecommunication and wireless telecommunication of the telco, the low-power radio frequency motor must be able to tolerate legal limits of interference from telecommunication, industrial, scientific and radio wave equipment. 393 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Appendices SUNA TRAFFIC CHANNEL – TERMS AND CONDITIONS SUNA Products and/or Services are intended as an aid to personal motoring and travel planning, and do not provide comprehensive or accurate information on all occasions. On occasions, you may experience additional delay as a result of using SUNA Products and/or Services. You acknowledge that it is not intended, or suitable, for use in applications where time of arrival or driving directions may impact the safety of the public or yourself. By activating, using and/or accessing the SUNA Traffic Channel, SUNA Predictive or other content or material provided by Intelematics (together, SUNA Products and/or Services), you must accept certain terms and conditions. The following is a brief summary of the terms and conditions that apply to you. To view the full terms and conditions relevant to your use of the SUNA Products and/or Services, please consult: 4. Use of SUNA Products and Services while driving You, and other authorised drivers of the vehicle in which SUNA Products and/or Services are available or installed and active, remain at all times responsible for observing all relevant laws and codes of safe driving. In particular, you agree to only actively operate SUNA Products and/or Services when the Vehicle is at a complete stop and it is safe to do so. Website www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandconditions/ 1. Acceptance By using SUNA Products and/or Services, you will be deemed to have accepted and agreed to be bound by the terms and conditions fully detailed at: 5. Service Continuity and Reception of the SUNA Traffic Channel We will use reasonable endeavours to provide the SUNA Traffic Channel 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. The SUNA Traffic Channel may occasionally be unavailable for technical reasons or for planned maintenance. We will try to perform maintenance at times when congestion is light. We reserve the right to withdraw SUNA Products and/or Services at any time. Website www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandconditions/ 2. Intellectual Property SUNA Products and/or Services are for your personal use. You may not record, or retransmit the content, nor use the content in association with any other traffic information or route guidance service or device not approved by Intelematics. You obtain no right of ownership in any Intellectual Property Rights (including copyright) in the data that is used to provide SUNA Products and/or Services. Also, we cannot assure the uninterrupted reception of the SUNA Traffic Channel RDS-TMC signal at any particular location. 6. Limitation of Liability Neither Intelematics (nor its suppliers or the manufacturer of your device (the “Suppliers”)) shall be liable to you or to any third party for any damages either direct, indirect, incidental, consequential or otherwise arising out of the use of or inability to use SUNA Products and/or 3. Appropriate Use 394 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Appendices Services even if Intelematics or a Supplier has been advised of the possibility of such damages. You also acknowledge that the neither Intelematics nor any Supplier guarantees nor make any warranties that relate to the availability, accuracy or completeness of SUNA Products and/or Services, and to the extent which it is lawful to do so, both Intelematics and each Supplier excludes any warranties which might otherwise be implied by any State or Federal legislation in relation to SUNA Products and/or Services. 7. Please Note Great care has been taken in preparing this manual. Constant product development may mean that some information is not entirely up-to-date. The information in this document is subject to change without notice. DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY Your vehicle could have components that transmit and receive radio waves and are therefore subject to government regulation. These components must accept any interference received, including interference that could cause undesired operation. For certification labels and declarations of conformity, visit www.wirelessconformity.ford.com. 395 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing 396 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Index 1 Arming the Alarm..................................................61 Disarming the Alarm............................................61 Guard Settings......................................................60 Triggering the Alarm...........................................60 180 Degree Camera....................................180 Camera Views.......................................................181 Front View Camera............................................180 Using the 180 degree camera system.........181 Anti-Theft Alarm - Vehicles Without: Anti-Theft Alarm Horn with Integral Battery.............................................................59 A Alarm System........................................................59 Arming the Alarm.................................................59 Disarming the Alarm...........................................59 Triggering the Alarm............................................59 A/C See: Climate Control...........................................97 Appendices....................................................367 Applying the Parking Brake.......................163 Apps.................................................................354 About This Manual...........................................9 ABS See: Brakes...........................................................160 Using Apps on an Android Device...............355 Using Apps on an iOS Device........................354 Using Mobile Navigation on an Android Device................................................................355 ABS driving hints See: Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Brakes................................................................160 Accessories Apps - Vehicles With: SYNC 2.5.............334 See: Replacement Parts Recommendation.............................................11 Apps Troubleshooting.....................................336 Using Android Auto...........................................334 Using Apple CarPlay.........................................334 Using Apps on an Android Device...............335 Using Apps on an iOS Device........................334 ACC See: Using Adaptive Cruise Control.............183 Active Park Assist..........................................175 Using Active Park Assist...................................175 At a Glance........................................................18 Audio System................................................324 Adjusting the Headlamps........................264 Horizontal Aim Adjustment...........................265 Vertical Aim Adjustment................................264 General Information.........................................324 Audio Unit Clock and Date Displays Vehicles With: SYNC 2.5..........................331 Audio Unit Clock and Date Displays Vehicles Without: SYNC..........................331 Adjusting the Steering Wheel...................65 Air Conditioning See: Climate Control...........................................97 Alarm Adjusting the Clock............................................331 See: Anti-Theft Alarm - Vehicles With: Anti-Theft Alarm Horn with Integral Battery................................................................60 See: Anti-Theft Alarm - Vehicles Without: Anti-Theft Alarm Horn with Integral Battery.................................................................59 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: SYNC 2.5....................................................................327 Adjusting the Volume.......................................328 Changing Radio Stations................................328 Pausing or Playing Media...............................328 Seek Down and Previous Track Button...............................................................328 Seek Up and Next Track Button...................328 Sound Settings...................................................328 Switching the Audio Unit On and Off.........327 Switching the Screen On and Off................328 All-Wheel Drive.............................................159 AM/FM Radio - Vehicles With: SYNC 2.5...................................................................329 Using the Radio..................................................329 AM/FM Radio - Vehicles Without: SYNC.............................................................329 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: SYNC 3.......................................................................326 Selecting a Radio Source................................329 Anti-Theft Alarm - Vehicles With: Anti-Theft Alarm Horn with Integral Battery............................................................60 Adjusting the Volume.......................................326 Changing Radio Stations.................................327 Pausing or Playing Media................................327 Alarm System.......................................................60 397 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Index Automatic Transmission - 6-Speed Automatic Transmission.........................152 Seek Down and Previous Track Button................................................................327 Seek Up and Next Track Button...................327 Sound Settings....................................................327 Switching the Audio Unit On and Off........326 Switching the Screen On and Off................327 Automatic Transmission Information Messages..........................................................155 Brake Shift Interlock..........................................153 Selector Lever Positions...................................152 SelectShift™........................................................153 Transmission Not in Park (P) Audible Warning.............................................................154 Audio Unit - Vehicles Without: SYNC.............................................................324 Adjusting the Volume.......................................324 Changing Radio Stations................................325 Pausing or Playing Media...............................326 Returning to the Previous Screen................325 Scrolling Through the Menu Options.........325 Seek Down and Previous Track Button...............................................................326 Seek Up and Next Track Button...................325 Selecting a Menu Option................................325 Selecting Media..................................................325 Selecting the Radio...........................................324 Sound Settings...................................................326 Switching the Audio Unit On and Off........324 Switching the Screen On and Off................326 System Settings.................................................326 Using a Cell Phone............................................326 Auto-Start-Stop Audible Warning.........129 Auto-Start-Stop...........................................128 Auto-Start-Stop Settings.................................131 Auto-Start-Stop – Troubleshooting...........129 Auto-Start-Stop Indicators......................129 Auto-Start-Stop Precautions..................128 Auto-Start-Stop Settings...........................131 Setting the Engine Stop Speed......................131 Auto-Start-Stop – Troubleshooting.........................................129 Auto-Start-Stop – Frequently Asked Questions.........................................................130 Auto-Start-Stop – Information Messages..........................................................129 Autowipers.......................................................66 Autolamps..........................................................71 Settings....................................................................67 Adjusting the Period of Time That the Headlamps Remain On.................................72 Auxiliary Heater............................................100 Parking Heater....................................................100 Principle of Operation......................................100 Using the Auxiliary Heater..............................100 Automatic Crash Notification System.............................................................37 Automatic High Beam Control..................72 Auxiliary Power Points.................................115 230 Volt - 150 Watt Capacity AC Power Outlet..................................................................115 230 Volt - 400 Watt Capacity AC Power Outlet..................................................................116 About Automatic High Beam Control...........72 Automatic High Beam Control Information Messages............................................................73 Automatic High Beam Indicator.....................73 Overriding Automatic High Beam Control.................................................................73 Switching Automatic High Beam Control On or Off.............................................................73 AWD See: All-Wheel Drive.........................................159 B Automatic Transmission - 10-Speed Automatic Transmission.........................155 Battery See: Changing the 12V Battery......................261 Automatic Transmission Information Messages..........................................................158 Brake Shift Interlock..........................................156 Progressive Range Selection.........................156 Selector Lever Positions...................................155 SelectShift™........................................................156 Transmission Not in Park (P) Audible Warning.............................................................158 Bed Access.....................................................222 Accessing the Load Bed..................................223 Opening the Side Panel...................................222 Blind Spot Information System..............199 Blind Spot Information System Indicator...........................................................200 398 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Index Interior Lamp.........................................................271 License Plate Lamp............................................271 Reading Lamps...................................................272 Rear Lamps..........................................................270 Side Repeater.....................................................269 Sun Visor Mirror Lamp......................................273 Blind Spot Information System Information Messages.........................................................203 Blind Spot Information System Sensors............................................................200 Blind Spot Information System Warning Lamp.................................................................202 Blind Spot Information System with Trailer Tow......................................................................201 Switching the Blind Spot Information System On and Off......................................200 Using the Blind Spot Information System.............................................................200 Changing a Fuse..........................................250 Fuses......................................................................250 Changing a Road Wheel............................287 See: Opening and Closing the Hood..........252 Front Jacking Points.........................................290 Installing a Road Wheel..................................293 Locking Lug Nuts................................................287 Rear Jacking Points............................................291 Removing a Road Wheel................................293 Stowing the Wheel and Vehicle Jack.........294 Vehicle Jack.........................................................289 Vehicles with a Spare Wheel.........................287 Bottle Holders.................................................118 Changing the 12V Battery..........................261 Bottle Holder Precautions................................118 Locating the Bottle Holders............................118 Removing the Battery......................................262 Replacing the Battery......................................263 Brake Fluid Check.......................................260 Brakes...............................................................160 Changing the Front Wiper Blades.........266 Changing the Rear Wiper Blades..........266 Changing the Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot Name or Password...................................323 Checking Local Hazard Information Status.............................................................217 Checking MyKey System Status..............46 Checking the Wiper Blades.....................265 Child Restraint Positioning.........................25 Child Safety.......................................................21 Child Safety Locks - Vehicles With: Power Sliding Door.....................................29 BLIS See: Blind Spot Information System..........199 Body Styling Kits...........................................277 Bonnet Lock General Information..........................................160 Breaking-In.....................................................229 Brakes and Clutch.............................................229 Engine....................................................................229 Tires........................................................................229 Bulb Specification Chart - Vehicles With: Halogen Headlamps................................314 Bulb Specification Chart - Vehicles With: High Intensity Discharge Headlamps..................................................316 Child Safety Locks Information Messages............................................................29 C Child Safety Locks - Vehicles Without: Power Sliding Door.....................................29 Capacities and Specifications..................311 Air Conditioning System....................................311 Brake System.......................................................314 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue) Tank............314 Engine......................................................................312 Fuel Tank................................................................313 Washer Reservoir................................................313 Left-Hand Side......................................................29 Right-Hand Side...................................................29 Cigar Lighter.....................................................117 Cleaning the Exterior...................................274 BodyPaintwork Preservation.........................275 Cleaning Stripes or Graphics.........................275 Cleaning the Chrome Trim..............................274 Cleaning the Exterior Precautions...............274 Cleaning the Headlamps.................................274 Cleaning the Rear Window.............................274 Car Wash See: Cleaning the Exterior...............................274 Changing a Bulb..........................................268 Central High Mounted Brake Lamp..............271 Front Fog Lamps................................................270 Headlamp............................................................268 399 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Index Coolant Check Cleaning the Interior....................................275 See: Engine Coolant Check............................259 Fabric, Carpets, Cloth Seats, Headliners and Floor Mats...............................................275 Instrument Cluster Screens, LCD Screens and Radio Screens........................................276 Leather Interior....................................................276 Mirrors.....................................................................277 Rear Windows.....................................................276 Seatbelts...............................................................275 Storage Compartments, Cup Holders and Ashtrays.............................................................277 Suede Micro Fiber Fabric.................................276 Cornering Lamps............................................75 Creating a MyKey...........................................44 MyKey Information Messages.........................44 Creating a Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot..........323 Connecting a Device to the Wi-Fi Hotspot.............................................................323 Finding the Wi-Fi Hotspot Name and Password..........................................................323 Cross Traffic Alert........................................203 Cross Traffic Alert behavior when trailer is attached...........................................................205 Cross Traffic Alert Indicator...........................205 Cross Traffic Alert Information Messages.........................................................206 Cross Traffic Alert System Limitations......................................................205 Cross Traffic Alert System Sensors............205 Switching the System On and Off..............205 Using Cross Traffic Alert.................................203 Cleaning the Wheels...................................277 Clearing All MyKeys.......................................45 Climate Control...............................................97 Closing the Sliding Door..............................52 Closing the Sliding Door From Inside Your Vehicle.................................................................52 Closing the Sliding Door From Outside Your Vehicle.................................................................53 Closing the Sliding Door With the Remote Control................................................................56 Cruise Control................................................182 Clutch Fluid Check.......................................261 Cold Weather Precautions.......................228 Connected Vehicle.......................................319 Principle of Operation.......................................182 Cruise control See: Using Cruise Control................................182 Cup Holders.....................................................118 Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile Network.............................................................319 Cup Holder Precautions....................................118 Connected Vehicle Data - Vehicles With: Modem.............................................................15 Connected Vehicle Limitations...............319 Connected Vehicle Requirements.........319 Connected Vehicle – Troubleshooting Vehicles With: Modem...........................320 Connected Vehicle – Troubleshooting Vehicles With: SYNC 3/SYNC 2.5........321 Connecting a Bluetooth® Device Vehicles With: SYNC 2.5.........................332 Connecting a Bluetooth® Device Vehicles Without: SYNC..........................331 D Data Privacy......................................................13 Services That Third Parties Provide...............13 Services That We Provide..................................13 Declaration of Conformity.......................395 Device Holder.................................................120 Installing and Removing a Device................120 Diesel Particulate Filter...............................147 Diesel Particulate Filter Automatic Regeneration...................................................148 Diesel Particulate Filter Information Messages...........................................................151 Diesel Particulate Filter Manual Regeneration...................................................149 On-Board Diagnostics System......................148 Pairing a Device...................................................331 Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile Network.........................................................319 Connecting FordPass to the Modem..........319 Enabling and Disabling the Modem............319 What Is the Modem...........................................319 Digital Radio - Vehicles With: SYNC 2.5...................................................................330 Connecting the Vehicle to a Wi-Fi Network........................................................320 Using the Radio..................................................330 400 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Index Engine Oil Check...........................................257 Digital Radio - Vehicles Without: SYNC.............................................................330 Adding Engine Oil...............................................257 Engine Oil Pressure Warning Lamp.............257 Selecting a Radio Source...............................330 Engine Oil Dipstick.......................................257 Entertainment..............................................346 Direction Indicators........................................76 Direction Indicator................................................76 Switching the Direction Indicators On and Off.........................................................................76 Playing Music From a USB or Media Player................................................................348 Streaming Music From a Bluetooth Device................................................................347 Using the Radio..................................................346 Doors and Locks.............................................48 Draining the Fuel Filter Water Trap................................................................258 Environment......................................................17 Event Data.........................................................14 Exterior Mirrors...............................................80 Draining the Fuel Filter Water Trap.............258 Drive Control...................................................215 Selectable Drive Modes....................................215 Selectable Drive Modes Information Messages..........................................................216 Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors................................81 Power Exterior Mirrors........................................80 Power Folding Mirrors........................................80 Driver Airbag.....................................................33 Driver Alert......................................................194 F Driver Alert System Display............................195 Driver Alert System Messages.......................195 Driver Alert System Warnings........................194 Switching Driver Alert On and Off................195 Fan See: Engine Cooling Fan.................................259 Driving Aids.....................................................192 Driving Hints..................................................228 Driving Through Water...............................229 Fastening the Seatbelts..............................30 Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy...............30 Flat Tire See: Changing a Road Wheel........................287 E Flat Tire Inflation See: Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit.................278 Floor Mats.......................................................229 Fog Lamps - Front Eco....................................................................209 Eco Mode.............................................................209 Efficient Drive Mode..........................................210 See: Front Fog Lamps.........................................74 Fog Lamps - Rear Economical Driving.....................................228 Electromagnetic Compatibility..............367 Emergency Assistance.................................37 Emergency Call System Data.....................16 Emergency Equipment..............................236 Emergency Exit..............................................231 Enabling Local Hazard Information.......217 Enabling Remote Start................................95 End User License Agreement..................370 See: Rear Fog Lamps..........................................74 Front Door Storage.......................................119 Opening the Front Door Storage Compartment..................................................119 Front Fog Lamps.............................................74 Front Fog Lamp Indicator..................................74 Switching the Front Fog Lamps On or Off..........................................................................74 Front Parking Aid............................................171 VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (EULA) .................................370 Front Parking Aid Information Messages...........................................................173 Object Distance Indicator................................172 Engine Coolant Check...............................259 Adding Coolant..................................................260 Front View Camera......................................215 Engine Cooling Fan.....................................259 Engine Emission Control............................143 Engine Immobilizer Using the Front View Camera........................215 Front Wiper Blades See: Passive Anti-Theft System.....................59 See: Changing the Front Wiper Blades......266 Fuel and Refueling........................................137 401 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Index H Fuel Burning Heater See: Auxiliary Heater........................................100 Fuel Consumption Figures - 2.0L EcoBlue.........................................................318 Fuel Consumption Figures........................318 Hazard Flashers.............................................231 Hazard Flasher Indicator..................................231 Switching the Hazard Flashers On or Off........................................................................231 European Directive 1999/94/EC..................318 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions..............318 Headlamp Adjusting Fuel Consumption........................................142 See: Adjusting the Headlamps.....................264 Advertised Capacity..........................................142 Fuel Economy......................................................142 Headlamp Exit Delay.....................................72 Headlamp Leveling........................................74 Headlamp Removal Fuel Filler Funnel Location........................138 Fuel Filter Service Indicator Check........265 Fuel Quality - Diesel....................................138 See: Removing a Headlamp..........................267 Headrest Long-Term Storage............................................138 See: Head Restraints........................................104 Fuel Quality - Hydrotreated Vegetable Oil.....................................................................137 Fuel Shutoff....................................................231 Head Restraints............................................104 Ignition Switch.....................................................231 Keyless Starting...................................................231 Heated Exterior Mirrors - Vehicles With: Heated Rear Window................................99 Heated Exterior Mirrors - Vehicles Without: Heated Rear Window.............99 Heated Rear Window...................................99 Heated Seats...................................................112 Heated Windshield........................................99 Heating Adjusting the Head Restraint.........................105 Removing the Head Restraint.......................105 Fuse Box Locations.....................................237 Body Control Module........................................237 Driver Compartment Fuse Box......................237 Engine Compartment Fuse Box...................237 Passenger Compartment Fuse Box............237 Pre-fuse Box.........................................................237 Fuses.................................................................237 Fuse Specification Chart..........................238 See: Climate Control...........................................97 Hill Start Assist.............................................160 Body Control Module.......................................245 Driver Compartment Fuse Box......................241 Engine Compartment Fuse Box...................238 Passenger Compartment Fuse Box............247 Pre-fuse Box........................................................249 Hill Start Assist Information Messages..........................................................162 Switching Hill Start Assist On or Off............161 Using Hill Start Assist........................................161 Hints on Controlling the Interior Climate...........................................................98 G Defogging or Clearing the Windshield of Thin Ice................................................................99 Defogging the Side Windows in Cold Weather..............................................................98 General Hints.........................................................98 Quickly Cooling the Interior..............................98 Quickly Heating the Interior.............................98 Recommended Settings for Cooling............98 Recommended Settings for Heating...........98 Gauges...............................................................83 Automatic Transmission Position Indicators...........................................................84 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge............84 Fuel Gauge.............................................................84 Information Display.............................................83 Instrument Cluster...............................................83 Speedometer........................................................84 Tachometer............................................................83 Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Brakes............................................................160 Hood Lock Gearbox See: Transmission...............................................152 See: Opening and Closing the Hood..........252 General Information on Radio Frequencies..................................................40 How Does the Rear Occupant Alert System Work................................................113 402 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Index Hybrid Vehicle Operation - Mild Hybrid Electric Vehicle (MHEV)..........................127 K I Keys and Remote Controls........................40 L Ignition Switch...............................................122 Information Displays....................................89 Lane Keeping System.................................196 General Information...........................................89 Lane Keeping System Display.......................198 Lane Keeping System Messages..................199 Lane Keeping System Settings......................197 Lane Keeping System Warning Lamps and Indicators..........................................................198 Switching Lane Keeping System On or Off........................................................................197 Installing Child Restraints............................21 Attaching a Child Seat with a Support Leg.........................................................................24 Attaching a Child Seat with Top Tethers.................................................................24 Booster Seats.........................................................22 Child Seats for Different Mass Groups..........21 ISOFIX Anchor Points.........................................23 Lighting Control..............................................70 Principle of Operation.......................................192 Using Intelligent Speed Limiter.....................193 Exterior Lamps On Audible Warning..............71 Flashing High Beam Headlamps.....................71 High Beam Headlamp Indicator......................71 Lamps On Indicator..............................................71 Lighting Control Positions.................................70 Switching High Beam Headlamps On and Off...........................................................................71 Switching the Parking Lamps On...................70 Interior Lamps - Bus......................................76 Lighting..............................................................70 Instrument Cluster........................................83 Instrument Lighting Dimmer......................72 Instrument Panel - LHD................................18 Instrument Panel - RHD...............................19 Intelligent Speed Limiter...........................192 Courtesy Lamp Function...................................76 Reading Lamp Function.....................................77 Switching All of the Interior Lamps On and Off.........................................................................76 Switching the Front Courtesy Lamp On and Off.........................................................................76 Switching the Front Map Reading Lamps On and Off..........................................................77 Switching the Rear Reading Lamps On and Off..........................................................................77 General Information............................................70 Load Carriers See: Roof Racks and Load Carriers Bus.......................................................................219 See: Roof Racks and Load Carriers Van......................................................................219 Load Carrying.................................................218 General Information..........................................218 Load Retaining Fixtures.............................220 Tie Down Points.................................................220 Interior Lamps - Van......................................77 Local Hazard Information..........................217 Locking and Unlocking................................48 Courtesy Lamp Function....................................77 Switching the Courtesy Lamps On and Off..........................................................................77 Switching the Front Map Reading Lamps On and Off.........................................................78 Autolock..................................................................50 Automatic Re-Locking.......................................50 Autounlock.............................................................50 Configurable Unlocking.....................................50 Door Lock Indicator.............................................48 Double Locking the Doors................................48 Locking and Unlocking the Doors From Inside...................................................................49 Opening the Double Rear Doors....................49 Power Door Locks................................................48 Rear Emergency Exit............................................51 Remote Control....................................................48 Interior Mirror....................................................81 Introduction........................................................9 J Jump Starting the Vehicle.........................232 Connecting the Jumper Cables....................232 Starting the Engine...........................................234 403 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Index Message Center Reprogramming the Unlocking Function..............................................................48 Slam Locking.........................................................50 See: Information Displays.................................89 Mirrors Locking the Steering Wheel.......................65 See: Windows and Mirrors................................79 Unlocking the Steering Wheel........................65 Mobile Communications Equipment.......12 Mobile Device Data - Vehicles With: SYNC 3.............................................................15 MyKey Settings...............................................43 Luggage Covers.............................................218 Lug Nuts See: Changing a Road Wheel........................287 Lug Nuts..........................................................302 Configurable Settings.........................................43 Non-Configurable Settings..............................43 Locking Lug Nuts...............................................302 Lug Nut Torque...................................................302 MyKey – Troubleshooting............................47 What is an admin key?.......................................47 Why can I not clear the MyKeys?....................47 Why can I not create a MyKey?.......................47 Why can I not program a MyKey?..................47 Why does the MyKey distance not accumulate?.....................................................47 M Maintenance..................................................252 General Information..........................................252 Manual Climate Control..............................97 MyKey™.............................................................43 Directing Air to the Footwell Air Vents.........97 Directing Air to the Instrument Panel Air Vents....................................................................97 Directing Air to the Windshield Air Vents....................................................................97 Setting the Blower Motor Speed....................97 Setting the Temperature...................................98 Switching Maximum Cooling On and Off.........................................................................97 Switching Maximum Defrost On and Off.........................................................................97 Switching the Air Conditioning On and Off.........................................................................97 Switching the Climate Control On and Off.........................................................................97 Switching the Recirculated Air On and Off.........................................................................97 Principle of Operation........................................43 N Navigation......................................................350 Changing the Format of the Map.................351 Live Traffic............................................................354 Navigation Map Updates................................354 Route Guidance..................................................352 Setting a Destination.........................................351 Zoom.......................................................................351 O Oil Check See: Engine Oil Check.......................................257 Manual Seats.................................................105 Opening and Closing the Hood..............252 Adjusting the Armrest......................................106 Adjusting the Height of the Driver Seat....................................................................106 Adjusting the Lumbar Support.....................105 Moving the Seat Backward and Forward.............................................................105 Recline Adjustment...........................................106 Seat Cushion Adjustment...............................106 Swivel Seat ..........................................................106 Closing the Hood...............................................253 Opening the Hood.............................................252 Opening the Sliding Door............................52 Opening the Sliding Door From Inside Your Vehicle.................................................................52 Opening the Sliding Door From Inside Your Vehicle in an Emergency..............................54 Opening the Sliding Door From Outside Your Vehicle.......................................................52 Opening the Sliding Door With the Remote Control.................................................................55 Manual Transmission..................................152 Shift Indicator.......................................................152 Shifting Into Reverse..........................................152 Overhead Storage.........................................118 Locating the Overhead Storage.....................118 404 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Index Power Steering Fluid Check......................261 Overhead Storage Load Capacities.............118 Adding Power Steering Fluid..........................261 P Power Windows..............................................79 Bounce-Back.........................................................79 Opening and Closing the Windows...............79 Overriding Bounce-Back....................................79 Resetting Bounce-Back.....................................79 Parking Aids....................................................169 Principle of Operation......................................169 Parking Brake Audible Warning...............163 Parking Brake.................................................163 Pre-Collision Assist......................................210 Parking Brake – Troubleshooting.................163 Distance Alert.......................................................212 Distance Indication.............................................212 Pre-Collision Assist Information Messages..........................................................214 Pre-Collision Assist System Sensors..........213 Pre-Collision Assist Warning Lamp.............213 Switching Active Braking On and Off..........212 Parking Brake – Troubleshooting...........163 Parking Brake – Information Messages..........................................................163 Parking Brake – Warning Lamps..................163 Passenger Airbag...........................................34 Passive Anti-Theft System.........................59 Programming a MyKey.................................44 Protecting the Environment........................17 Puncture Arming the Engine Immobilizer......................59 Coded Keys.............................................................59 Disarming the Engine Immobilizer................59 Principle of Operation........................................59 See: Changing a Road Wheel........................287 PATS R See: Passive Anti-Theft System.....................59 Personalized Settings...................................93 REACH..................................................................11 Rear Floodlamps............................................78 Rear Fog Lamps..............................................74 Chimes.....................................................................94 Language.................................................................93 Measure Unit..........................................................93 Temperature Unit.................................................93 Tire Pressure Unit.................................................93 Rear Fog Lamp Indicator...................................74 Switching the Rear Fog Lamps On or Off..........................................................................74 Phone..............................................................348 Rear Occupant Alert System Audible Warnings........................................................114 Rear Occupant Alert System Indicators.......................................................114 Rear Occupant Alert System Limitations.....................................................113 Rear Occupant Alert System Precautions...................................................113 Rear Occupant Alert System.....................113 Rear Overhead Storage..............................120 Android Auto.......................................................350 Apple CarPlay.....................................................350 Pairing Your Cell Phone for the First Time...................................................................349 Text Messaging...................................................349 Using Your Cell Phone.....................................349 Playing Media From a USB Device Vehicles With: SYNC 2.5.........................333 Selecting the USB Device...............................333 Supported File Formats..................................333 Playing Media From a USB Device Vehicles Without: SYNC.........................333 Locating the Rear Overhead Storage..........120 Rear Overhead Storage Load Capacities.........................................................120 Selecting the USB Device...............................333 Supported Audio File Formats......................333 Rear Parking Aid...........................................169 Power Door Locks Object Distance Indicator................................170 Rear Parking Aid Information Messages............................................................171 See: Locking and Unlocking.............................48 Power Running Boards................................62 Power Seats....................................................107 Rear Passenger Climate Controls............99 Power Lumbar.....................................................109 Adjusting the Blower Motor Speed...............99 Directing Air to the Footwell Air Vents.........99 405 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Index Replacement Parts Recommendation.........................................11 Directing Air to the Overhead Air Vents....................................................................99 Directing Air to the Overhead Air Vents and the Footwell Air Vents...................................99 Collision Repairs....................................................12 Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical Repairs..................................................................12 Warranty on Replacement Parts.....................12 Rear Quarter Windows.................................81 Closing the Rear Quarter Windows...............82 Opening the Rear Quarter Windows.............81 Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Control.............................................................42 Resetting the Power Sliding Door............56 Restarting the Engine.................................128 Rear Seats.......................................................109 Installing the Seats..............................................111 Recline Adjustment...........................................109 Removing the Seats - Double Cab In Van and Kombi Van ...............................................110 Removing the Seats - M2 Bus.......................109 Restarting the Engine in Gear.........................132 Restarting the Engine in Neutral...................132 Roadside Emergencies...............................231 Roof Racks and Load Carriers Bus..................................................................219 Roof Racks and Load Carriers Van..................................................................219 Running-In Rear View Camera........................................177 Enhanced Parking Aids or Park Pilot..........180 System Settings..................................................179 Using the Rear View Camera..........................178 Rear View Camera See: Rear View Camera.....................................177 See: Breaking-In.................................................229 Rear Window Wiper and Washers..........69 Running Out of Fuel....................................138 Rear Window Washer.........................................69 Rear Window Wiper............................................69 Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel Container..........................................................139 Filling a Portable Fuel Container..................138 Rear Wiper Blades See: Changing the Rear Wiper Blades.......266 S Reduced Engine Performance................228 Refueling..........................................................139 Safety Precautions.......................................137 Seatbelt Height Adjustment.......................31 System Warnings.................................................141 Releasing the Parking Brake.....................163 Remote Control - Vehicles With: Power Sliding Door..................................................40 Front Seatbelt.........................................................31 Rear Seatbelt..........................................................31 Seatbelt Reminder.........................................32 Changing the Remote Control Battery.........41 Locating Your Vehicle.........................................42 Remote Control Information Messages............................................................42 Turning the Seatbelt Reminder Off...............32 Seatbelts...........................................................30 Seats.................................................................104 Security..............................................................59 Selective Catalytic Reductant System...........................................................143 Remote Control - Vehicles Without: Power Sliding Door....................................40 Reprogramming the Unlocking Function.............................................................40 AdBlue® Consumption....................................146 AdBlue® Guidelines...........................................143 Checking the AdBlue® Level..........................145 Checking the AdBlue® Level Status...........145 Filling the AdBlue® Tank.................................143 Filling the AdBlue® Tank Using a Container..........................................................145 Filling the AdBlue® Tank Using a Fuel Station Pump..................................................144 Selective Catalytic Reductant System Information Messages.................................146 Remotely Starting and Stopping the Vehicle.............................................................95 Remote Start Limitations...........................95 Remote Start...................................................95 Remote Start Settings.................................95 Climate Control Settings...................................95 Heated Seat Settings.........................................96 Setting the Remote Start Duration...............96 Removing a Headlamp..............................267 Repairing Minor Paint Damage...............277 406 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Index Spare Wheel Selective Catalytic Reductant System Warning Lamp................................................146 See: Changing a Road Wheel........................287 Service Data......................................................14 Settings Data....................................................15 Special Notices................................................12 Speed Control Comfort and Convenience Data......................15 Entertainment Data.............................................15 Speed Limiter.................................................192 See: Cruise Control............................................182 Settings...........................................................355 Principle of Operation.......................................192 Using Speed Limiter..........................................192 Ambient Lighting...............................................355 Android Auto.......................................................355 Apple CarPlay.....................................................356 Audio......................................................................356 Automatic Updates..........................................356 Bluetooth..............................................................356 Clock.......................................................................356 Display...................................................................356 Emergency Assistance....................................356 FordPass...............................................................356 General..................................................................356 Mobile Apps.........................................................356 Navigation............................................................356 Phone.....................................................................356 Seats......................................................................356 Sound.....................................................................356 Valet Mode...........................................................356 Vehicle...................................................................356 Voice Control.......................................................356 Wi-Fi.......................................................................356 Stability Control............................................168 Principle of Operation......................................168 Starter Switch See: Ignition Switch............................................122 Starting a Diesel Engine - Automatic Transmission................................................122 Engine Warning Lamps....................................124 Failure to Start.....................................................123 Glow Plug Indicator............................................124 Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes................123 Important Ventilating Information...............124 Starting the Engine.............................................123 Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Moving................................................................123 Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Stationary.........................................................123 Starting a Diesel Engine - Manual Transmission...............................................124 Engine Warning Lamps.....................................125 Failure to Start.....................................................125 Glow Plug Indicator............................................125 Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes................125 Important Ventilating Information...............125 Starting the Engine............................................124 Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Moving................................................................125 Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Stationary.........................................................125 Side Airbags.....................................................35 Airbag Secondary Warning Audible Warning...............................................................36 Airbag Warning Lamp.........................................36 Side Curtain Airbags.....................................36 Side Sensing System...................................173 Object Distance Indicator................................174 Sitting in the Correct Position.................104 Sliding Door Precautions.............................52 Sliding Door......................................................52 Starting and Stopping the Engine..........122 Closing the Sliding Door....................................52 Opening the Sliding Door..................................52 Sliding Door – Troubleshooting......................57 Steering Wheel...............................................65 Stopping the Engine....................................128 General Information...........................................122 Sliding Door – Troubleshooting................57 Stopping the Engine in Gear............................131 Stopping the Engine in Neutral......................131 Sliding Door – Frequently Asked Questions...........................................................58 Sliding Door – Information Messages..........57 Stopping the Sliding Door Movement......................................................56 Storage..............................................................118 Sliding Windows..............................................81 Snow Chains Bottle Holders.......................................................118 Cup Holders...........................................................118 Device Holder.......................................................120 See: Using Snow Chains.................................282 407 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Index Tire Pressure Monitoring System..........284 Front Door Storage.............................................119 Overhead Storage...............................................118 Rear Overhead Storage....................................120 Under Seat Storage............................................119 How Temperature Affects the Tire Pressures.........................................................284 Tire Pressure Monitoring System Reset Procedure.........................................................287 Understanding the Tire Pressure Monitoring System..............................................................285 When Changing Tires.......................................285 When Changing Wheels.................................285 When Inflating Tires.........................................285 Storing a First Aid Kit..................................236 Storing a Warning Triangle.......................236 Streaming Bluetooth Audio - Vehicles With: SYNC 2.5...........................................332 Streaming Bluetooth Audio - Vehicles Without: SYNC...........................................332 Tire Pressures - Bus...................................300 Tire Pressures - Van....................................295 Tire Repair Kit Selecting a Bluetooth Source.......................332 Supplementary Restraints System.........33 Principle of Operation.........................................33 Switching Auto-Start-Stop On and Off...................................................................128 Switching Off the Engine...........................126 See: Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit.................278 Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit.....................278 After Using the Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit.......................................................................280 Using the Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit........................................................................279 Vehicles With a Turbocharger........................126 Switching Rear Occupant Alert System On and Off.....................................................113 Switching the Passenger Airbag On and Off.....................................................................34 Tires See: Wheels and Tires......................................278 Tow Ball...........................................................226 Towbar Dimensions - Bus/Kombi/ Van.................................................................306 Towbar Dimensions - Chassis Cab/ Chassis Double Cab................................308 Towing a Trailer.............................................225 Switching the Passenger Airbag Off.............34 Switching the Passenger Airbag On..............35 Symbols Glossary.............................................9 SYNC™ 3........................................................338 General Information.........................................338 SYNC™ 3 Troubleshooting......................357 Additional Information and Assistance.......................................................366 Apps........................................................................363 Navigation............................................................362 Phone......................................................................361 Resetting the System......................................366 USB and Bluetooth Audio..............................358 Voice Recognition..............................................357 Wi-Fi Connectivity.............................................365 Trailer Lighting.....................................................225 When towing a trailer:......................................225 Towing Points................................................234 Front Towing Point............................................234 Rear Towing Point..............................................235 Towing Eye Location.........................................235 Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels Automatic Transmission........................226 Emergency Towing............................................226 Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels Manual Transmission...............................227 Towing..............................................................225 Traction Control.............................................167 T Tailgate.............................................................221 Lowering the Tailgate.......................................222 Principle of Operation.......................................167 Technical Specifications Traffic Sign Recognition...........................206 See: Capacities and Specifications............303 Principle of Operation.....................................206 Traffic Sign Recognition System Display...............................................................207 Traffic Sign Recognition System Messages.........................................................208 Using Traffic Sign Recognition......................207 Tire Care...........................................................281 Tire Inflation When Punctured See: Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit.................278 408 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Index Trailer Sway Control...................................226 Transmission..................................................152 Trip Computer..................................................91 Switching Adaptive Cruise Control On........................................................................183 Switching Between the Cruise Control Modes................................................................190 Switching to Normal Cruise Control...........188 System Not Available........................................187 Average Fuel...........................................................92 Average Speed......................................................92 Distance to Empty...............................................92 Instantaneous Fuel..............................................92 Personalization.....................................................92 Resetting the Trip Computer............................91 Trip Odometer.......................................................92 Trip Timer................................................................92 Using All-Wheel Drive.................................159 All-Wheel Drive Automatic Mode................159 All-Wheel Drive Information Messages..........................................................159 All-Wheel Drive Lock Mode............................159 Using Cruise Control....................................182 U Canceling the Set Speed.................................182 Changing the Set Speed..................................182 Cruise Control Indicator...................................183 Resuming the Set Speed.................................182 Setting the Cruise Speed.................................182 Switching Cruise Control Off..........................182 Switching Cruise Control On..........................182 Under Hood Overview - AWD/RWD/ LHD.................................................................253 Under Hood Overview - AWD/RWD/ RHD................................................................255 Under Hood Overview - FWD/LHD......254 Under Hood Overview - FWD/ RHD................................................................256 Under Seat Storage......................................119 Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems...........................................................47 Using Power Running Boards....................62 Locating the Under Seat Storage Compartment..................................................119 Automatic Power Deploy..................................62 Automatic Power Stow......................................62 Bounce-back.........................................................63 Enabling and Disabling......................................63 Manual Operation - Excluding: Turkey.........63 Manual Operation - Turkey..............................64 Manual Power Deploy........................................63 Resetting the System.........................................64 Unique Driving Characteristics.................127 USB Port.........................................................334 Using Adaptive Cruise Control................183 Adaptive Cruise Control Indicator................189 Adaptive Cruise Control Information Messages..........................................................189 Adaptive Cruise Control System Sensors..............................................................187 Adaptive Cruise Control With Speed Sign Recognition.....................................................190 Adaptive Cruise Control With Speed Sign Recognition Information Messages.........191 Automatic Cancellation...................................186 Canceling the Set Speed.................................186 Changing the Set Speed..................................185 Detection Issues.................................................186 Following a Vehicle............................................184 Hilly Condition Usage.......................................186 Overriding the System......................................185 Resuming the Set Speed................................186 Setting the Adaptive Cruise Speed.............184 Setting the Gap Distance................................185 Switching Adaptive Cruise Control Off.......................................................................186 Using Snow Chains.....................................282 Using Stability Control...............................168 Using Summer Tires....................................281 Using Traction Control................................167 Switching the System Off or On...................167 System Indicator Lights and Messages..........................................................167 Using Voice Recognition............................337 Apps........................................................................345 Automatic Blower Motor Speed Reduction........................................................346 Entertainment......................................................341 General..................................................................340 Navigation............................................................344 Phone.....................................................................343 Phone Voice Service..........................................337 Voice Settings.....................................................345 Using Winter Tires........................................281 409 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing Index V Winter Tires Vehicle Care...................................................274 Vehicle Dimensions - Bus/Kombi/ Van.................................................................303 Wiper Blades See: Using Winter Tires....................................281 See: Checking the Wiper Blades..................265 Wipers and Washers....................................66 Wrong Way Alert.........................................208 Long Wheelbase................................................303 Long Wheelbase With an Extended Frame................................................................303 Medium Wheelbase.........................................303 Switching Wrong Way Alert On or Off......................................................................209 Wrong Way Alert Information Messages.........................................................209 Vehicle Dimensions - Chassis Cab/ Chassis Double Cab................................304 Extra Long Wheelbase With an Extended Frame................................................................305 Long Wheelbase................................................305 Long Wheelbase With an Extended Frame................................................................305 Medium Wheelbase.........................................304 Short Wheelbase..............................................304 Vehicle Identification Number..................311 Vehicle Identification Plate.......................310 Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot................................323 Ventilation See: Climate Control...........................................97 VIN See: Vehicle Identification Number..............311 W Warning Lamps and Indicators................84 Washer Fluid Check....................................265 Washers See: Cleaning the Exterior...............................274 See: Wipers and Washers.................................66 What Is a Connected Vehicle...................319 What Is Auto-Start-Stop...........................128 What Is Local Hazard Information..........217 What Is Remote Start..................................95 What is the Rear Occupant Alert System............................................................113 Wheel Nuts See: Changing a Road Wheel........................287 Wheels and Tires.........................................278 General Information..........................................278 Windows and Mirrors....................................79 Windshield Washers.....................................68 Settings...................................................................68 Windshield Wipers........................................66 Intermittent Wipe................................................66 410 Transit (TTS) Vehicles Built From: 19-10-2020 Vehicles Built Up To: 18-04-2021, CG3796en enGBR, Edition date: 202008, First-Printing CG3796en, Edition date: 202008